Quarterlytics / Energy / Oil & Gas Integrated / Imperial Oil / FY2024 Annual Report

Imperial Oil
Annual Report 2024

IMO · TSX Energy
Claim this profile
Ticker IMO
Exchange TSX
Sector Energy
Industry Oil & Gas Integrated
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2024 Annual Report · Imperial Oil
Loading PDF…
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549 
FORM 10-K 
☑ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF 
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024 
or 
☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF 
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
For the transition period from 
to 
Commission file number 0-12014 
IMPERIAL OIL LIMITED 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 
Canada 
98-0017682 
(State or other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization) 
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification No.) 
505 Quarry Park Boulevard S.E., Calgary, Alberta, Canada 
(Address of principal executive offices) 
T2C 5N1 
(Postal Code) 
1-800-567-3776 
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 
Title of each class 
Trading symbol 
Name of each exchange on which registered 
None 
None 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: 
Common Shares (without par value) 
(Title of Class) 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☑ No ☐ 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☑ 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during 
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for 
the past 90 days. Yes ☑ No ☐ 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of 
Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such 
files). Yes ☑ No ☐ 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an 
emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in 
Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 
Large accelerated filer ☑ 
Accelerated filer ☐ 
Non-accelerated filer ☐ 
Smaller reporting company 
☐ 
Emerging growth company ☐ 
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or 
revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act ☐ 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control 
over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its 
audit report. ☑ 
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing 
reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐ 
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by 
any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐ 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12 b-2 of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☑ 
As of the last business day of the 2024 second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was 
Canadian $15,194,824,519 based upon the reported last sale price of such stock on the Toronto Stock Exchange on that date. 
The number of common shares outstanding, as of February 14, 2025, was 509,044,963. 
Disclaimer: Due to changes to the Competition Act, this archived information is provided solely for historical information and reference purposes. This 
information does not constitute an active representation of Imperial. Imperial fully disclaims any liability for the use of such information, and undertakes no 
obligation to update such information except as required by applicable law. 
1 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of contents 
Page 
PART I 
6 
Item 1. 
Business 
6 
Upstream 
7 
Disclosure of reserves 
7 
Proved undeveloped reserves 
8 
Oil and gas production, production prices and production costs 
9 
Drilling and other exploratory and development activities 
11 
Present activities 
13 
Oil and gas properties, wells, operations and acreage 
14 
Downstream 
16 
Supply and trading 
16 
Transportation 
16 
Refining 
16 
Distribution 
16 
Marketing 
17 
Chemical 
17 
Delivery commitments 
18 
Human capital resources 
18 
Competition 
18 
Government regulations 
19 
The company online 
21 
Item 1A. 
Risk factors 
22 
Item 1B. 
Unresolved staff comments 
32 
Item 1C. 
Cybersecurity 
32 
Item 2. 
Properties 
33 
Item 3. 
Legal proceedings 
33 
Item 4. 
Mine safety disclosures 
33 
PART II 
34 
Item 5. 
Market for registrant’s common equity, related stockholder matters and issuer purchases of equity securities 
34 
Item 7. 
Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations 
35 
Item 7A. 
Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk 
35 
Item 8. 
Financial statements and supplementary data 
36 
Item 9. 
Changes in and disagreements with accountants on accounting and financial disclosure 
36 
Item 9A. 
Controls and procedures 
36 
Item 9B. 
Other information 
36 
Item 9C. 
Disclosure regarding foreign jurisdiction that prevents inspections 
36 
PART III 
37 
Item 10. 
Directors, executive officers and corporate governance 
37 
Item 11. 
Executive compensation 
37 
Item 12. 
Security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management and related stockholder matters 
38 
Item 13. 
Certain relationships and related transactions, and director independence 
39 
Item 14. 
Principal accountant fees and services 
40 
PART IV 
41 
Item 15. 
Exhibits, financial statement schedules 
41 
Item 16. 
Form 10-K summary 
42 
SIGNATURES 
43 
Financial section 
44 
Proxy information section 
111 
All dollar amounts set forth in this report are in Canadian dollars, except where otherwise indicated. Note that 
numbers may not add due to rounding. 
2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Forward-looking statements 
Statements of future events or conditions in this report, including projections, targets, expectations, estimates, 
and business plans are forward-looking statements. Similarly, discussion of roadmaps or future plans related to 
carbon capture, transportation and storage, biofuel, hydrogen, and other future plans to reduce emissions and 
emission intensity of the company, its affiliates and third parties are dependent on future market factors, such as 
continued technological progress, policy support and timely rule-making and permitting, and represent forward-
looking statements. Forward-looking statements can be identified by words such as believe, anticipate, intend, 
propose, plan, goal, seek, project, predict, target, estimate, expect, strategy, outlook, schedule, future, continue, 
likely, may, should, will and similar references to future periods. Forward-looking statements in this report 
include, but are not limited to, references to estimates, development, timing and recovery of reserves; the 
development drilling program at Cold Lake; the timing and production of the Grand Rapids and Leming projects 
at Cold Lake; Cold Lake experimental pilot operations to improve bitumen recovery; the evaluation and pace of 
the Aspen project; the timing, pace and results from the EBRT field pilot; the continued evaluation of other oil 
sands development projects; continued utilization of LASER technology at Cold Lake; future activities with 
respect to Beaufort Sea licences; the company’s strategy for the energy transition and emission reduction goals; 
the company’s pursuit of lower-emission business opportunities and emission-reduction services and 
technologies; human capital resources strategy and impact; the measures required to comply with 
environmental regulations and any changes in such regulations; anticipated capital and operating expenditures, 
including with respect to environmental protection; the ability for autonomous operations at Kearl to continue 
capturing productivity improvements, reducing cost and enhancing safety; the effectiveness of the company's 
corporate governance and strategic planning practices, including with respect to risk management and 
oversight; the structure and effectiveness of the cybersecurity program; continued evaluation of the company’s 
share purchase program; being well-positioned to participate in substantial investments to develop Canadian 
energy supplies; the company’s long-term business outlook, including demand, supply and energy mix and 
transition pathways related to greenhouse gas emissions; the extent of ongoing effects of global events 
affecting supply and demand, including inflation, and the company’s ability to mitigate cost impacts in all price 
environments; the company’s Upstream business and investment strategies and evaluation of opportunities, 
including the company’s focus on operations integrity, innovative technologies, employee development, 
community investment, optimization within existing assets, cost reduction opportunities and productivity 
enhancements; the ability of the company’s current investment strategy of value and select volume growth to 
deliver robust returns and support long term growth; segment growth, competitive strategies and benefits from 
an integrated business model; the company’s Downstream strategies and their impacts on the company’s 
competitive position; the timing of and production from the renewable diesel facility at Strathcona; Chemical 
competitive position and the benefits from integration with the Sarnia refinery and relationship with ExxonMobil; 
the company’s asset management program and potential divestments; the impact of future funding of retirement 
plans; capital structure, liquidity sources and financial strength as a competitive advantage, for risk mitigation 
and meeting funding requirements; expected 2025 full year capital and exploration expenditures in the range of 
$1.9 billion to $2.1 billion; earnings sensitivities and the impacts of changes in interest rates; risks associated 
with use of derivative instruments; the impact of any pending litigation, accounting standards and unrecognized 
tax benefits; standardized measures of discounted future cash flows; the effectiveness of the company’s ethics 
programs, restrictions on insider trading, related party transaction controls, diversity and shareholder 
engagement initiatives; and the effectiveness of the company’s director and executive compensation design and 
share ownership guidelines, including aligning with shareholder interests, managing risk, promoting long-term 
business performance, strategic objectives and shareholder value, and other stated objectives. 
Forward-looking statements are based on the company’s current expectations, estimates, projections and 
assumptions at the time the statements are made. Actual future financial and operating results, including 
expectations and assumptions concerning future energy demand, supply and mix; production rates, growth and 
mix across various assets; production life, resource recoveries and reservoir performance; project plans, timing, 
costs, technical evaluations and capacities, and the company’s ability to effectively execute on these plans and 
operate its assets, including the Strathcona renewable diesel project, the Leming, Grand Rapids and LASER 
projects at Cold Lake, and autonomous operations at Kearl; the adoption and impact of new facilities or 
technologies on reductions to greenhouse gas emissions intensity, including but not limited to technologies 
using solvents to replace energy intensive steam at Cold Lake, the EBRT project, Strathcona renewable diesel, 
carbon capture and storage including in connection with hydrogen for the renewable diesel project, recovery 
technologies and efficiency projects, and any changes in the scope, terms, or costs of such projects; the degree 
and timeliness of support that will be provided by policymakers and other stakeholders for various new 
technologies such as carbon capture and storage; for renewable diesel, the availability and cost of locally-
sourced and grown feedstock and the supply of renewable diesel to British Columbia in connection with its low-
carbon fuel legislation; the amount and timing of emissions reductions, including the impact of lower carbon 
3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 fuels; performance of third-party service providers, including service providers located outside of Canada; 
receipt of regulatory and third-party approvals in a timely manner, especially with respect to large scale 
emissions reduction projects; applicable laws and government policies, including with respect to climate 
change, greenhouse gas emissions reductions and low carbon fuels; refinery utilization and product sales; the 
ability to offset any ongoing or renewed inflationary pressures; cash generation, financing sources and capital 
structure, such as dividends and shareholder returns, including the timing and amounts of share repurchases; 
capital and environmental expenditures; the capture of efficiencies within and between business lines and the 
ability to maintain near-term cost reductions as ongoing efficiencies; and commodity prices, foreign exchange 
rates and general market conditions, could differ materially depending on a number of factors. 
These factors include global, regional or local changes in supply and demand for oil, natural gas, petroleum and 
petrochemical products, feedstocks and other market factors, economic conditions and seasonal fluctuations 
and resulting demand, price, differential and margin impacts, including Canadian and foreign government action 
with respect to supply levels, prices, trade tariffs, trade sanctions or trade controls, the occurrence of disruptions 
in trade or military alliances, or a broader breakdown in global trade; political or regulatory events, including 
changes in law or government policy, applicable royalty rates, and tax laws including taxes on share 
repurchases; environmental regulation, including climate change and greenhouse gas regulation and changes 
to such regulation; environmental risks inherent in oil and gas activities; government policies supporting lower 
carbon investment opportunities; failure, delay, reduction, revocation or uncertainty regarding supportive policy 
and market development for the adoption of emerging lower-emission energy technologies and other 
technologies that support emissions reductions; the receipt, in a timely manner, of regulatory and third-party 
approvals, including for new technologies relating to the company’s lower emissions business activities; third-
party opposition to company and service provider operations, projects and infrastructure; competition from 
alternative energy sources and established competitors in such markets; availability and allocation of capital; 
availability and performance of third-party service providers, including those located outside of Canada; 
unanticipated technical or operational difficulties; management effectiveness and disaster response 
preparedness; project management and schedules and timely completion of projects; transportation for 
accessing markets; commercial negotiations; unexpected technological developments; the results of research 
programs and new technologies, including with respect to autonomous operations and greenhouse gas 
emissions, and the ability to bring new technologies to commercial scale on a commercially competitive basis, 
and the competitiveness of alternative energy and other emission reduction technologies; reservoir analysis and 
performance; the ability to develop or acquire additional reserves; operational hazards and risks; cybersecurity 
incidents including incidents caused by actors employing emerging technologies such as artificial intelligence; 
currency exchange rates; the occurrence, pace, rate of recovery and effects of public health crises, including 
the responses from governments; general economic conditions, including inflation and the occurrence and 
duration of economic recessions or downturns; and other factors discussed in "Item 1A Risk factors" and "Item 7 
Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations" in this annual report on 
Form 10-K. 
Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve a number of risks and 
uncertainties, some that are similar to other oil and gas companies and some that are unique to Imperial Oil 
Limited. Imperial’s actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied by its forward-looking 
statements and readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on them. Imperial undertakes no obligation to 
update any forward-looking statements contained herein, except as required by applicable law. 
Forward-looking and other statements regarding Imperial's environmental, social and other sustainability efforts 
and aspirations are not an indication that these statements are material to investors or require disclosure in the 
company's filings with securities regulators. In addition, historical, current and forward-looking environmental, 
social and sustainability-related statements may be based on standards for measuring progress that are still 
developing, internal controls and processes that continue to evolve, and assumptions that are subject to change 
in the future, including future rule-making. 
Energy demand models are forward-looking by nature and aim to replicate system dynamics of the global 
energy system, requiring simplifications. The reference to any scenario in this report, including any potential net-
zero scenarios, does not imply Imperial views any particular scenario as likely to occur. In addition, energy 
demand scenarios require assumptions on a variety of parameters. As such, the outcome of any given scenario 
using an energy demand model comes with a high degree of uncertainty. Third-party scenarios discussed in this 
report reflect the modeling assumptions and outputs of their respective authors, not Imperial, and their use by 
Imperial is not an endorsement by the company of their underlying assumptions, likelihood or probability. 
4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Investment decisions are made on the basis of Imperial’s separate planning process. Any use of the modeling of 
a third-party organization within this report does not constitute or imply an endorsement by Imperial of any or all 
of the positions or activities of such organization. 
Actions needed to advance the company’s medium-term greenhouse gas emission-reductions plans are 
incorporated into its medium-term business plans, which are updated annually. The reference case for longer-
term planning is based on ExxonMobil’s Global Outlook (the Outlook) research and publication. The Outlook is 
reflective of the existing global policy environment and an assumption of increasing policy stringency and 
technology improvement to 2050. However, the Outlook does not attempt to project the degree of required 
future policy and technology advancement and deployment for the world to meet net zero by 2050. As future 
policies and technology advancements emerge, they will be incorporated into the Outlook, and the company’s 
business plans will be updated accordingly. References to projects or opportunities may not reflect investment 
decisions made by the company. Individual projects or opportunities may advance based on a number of 
factors, including availability of stable and supportive policy, permitting, technological advancement for cost-
effective abatement, insights from the company planning process, and alignment with partners and other 
stakeholders. Capital investment guidance in lower-emission investments is based on the company’s corporate 
plan; however, actual investment levels will be subject to the availability of the opportunity set, public policy 
support, and focused on returns. 
The term “project” as used in this report can refer to a variety of different activities and does not necessarily 
have the same meaning as in any government payment transparency reports. 
5 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART I 
Item 1. Business 
Imperial Oil Limited was incorporated under the laws of Canada in 1880 and was continued under the Canada 
Business Corporations Act (the "CBCA") by certificate of continuance dated April 24, 1978. The head and 
principal office of the company is located at 505 Quarry Park Boulevard S.E., Calgary, Alberta, Canada T2C 
5N1. Exxon Mobil Corporation ("ExxonMobil") owns approximately 69.6 percent of the outstanding shares of the 
company. In this report, unless the context otherwise indicates, reference to the "company" or "Imperial" 
includes Imperial Oil Limited and its subsidiaries, and reference to ExxonMobil includes Exxon Mobil 
Corporation and its affiliates, as appropriate. 
The company is one of Canada’s largest integrated oil companies. It is active in all phases of the petroleum 
industry in Canada, including the exploration for, and production and sale of, crude oil and natural gas. In 
Canada, it is a major producer of crude oil, the largest petroleum refiner, a leading marketer of petroleum 
products, and a major producer of petrochemicals. The company also pursues lower-emission business 
opportunities including carbon capture and storage, hydrogen, lower-emission fuels, and lithium. 
The company’s operations are conducted in three main segments: Upstream, Downstream and Chemical. 
Upstream operations include the exploration for, and production of, crude oil, natural gas, synthetic crude oil 
and bitumen. Downstream operations consist of the transportation and refining of crude oil, blending of refined 
products and the distribution and marketing of those products. Chemical operations consist of the 
manufacturing and marketing of various petrochemicals. 
Operating data and financial information about the company’s business segments are contained in this report 
under the following: "Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations" and 
the "Financial section" under note 2 to the consolidated financial statements: "Business segments". 
6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 Upstream 
Disclosure of reserves 
Summary of oil and gas reserves at year-end 
The table below summarizes the net proved reserves for the company, as at December 31, 2024, as detailed in 
the "Supplemental information on oil and gas exploration and production activities" in the "Financial section" of 
this report. 
All of the company’s reported reserves are located in Canada. The company has reported proved reserves 
based on the average of the first-day-of-the-month price for each month during the last 12-month period ended 
December 31. Natural gas is converted to an oil-equivalent basis at six million cubic feet per one thousand 
barrels. No major discovery or other favourable or adverse event has occurred since December 31, 2024 that 
would cause a significant change in the estimated proved reserves as of that date. 
Total 
Synthetic 
oil-equivalent 
Liquids (a) 
Natural gas 
crude oil 
Bitumen 
basis 
millions of 
billions of 
millions of 
millions of 
millions of 
barrels 
cubic feet 
barrels 
barrels 
barrels 
Net proved reserves: 
Developed 
— 
41 
190 
1,697 
1,894 
Undeveloped 
— 
12 
106 
119 
227 
Total net proved 
— 
53 
296 
1,816 
2,121 
(a) Liquids include crude oil, condensate and natural gas liquids (NGLs). NGL proved reserves are not material and are therefore 
included under liquids. 
The estimation of proved reserve volumes, which is based on the requirement of reasonable certainty, is an 
ongoing process based on rigorous technical evaluations, commercial and market assessments, detailed 
analysis of reservoir and well performance, development and production costs, and other factors. Furthermore, 
the company only records proved reserves for projects which have received significant funding commitments by 
management made toward the development of the reserves. Although the company is reasonably certain that 
proved reserves will be produced, the timing and amount recovered can be affected by a number of factors, 
including completion and optimization of development projects, reservoir performance, regulatory approvals, 
government policies, consumer preferences, changes in the amount and timing of capital investments, royalty 
frameworks and significant changes in oil and gas price levels. In addition, proved reserves could be affected by 
an extended period of low prices which could reduce the level of the company’s capital spending and also 
impact its partners’ capacity to fund their share of joint projects. 
Technologies used in establishing proved reserves estimates 
Imperial’s proved reserves in 2024 were based on estimates generated through the integration of available and 
appropriate geological, engineering and production data, utilizing well established technologies that have been 
demonstrated in the field to yield repeatable and consistent results. 
Data used in these integrated assessments included information obtained directly from the subsurface via 
wellbores, such as well logs, reservoir core samples, fluid samples, static and dynamic pressure information, 
production test data, and surveillance and performance information. The data utilized also included subsurface 
information obtained through indirect measurements, including seismic data, calibrated with available well 
control information. The tools used to interpret the data included seismic processing software, reservoir 
modeling and simulation software, and data analysis packages. 
In some circumstances, where appropriate analog reservoirs were available, reservoir parameters from these 
analogs were used to increase the quality of and confidence in the reserves estimates. 
7 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Preparation of reserves estimates 
Imperial has a dedicated reserves management group that is separate from the base operating organization. 
Primary responsibilities of this group include oversight of the reserves estimation process for compliance with 
the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission rules and regulations, review of annual changes in reserves 
estimates and the reporting of the company’s proved reserves. This group also maintains the official reserves 
estimates for the company’s proved reserves. In addition, this group provides training to personnel involved in 
the reserve estimation and reporting processes within Imperial. 
The reserves management group maintains a central database containing the company’s official reserves 
estimates. Appropriate controls, including limitations on database access and update capabilities, are in place to 
ensure data integrity within this central database. An annual review of the system’s controls is performed by 
internal audit. Key components of the reserves estimation process include technical evaluations, commercial 
and market assessments, analysis of well and field performance, and long-standing approval guidelines. No 
changes may be made to reserves estimates in the central database, including the addition of any new initial 
reserves estimates or subsequent revisions, unless those changes have been thoroughly reviewed and 
evaluated by duly authorized personnel within the base operating organization. In addition, changes to reserves 
estimates that exceed certain thresholds require further review and endorsement by the operating organization 
and the reserves management group, culminating in reviews with and approval by senior management and the 
company’s board of directors. 
The internal qualified reserves evaluator is a professional geoscientist registered in Alberta, Canada and has 22 
years of petroleum industry experience, including 13 years of reserves related experience. The position 
provides leadership to the internal reserves management group and is responsible for filing a reserves report 
with the Canadian securities regulatory authorities. The company’s internal reserves evaluation staff consists of 
22 persons with an average of 12 years of relevant technical experience in evaluating reserves, of whom 21 
persons are qualified reserves evaluators for purposes of Canadian securities regulatory requirements. The 
company’s internal reserves evaluation management team is made up of 15 persons with an average of 10 
years of relevant experience in evaluating and managing the evaluation of reserves. 
Proved undeveloped reserves 
As at December 31, 2024, approximately 11 percent of the company’s proved reserves were proved 
undeveloped reflecting volumes of 227 million oil-equivalent barrels. Proved undeveloped reserves are 
associated with Syncrude, Kearl and Cold Lake. This compared to 218 million oil-equivalent barrels of proved 
undeveloped reserves reported at the end of 2023. The increase of 9 million oil-equivalent barrels of proved 
undeveloped reserves is mainly attributed to full funding of Cold Lake infill drilling, partially offset by Cold Lake 
infill start-ups. 
As at December 31, 2024 there were no proved undeveloped reserves that have remained undeveloped for five 
years or more. 
One of the company’s requirements to report resources as proved reserves is that management has made 
significant funding commitments towards the development of the reserves. The company has a disciplined 
investment strategy and many major fields require a long lead-time in order to be developed. The company 
made investments of about $260 million during the year to progress the development of proved undeveloped 
reserves at Cold Lake, Kearl and Syncrude. These investments represented about 24 percent of the $1,078 
million in total reported Upstream capital and exploration expenditures. 
8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Oil and gas production, production prices and production costs 
Reference is made to the portion of the "Financial section" entitled "Management’s discussion and analysis of 
financial condition and results of operations" of this report for a narrative discussion on the material changes. 
Average daily production of oil 
The company’s average daily oil production by final products sold during the three years ended December 31, 
2024 was as follows. All reported production volumes were from Canada. 
thousands of barrels per day (a) 
2024 
2023 
2022 
Bitumen: 
Kearl: 
- gross (b) 
200 
191 
172 
- net (c) 
186 
177 
157 
Cold Lake: 
- gross (b) 
148 
135 
144 
- net (c) 
113 
106 
106 
Total bitumen: 
- gross (b) 
348 
326 
316 
- net (c) 
299 
283 
263 
Synthetic crude oil (d): 
- gross (b) 
75 
76 
77 
- net (c) 
62 
67 
63 
Liquids (e): 
- gross (b) 
5 
5 
9 
- net (c) 
5 
5 
9 
Total: 
- gross (b) 
428 
407 
402 
- net (c) 
366 
355 
335 
(a) Volume per day metrics are calculated by dividing the volume for the period by the number of calendar days in the period. 
(b) Gross production is the company’s share of production (excluding purchases) before deduction of the mineral owners’ or 
governments’ share or both. 
(c) 
Net production is gross production less the mineral owners’ or governments’ share or both. 
(d) The company’s synthetic crude oil production volumes were from the company’s share of production volumes in the Syncrude joint 
venture and include immaterial amounts of bitumen and other products exported to the operator's facilities using an existing 
interconnect pipeline. 
(e) Liquids include crude oil, condensate and NGLs. 
Average daily production and production available for sale of natural gas 
The company’s average daily production and production available for sale of natural gas during the three years 
ended December 31, 2024 are set forth below. All reported production volumes were from Canada and are 
calculated at a pressure base of 14.73 pounds per square inch absolute at 60 degrees Fahrenheit. 
millions of cubic feet per day (a) 
2024 
2023 
2022 
Gross production (b) (c) 
30 
33 
85 
Net production (c) (d) (e) 
30 
32 
83 
Net production available for sale (f) 
9 
11 
50 
(a) Volume per day metrics are calculated by dividing the volume for the period by the number of calendar days in the period. 
(b) Gross production is the company’s share of production (excluding purchases) before deduction of the mineral owners’ or 
governments’ share or both. 
(c) 
Production of natural gas includes amounts used for internal consumption with the exception of the amounts reinjected. 
(d) Net production is gross production less the mineral owners’ or governments’ share or both. 
(e) Net production reported in the above table is consistent with production quantities in the net proved reserves disclosure. 
(f) 
Includes sales of the company’s share of net production and excludes amounts used for internal consumption. 
9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Total average daily oil-equivalent basis production 
The company’s total average daily production expressed in an oil-equivalent basis is set forth below, with 
natural gas converted to an oil-equivalent basis at six million cubic feet per one thousand barrels. 
thousands of barrels per day (a) 
2024 
2023 
2022 
Total production oil-equivalent basis: 
– gross (b) 
433 
413 
416 
– net (c) 
371 
360 
349 
(a) Volume per day metrics are calculated by dividing the volume for the period by the number of calendar days in the period. 
(b) Gross production is the company’s share of production (excluding purchases) before deduction of the mineral owners’ or 
governments’ share or both. 
(c) 
Net production is gross production less the mineral owners’ or governments’ share or both. 
Average unit sales price 
The company’s average unit sales price and average unit production costs by product type for the three years 
ended December 31, 2024 were as follows. 
Canadian dollars per barrel 
2024 
2023 
2022 
Bitumen 
74.53 
67.42 
84.67 
Synthetic crude oil 
101.91 
105.57 
125.46 
Liquids (a) 
55.63 
59.30 
93.77 
Canadian dollars per thousand cubic feet 
Natural gas 
0.69 
2.58 
5.69 
(a) Liquids include crude oil, condensate and NGLs. 
In 2024, Imperial's average Canadian dollar realization for bitumen increased, primarily driven by the narrowing 
of the Western Texas Intermediate (WTI)/Western Canada Select (WCS) spread and lower diluent costs, 
partially offset by lower WTI. The company's average Canadian dollar realizations for synthetic crude oil 
decreased, primarily driven by a weaker Synthetic/WTI spread and lower WTI. 
In 2023, Imperial’s average Canadian dollar realization for bitumen decreased generally in line with Western 
Canada Select (WCS). The company's average Canadian dollar realizations for synthetic crude oil decreased 
generally in line with West Texas Intermediate (WTI), adjusted for changes in exchange rates and transportation 
costs and reflect a premium over WTI driven by supply and demand. 
Average unit production costs 
Canadian dollars per barrel 
2024 
2023 
2022 
Bitumen 
29.42 
32.41 
39.05 
Synthetic crude oil 
61.84 
62.57 
68.00 
Total oil-equivalent basis (a) 
35.48 
38.51 
44.02 
(a) Includes liquids, bitumen, synthetic crude oil and natural gas. 
In 2024, bitumen unit production costs decreased, primarily driven by lower energy costs, higher Cold Lake 
production due to Grand Rapids, and higher Kearl production due to improved mine fleet productivity and 
optimized turnaround. 
In 2024, synthetic crude oil unit production costs decreased, primarily driven by lower upgrading costs and 
lower energy costs. 
In 2023, bitumen unit production costs decreased, primarily driven by lower energy costs and higher Kearl 
production due to improved reliability, plant capacity utilization, and mine equipment productivity. 
In 2023, synthetic crude oil unit production costs decreased, primarily driven by higher net production. 
10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Drilling and other exploratory and development activities 
The company has been involved in the exploration for and development of crude oil and natural gas in Canada 
only. 
Wells drilled 
The following table sets forth the net exploratory and development wells that were drilled or participated in by 
the company during the three years ended December 31, 2024. 
wells 
2024 
2023 
2022 
Net productive exploratory 
— 
—
— 
Net dry exploratory 
— 
—
— 
Net productive development 
14 
32 
24 
Net dry development 
— 
—
— 
Total 
14 
32 
24 
In 2024, wells drilled to add productive capacity include 14 development wells at Cold Lake. 
In 2023, wells drilled to add productive capacity include 32 development wells at Cold Lake. 
Wells drilling 
At December 31, 2024, the company was drilling the following development wells to add productive capacity at 
Cold Lake. All wells were located in Canada. 
2024 
wells 
Gross 
Net 
Total 
2 
Exploratory and development activities regarding oil and gas resources 
Cold Lake 
To maintain production at Cold Lake, capital expenditures for additional production wells and associated 
facilities are required periodically. In 2024, additional development wells were drilled to add productive capacity. 
In 2025, a development drilling program is planned within the approved development area to add productive 
capacity. 
In August 2018, Imperial received regulatory approval from the Alberta Energy Regulator (AER) for an 
expansion project at Cold Lake to develop the Grand Rapids interval using Solvent Assisted - Steam Assisted 
Gravity Drainage (SA-SAGD) technology, capable of producing 50,000 barrels per day before royalties. The 
company is developing the Grand Rapids reservoir through capital-efficient investments that make use of 
available steam capacity from existing plants, with the initial phase of Grand Rapids development planned as an 
extension from the Nabiye plant. In April 2022, the Grand Rapids Phase 1 (GRP1) project was approved by the 
company's board with a forecasted average production of 15,000 barrels per day before royalties. The initial 
steam injection phase at Grand Rapids started in December 2023 and first oil production was achieved in May 
2024. 
Additionally, in 2022, the company approved the budget for the Leming Steam-Assisted Gravity Drainage 
(SAGD) project that will re-develop the original pilot area of the Cold Lake field, with development activities 
having commenced in 2023 and start-up planned in 2025. 
The company also conducts experimental pilot operations to improve recovery of bitumen from wells by means 
of new drilling, production or recovery techniques. 
11 
2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 Aspen and other in-situ oil sands activities 
In October 2018, the company received regulatory approval for the Aspen SA-SAGD project from the AER. 
Development was proposed to occur in two phases, each producing about 75,000 barrels per day, before 
royalties. The first phase of the project was approved by the company’s board, and appropriated for $2.6 billion. 
Construction began late in the fourth quarter of 2018. In March 2019, the company slowed the pace of 
development given market uncertainty stemming from the Government of Alberta’s temporary mandatory 
production curtailment regulations and other industry competitiveness challenges. Although the Government of 
Alberta repealed the regulatory authority for imposing temporary production curtailments at the end of 2021, 
major investment remains on hold due to continued market uncertainty. Aspen’s project pace will continue to be 
evaluated and remains an important opportunity for Imperial. The Enhanced Bitumen Recovery Technology 
(EBRT) field pilot on the Aspen lease received funding approval in 2023, with development work underway for 
pilot start-up anticipated by 2027. The pilot will test technology that has the potential to deliver higher bitumen 
production rates compared to industry average SAGD operations. 
Work progresses on technical and technology evaluations to support potential future Clarke Creek, Corner, 
Clyden and Chard in-situ development regulatory applications. 
The company also has interests in other oil sands leases in the Athabasca region of northern Alberta. 
Evaluation wells completed on these leased areas established the presence of bitumen. The company 
continues to evaluate these leases to determine their potential for future development. 
Beaufort Sea 
The company holds a 25 percent interest in two exploration licences in the Beaufort Sea. In 2016, the Federal 
Government of Canada declared Arctic waters off limits to new offshore oil and gas licences for five years 
subject to review at the end of that period. Existing licences were not impacted. In June 2019, the Federal 
Government approved selective changes to the Canada Petroleum Resources Act to prohibit and freeze the 
existing licences. In 2023, the Western Arctic - Tariuq (Offshore) Accord was signed and prohibition was 
extended to December 31, 2028. The Federal Government plans to co-develop a climate and marine science-
based review of the moratorium. The company continues to hold the licences while maintaining community 
engagement and participation in the process. 
Exploratory and development activities regarding oil and gas resources extracted by mining 
methods 
The company continues to evaluate other undeveloped, mineable oil sands acreage in the Athabasca region. 
12 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Present activities 
Review of principal ongoing activities 
Kearl 
Kearl is a joint venture established to recover shallow deposits of oil sands using open-pit mining methods to 
extract the crude bitumen, which is processed through extraction and froth treatment trains. The company holds 
a 70.96 percent participating interest in the joint venture and ExxonMobil Canada Properties holds the other 
29.04 percent. The product, a blend of bitumen and diluent, is typically shipped to the company’s refineries, 
Exxon Mobil Corporation refineries and to other third parties. Diluent is natural gas condensate or other light 
hydrocarbons added to the crude bitumen to facilitate transportation. 
During 2024, the company’s share of Kearl’s net bitumen production was about 186,000 barrels per day and 
gross production was about 200,000 barrels per day. 
Total gross production for Kearl was about 281,000 barrels per day (200,000 barrels Imperial’s share), which is 
an increase of about 11,000 barrels per day (9,000 barrels Imperial's share) compared to 2023, as a result of 
improved mine fleet productivity and optimized turnaround. 
Cold Lake 
Cold Lake is an in-situ heavy oil bitumen operation. The product, a blend of bitumen and diluent, is typically 
shipped to the company’s refineries, Exxon Mobil Corporation refineries and to other third parties. 
In 2024, net bitumen production at Cold Lake was about 113,000 barrels per day. The gross production was 
about 148,000 barrels per day, which is an increase of about 13,000 barrels per day compared to 2023, 
primarily driven by Grand Rapids. 
Cold Lake continues to utilize its commercial application of Liquid Addition to Steam for Enhanced Recovery 
(LASER), with the technology being applied to approximately 15 percent of production. 
Syncrude 
Syncrude is a joint venture established to recover shallow deposits of oil sands using open-pit mining methods 
to extract crude bitumen, and then upgrade it to produce a high-quality, light (32 degrees API), sweet, synthetic 
crude oil. The company holds a 25 percent participating interest in the joint venture. The produced synthetic 
crude oil is typically shipped to the company’s refineries, Exxon Mobil Corporation refineries and to other third 
parties. 
In 2024, the company’s share of Syncrude’s net production was about 62,000 barrels per day. The gross 
production was about 75,000 barrels per day, which is a decrease of about 1,000 barrels per day compared to 
2023. 
The Province of Alberta, in its capacity as lessor of Kearl, Cold Lake, and Syncrude oil sands leases, is entitled 
to a royalty on production. Royalties are subject to the oil sands royalty regulations which are based upon a 
sliding scale determined largely by the price of crude oil. 
13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
      
      
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Oil and gas properties, wells, operations and acreage 
Production wells 
The company’s production of liquids, bitumen and natural gas is derived from wells located exclusively in 
Canada. The total number of wells capable of production, in which the company had interests at December 31, 
2024 and December 31, 2023, is disclosed in the following table. The statistics in the table are determined in 
part from information received from other operators. The total number of wells decreased in 2024 primarily due 
to the shut-in of multiple non-economical wells. 
Year ended December 31, 2024 
Year ended December 31, 2023 
Crude oil 
Natural gas 
Crude oil 
Natural gas 
wells 
Gross (a) 
Net (b) 
Gross (a) 
Net (b) 
Gross (a) 
Net (b) 
Gross (a) 
Net (b) 
Total (c) 
3,991 
3,987 
2,387 
763 
4,084 
4,080 
2,411 
770 
(a) Gross wells are wells in which the company owns a working interest. 
(b) Net wells are the sum of the fractional working interest owned by the company in gross wells, rounded to the nearest whole number. 
(c) 
Multiple completion wells are permanently equipped to produce separately from two or more distinctly different geological formations. 
At year-end 2024, the company had an interest in 12 gross wells with multiple completions (2023 - 12 gross wells). 
Land holdings 
At December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, the company held the following oil and gas rights, and bitumen 
and synthetic crude oil leases, all of which are located in Canada, specifically in the western provinces, in the 
Canada lands and in the Atlantic offshore. 
Developed 
Undeveloped 
Total 
thousands of acres 
2024 
2023 
2024 
2023 
2024 
2023 
Western provinces (a): 
Liquids and gas 
- gross (b) 
413 
422 
185 
185 
598 
607 
- net (c) 
251 
253 
135 
135 
386 
388 
Bitumen 
- gross (b) 
196 
196 
578 
584 
774 
780 
- net (c) 
182 
182 
253 
255 
435 
437 
Synthetic crude oil - gross (b) 
119 
119 
100 
100 
219 
219 
- net (c) 
30 
30 
25 
25 
55 
55 
Canada lands (d): 
Liquids and gas 
- gross (b) 
2 
2 
1,803 
1,803 
1,805 
1,805 
- net (c) 
2 
2 
495 
496 
497 
498 
Atlantic offshore: 
Liquids and gas 
- gross (b) 
23 
65 
146 
146 
169 
211 
- net (c) 
2 
6 
22 
22 
24 
28 
Total (e): 
- gross (b) 
753 
804 
2,812 
2,818 
3,565 
3,622 
- net (c) 
467 
473 
930 
933 
1,397 
1,406 
(a) Western provinces include British Columbia and Alberta. 
(b) Gross acres include the interests of others. 
(c) 
Net acres exclude the interests of others. 
(d) Canada lands include the Arctic Islands, Beaufort Sea/Mackenzie Delta, and other Northwest Territories. 
(e) Certain land holdings are subject to modification under agreements whereby others may earn interests in the company’s holdings by 
performing certain exploratory work (farm-out) and whereby the company may earn interests in others’ holdings by performing certain 
exploratory work (farm-in). 
14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Western provinces 
The company’s bitumen leases include about 161,000 net acres of oil sands leases near Cold Lake and an area 
of about 34,000 net acres at Kearl. The company also has about 68,000 net acres of undeveloped, mineable oil 
sands acreage in the Athabasca region. In addition, the company has interests in other bitumen oil sands leases 
in the Athabasca areas totalling about 171,000 net acres, which include about 62,000 net acres of oil sands 
leases in the Clyden area, about 34,000 net acres of oil sands leases in the Aspen area, about 29,000 net acres 
in the Clarke Creek area, about 28,000 net acres of oil sands leases in the Corner area, and about 18,000 net 
acres in the Chard area. The 171,000 net acres are suitable for in-situ recovery techniques. 
The company’s share of Syncrude joint venture leases covering about 55,000 net acres accounts for the entire 
synthetic crude oil acreage. 
Oil sands leases have an exploration period of 15 years and are continued beyond that point by payment of 
escalating rentals or by production. The majority of the acreage in Cold Lake, Kearl and Syncrude is continued 
by production. 
The company holds interests in an additional 386,000 net acres of developed and undeveloped land in the 
western provinces related to crude oil and natural gas. 
Crude oil and natural gas leases and licences from the western provinces have exploration periods ranging from 
2 to 15 years and are continued beyond that point by proven production capability. 
Canada lands 
Land holdings in Canada lands primarily include exploration licence (EL) acreage in the Beaufort Sea of about 
252,000 net acres and significant discovery licence (SDL) acreage in the Mackenzie Delta and Beaufort Sea 
areas of about 183,000 net acres. 
Exploration licences on Canada lands have a finite term. If a significant discovery is made, a SDL may be 
granted that holds the acreage under the SDL indefinitely, subject to certain conditions. 
The company’s net acreage in Canada lands is either continued by production or held through ELs and SDLs. 
Atlantic offshore 
Exploration licences on Atlantic offshore have a finite term. The Atlantic offshore acreage is continued by 
production licences or held by SDLs. 
15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
           
 
 
 
 
 
           
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Downstream 
Supply and trading 
The company supplements its own production of crude oil, condensate and petroleum products with substantial 
purchases from a number of other sources at negotiated market prices, in addition to undertaking trading 
activities. Purchases and sales are made under both spot and term contracts from domestic and foreign 
sources, including ExxonMobil. 
Transportation 
The company currently transports its crude oil production and third-party crude oil required to supply refineries 
by contracted or common carrier pipelines. 
Refining 
The company owns and operates three refineries, which process predominantly Canadian crude oil. The 
company purchases finished products to supplement its refinery production. 
The approximate average daily volumes of refinery throughput and utilization during the three years ended 
December 31, 2024, and the daily rated capacities of the refineries as at December 31, 2024, were as follows. 
Refinery throughput (a) 
Rated capacities (b) 
Year ended December 31 
at December 31 
thousands of barrels per day 
2024 
2023 
2022 
2024 
Strathcona, Alberta 
187 
186 
195 
197 
Sarnia, Ontario 
110 
110 
113 
124 
Nanticoke, Ontario 
102 
111 
110 
113 
Total 
399 
407 
418 
434 
Utilization of refinery capacity (percent) 
92 
94 
98 
(a) Refinery throughput is the volume of crude oil and feedstocks that is processed in the refinery atmospheric distillation units. 
(b) Refining capacity data is based on 100 percent of rated refinery process unit stream-day capacities to process inputs to atmospheric 
distillation units under normal operating conditions, less the impact of shutdowns for regular repair and maintenance activities, 
averaged over an extended period of time. 
2024 
Lower refinery throughput in 2024 reflected the impact of planned turnaround activities at Nanticoke, Sarnia and 
Strathcona refineries. 
2023 
Lower refinery throughput in 2023 primarily reflected the impact of planned turnaround activities at Strathcona 
and Sarnia refineries. 
Distribution 
The company maintains a nationwide distribution system to move petroleum products to market by pipeline, 
tanker, rail and road transport. The company owns and operates fuel terminals across the country, as well as 
natural gas liquids and products pipelines in Alberta, Manitoba and Ontario and has interests in the capital stock 
of two products pipeline companies. 
16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 Marketing 
The company markets petroleum products throughout Canada under well-known brand names, most notably 
Esso and Mobil, to all types of customers. 
The company supplies petroleum products through Esso and Mobil-branded sites and independent marketers. 
At the end of 2024, there were about 2,600 sites operating under a branded wholesaler model, in alignment with 
Esso and Mobil brand standards, whereby the company supplies fuel to independent third parties. 
The company also sells petroleum products, including fuel, asphalt and lubricants, to large industrial and 
transportation customers, independent marketers, resellers, as well as other refiners. The company serves 
agriculture, residential heating and commercial markets through branded fuel and lubricant resellers. 
The approximate daily volumes of net petroleum products (excluding purchases/sales contracts with the same 
counterparty) sold during the three years ended December 31, 2024, are set out in the following table. 
thousands of barrels per day 
2024 
2023 
2022 
Gasolines 
223 
228 
229 
Heating, diesel and jet fuels 
175 
176 
176 
Lube oils and other products (a) 
46 
43 
47 
Heavy fuel oils 
22 
24 
23 
Net petroleum product sales 
466 
471 
475 
(a) In 2024, benzene and aromatic solvent sales are reported under Petroleum product sales - Lube oils and other products, whereas in 
2023, they were reported under Petrochemical sales. The company has determined that the impact of this change is not material; 
therefore, the comparative periods have not been recast. 
Chemical 
The company’s Chemical operations manufacture and market aliphatic solvents, plasticizer intermediates, 
polyethylene resin, and markets refinery grade propylene. Its petrochemical and polyethylene manufacturing 
operations are located in Sarnia, Ontario, adjacent to the company’s petroleum refinery. 
The company’s total petrochemical sales volumes during the three years ended December 31, 2024, were as 
follows. 
thousands of tonnes 
2024 
2023 
2022 
Total petrochemical sales (a) 
684 
820 
842 
(a) In 2024, benzene and aromatic solvent sales are reported under Petroleum product sales - Lube oils and other products, whereas in 
2023, they were reported under Petrochemical sales. The company has determined that the impact of this change is not material; 
therefore, the comparative periods have not been recast. 
In 2024, sales volumes decreased primarily due to the reclassification of benzene and aromatic solvent sales. 
In 2023, sales volumes decreased primarily due to planned maintenance activities. 
17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Delivery commitments 
The company has no material commitments to provide a fixed and determinable quantity of oil or gas under 
existing contracts and agreements. 
Human capital resources 
Imperial operates in a complex, competitive and changing business environment where decisions and risks play 
out over time horizons that are often decades in length. This long-term orientation underpins the company’s 
philosophy on talent development. 
Talent development begins with recruiting exceptional candidates and continues with individually planned 
experiences and training designed to facilitate broad development and a deep understanding of the company's 
business across the business cycle. The company’s compensation is market competitive, long-term oriented, 
and highly differentiated by individual performance. In addition, benefits and workplace programs support the 
company’s talent management approach, and are designed to attract and retain employees for a long-term 
career. Overall, this multifaceted approach has resulted in strong employee retention. 
Imperial views diversity as an opportunity. The company encourages and respects diversity of thought, ideas, 
and perspective in its workforce. The company considers diversity through all stages of employment including 
recruitment, training and development of its employees. The company’s goal is to reflect the mix and diversity of 
the communities where it operates, and it continues to focus on diverse representation at all levels of the 
organization. 
The number of regular employees was about 5,100 at the end of 2024 (2023 - 5,300, 2022 - 5,300). Regular 
employees are defined as active executive, management, professional, technical, administrative, and wage 
employees who work full-time or part-time for the company and are covered by the company’s benefit plans and 
programs. 
Competition 
The Canadian energy and petrochemical industries are highly competitive. Competition exists in the search for 
and development of new sources of supply, the construction and operation of crude oil, natural gas and refined 
products pipelines and facilities, and the refining, distribution and marketing of petroleum products and 
chemicals. The energy and petrochemical industries also compete with other industries in supplying the energy, 
fuel and chemical needs of both industrial and individual consumers. Certain industry participants, including 
Imperial, are expanding investments in lower-emission energy and emission-reduction services and 
technologies. 
18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Government regulations 
Petroleum, natural gas and oil sands rights 
Most of the company’s petroleum, natural gas and oil sands rights were acquired from governments, either 
federal or provincial. These rights, in the form of leases or licences, are generally acquired for cash or work 
commitments. A lease or licence entitles the holder to explore for petroleum, natural gas and/or oil sands on the 
leased lands for a specified period. 
In western provinces, the lease holder can produce the petroleum or natural gas discovered on the leased lands 
and retains the rights based on continued production. Oil sands leases are retained by meeting the minimum 
level of evaluation, payment of rentals, or by production. 
The holder of a licence relating to Canada lands and the Atlantic offshore can apply for a SDL if a discovery is 
made. If granted, the SDL holds the lands indefinitely subject to certain conditions. The holder may then apply 
for a production licence in order to produce petroleum or natural gas from the licenced land. 
Project approval 
Approvals and licences from relevant provincial or federal governmental or regulatory bodies are required for 
the company to carry out, or make modifications to, its oil and gas activities. The project approval process for 
major projects can involve, among other things, environmental assessments (including relevant mitigation 
measures), stakeholder and Indigenous consultation and input regarding project concerns, and public hearings. 
Approval may be subject to various conditions and commitments arising through these processes. 
Approval of large energy projects may be impacted by the environmental assessment framework under 
Canada's Impact Assessment Act (IAA). The IAA includes broader consideration for social, health, economic 
and gender-based impacts, the impact on Canada’s climate change commitments (including a requirement 
under the Strategic Assessment for Climate Change to provide a credible plan for the project to deliver net-zero 
greenhouse gas emissions by 2050), reliance on strategic and regional assessments and adjusted regulatory 
review timelines. In October 2023, the Supreme Court of Canada ruled that the new federal assessment 
scheme was unconstitutional in part. In November 2024, Alberta referred the constitutionality of the amended 
Impact Assessment Act to the Court of Appeal of Alberta. The impact of this legislation is not fully apparent, but 
it may impact the cost, manner, duration and ability to advance large energy projects and project expansions. 
Environmental protection 
The company regards protecting the environment in connection with its various operations as a priority. The 
company is subject to extensive environmental regulations in Canada that apply to all phases of exploration, 
development, operation, and final closure. These requirements cover the management and monitoring of 
potential environmental impacts during active operations, including practices for land disturbance, wildlife 
protection, specifications for equipment operation and material storage and limitations on discharges to the 
environment. It also includes conducting environmental surveys and collecting operational measurements and 
sampling to confirm that practices are adequately protecting the environment. These regulations also specify 
the actions and requirements for final reclamation, abandonment and closure of facilities. The company works in 
cooperation with government agencies, industry associations and communities to address existing, and to 
anticipate potential, environmental protection issues. The company also maintains extensive operating 
procedures, processes and emergency response plans to address environmental risks at its operations. 
As discussed in "Item 1A. Risk factors” in this report, compliance with existing and potential future government 
regulations, including environmental regulations, may have material effects on the capital expenditures, 
earnings, and competitive position of the company. Imperial takes new and ongoing measures throughout its 
operations each year to prevent and minimize the impact of its operations on air, land and water. These include 
significant investments in refining infrastructure and technology to manufacture fuels, continued evaluation and 
implementation of technologies and products to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, adherence to federal and 
provincial greenhouse gas emissions reduction and reporting programs, enhanced water and land 
management, and expenditures for asset retirement obligations. In the past five years, the company has made 
capital and operating expenditures of about $6.9 billion on environmental protection and facilities. In 2024, the 
company’s environmental capital and operating expenditures totalled approximately $2.1 billion, which was 
spent primarily on activities to protect the water, air and land, including remediation projects. Environmental 
expenditures are expected to increase to approximately $2.6 billion in 2025, with capital expenditures expected 
19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 to account for approximately 54 percent of the total. Costs for 2026 are anticipated to be approximately $2.6 
billion, with capital expenditures expected to account for approximately 53 percent of the total. 
Crude oil 
Production 
The maximum allowable gross production of crude oil from wells in Canada is subject to limitations by various 
regulatory authorities on the basis of engineering and conservation principles. 
Additionally, the Government of Alberta has in the past used temporary mandatory production curtailment 
regulations to impose production limits on large producers in Alberta, such as those implemented in 2019 and 
repealed in 2021. 
Exports 
Export contracts of more than one year for light crude oil and petroleum products and two years for heavy crude 
oil (including bitumen) require the prior approval of the Canada Energy Regulator (CER) and the Government of 
Canada. Export contracts of less than one year for light crude oil and petroleum products and two years for 
heavy crude oil (including bitumen) require an order from the CER. 
Natural gas 
Production 
The maximum allowable gross production of natural gas from wells in Canada is subject to limitations by various 
regulatory authorities. These limitations are to ensure oil recovery is not adversely impacted by accelerated gas 
production practices. These limitations do not impact gas reserves, only the timing of production of the reserves 
and did not have a significant impact on Imperial’s 2024 gas production rates. 
Exports 
The Government of Canada has the authority to regulate the export price for natural gas. Exports of natural gas 
from Canada require approval by the CER and the Government of Canada. The Government of Canada allows 
the export of natural gas by CER order without volume limitation for terms not exceeding 24 months. 
Royalties 
The Government of Canada and the provinces in which the company produces crude oil and natural gas 
impose royalties on production from lands where they own the mineral rights. Some producing provinces also 
receive revenue by imposing taxes on production from lands where they do not own the mineral rights. 
Different royalties are imposed by the Government of Canada and each of the producing provinces. Royalties 
imposed on crude oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids vary depending on a number of parameters, including 
well production volumes, selling prices and recovery methods. For information with respect to royalties for Kearl, 
Cold Lake and Syncrude, see "Upstream" section entitled "Present activities" under Item 1. 
Investment Canada Act 
The Investment Canada Act requires Government of Canada approval, in certain cases, of the acquisition of 
control of a Canadian business by an entity that is not controlled by Canadians. The acquisition of natural 
resource properties may, in certain circumstances, be considered a transaction that constitutes an acquisition of 
control of a Canadian business requiring Government of Canada approval. 
The Act also requires notification of the establishment of new unrelated businesses in Canada by entities not 
controlled by Canadians, but does not require Government of Canada approval except when the new business 
is related to Canada’s cultural heritage or national identity. The Government of Canada is also authorized to 
take any measures that it considers advisable to protect national security, including the outright prohibition of a 
foreign investment in Canada. 
By virtue of the majority stock ownership of the company by ExxonMobil, the company is considered to be an 
entity which is not controlled by Canadians. 
20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Competition Act 
The Competition Bureau seeks to ensure that Canadian businesses and consumers prosper in a competitive 
and innovative marketplace. The Competition Bureau is responsible for the administration and enforcement of 
the Competition Act (the Act). A merger transaction, whether or not notifiable, is subject to examination by the 
Competition Bureau to determine whether the merger will have, or is likely to have, the effect of preventing or 
lessening substantially competition in a definable market. The assessment of the competitive effects of a 
merger is made with reference to the factors identified under the Act. 
The Act also provides that a dominant firm (or a firm that is jointly dominant with others) can face possible 
prohibition orders if it engages in conduct that is intentionally anti-competitive, or if its conduct has prevented or 
lessened competition substantially (or is likely to do so) in a market in which it has an interest. If such a firm 
engaged in intentionally anti-competitive acts that resulted in a substantial prevention or lessening of 
competition, then the firm may be subject to administrative monetary penalties and monetary awards to persons 
affected, and if a prohibition order is not likely to restore competition in that market the firm may be subject to an 
alternative or additional remedial order to overcome the effects of the practice, including the divestiture of 
assets or shares. 
The company online 
The company’s website www.imperialoil.ca contains a variety of corporate and investor information free of 
charge, including the company’s annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current 
reports on Form 8-K and amendments to these reports. These reports are made available as soon as 
reasonably practicable after they are filed or furnished to the SEC. The SEC’s website, www.sec.gov, contains 
reports, proxy and information statements, interactive data files, and other information regarding issuers that are 
submitted and posted electronically with the SEC. 
21 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 Item 1A. Risk factors 
Imperial’s financial and operating results are subject to a variety of risks inherent in oil, gas and petrochemical 
businesses and the pursuit of lower-emission business opportunities. Many of these risk factors are not within 
Imperial’s control and could adversely affect Imperial’s business, financial and operating results, or financial 
position. These risk factors include: 
Supply and demand 
The oil, gas, fuels and petrochemical businesses are fundamentally commodity businesses. This means the 
company’s operations and earnings may be significantly affected by changes in oil, natural gas and 
petrochemical prices, and by changes in margins on refined products and petrochemicals. Crude oil, natural 
gas, petrochemical and petroleum product prices and margins depend on local, regional, and global events or 
conditions that affect supply and demand for the relevant commodity or product. Commodity prices have been 
volatile, and the company expects that volatility to continue during the lifespan of its major assets. Any material 
decline in crude oil prices could have a material adverse effect on the company’s Upstream operations, financial 
position, proved reserves and the amount spent to develop reserves. On the other hand, a material increase in 
crude oil prices could have a material adverse effect on the company's Downstream margins, depending on the 
market conditions for refined products. The company's pursuit of lower-emission business opportunities 
including carbon capture and storage, hydrogen, lower-emission fuels, and lithium also depends on the growth 
and development of markets for those products and services, including implementation of supportive and stable 
government policies and developments in technology to enable those products and services to be provided on a 
cost-effective basis at commercial scale. See "Climate change, energy transition and greenhouse gas 
restrictions" in this Item 1A. The company may also be impacted by changes in other commodities the company 
utilizes, such as prices and availability of feedstocks for lower-emission fuels including renewable diesel. 
Economic conditions 
The demand for energy and petrochemicals is generally linked closely with broad-based economic activities and 
levels of prosperity. The occurrence of economic downturns, recessions or other periods of low or negative 
economic growth will typically have a direct adverse impact on the company’s results. Other factors that affect 
general economic conditions, such as changes in population growth rates, government regulation or austerity 
programs, national or regional trade tariffs, trade sanctions or trade controls, international monetary and 
currency exchange rate fluctuations, decoupling of economies, disruptions in trade alliances or military 
alliances, or a broader breakdown in global trade, security or public health issues and responses, extended 
government shutdowns, the inability to access debt markets due to rating, banking, or legal constraints, liquidity 
crises, de-dollarization in global trade or the growth or use of alternative common currencies, and other events 
or conditions that impair the functioning of financial markets and institutions, also pose risks to the company. 
Other demand-related factors 
Factors that may affect the demand for crude oil, gas, fuels and petrochemicals, and therefore could impact the 
company’s results, include technological improvements in energy efficiency; seasonal weather patterns, which 
affect the demand for the company's products, including lower demand for gasoline, impacting Downstream 
results in the winter; increased competitiveness of, or government policy support for, alternative energy sources 
or potential substitutes for the company's products; new product quality regulations; technological changes or 
consumer preferences that alter fuel choices, such as technological advances in energy storage or other critical 
areas that make wind, solar, nuclear or other alternatives more competitive for power generation; changes in 
consumer preferences for the company’s products, including consumer demand for alternative fuel or electric 
transportation or alternatives to plastic products; broad-based changes in personal income levels, interest rates 
and inflation; and security or public health issues and responses such as epidemics and pandemics. See also 
"Climate change, energy transition and greenhouse gas restrictions" in this Item 1A below. 
22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Other supply-related factors 
Commodity prices and margins also vary depending on a number of factors affecting supply. For example, 
increased supply from the development of new oil and gas supply sources and technologies to enhance 
recovery from existing sources tends to reduce commodity prices to the extent such supply increases are not 
offset by commensurate growth in demand. Similarly, increases in industry refining or petrochemical 
manufacturing capacity relative to demand tend to reduce margins on affected products. Crude oil, gas and 
petrochemical supply levels can also be affected by factors that reduce available supplies, such as the level of 
and adherence by participating countries or others to production quotas established by OPEC or "OPEC+" and 
other agreements among sovereigns; government policies that restrict (or may have a consequence of 
restricting) oil and gas production or exports, or increase associated production, reporting or compliance costs, 
including actions intended to reduce greenhouse gas emissions as described under “Climate change, energy 
transition and greenhouse gas restrictions” in this Item 1A, and previous Government of Alberta curtailment 
regulations; collective actions by non-governmental organizations and financial institutions to withhold funding 
or support from oil and gas producers; the occurrence of wars or hostile actions, including disruption of land or 
sea transportation routes; natural disasters; trade tariffs, sanctions or broader breakdowns in global trade; 
disruptions in competitors’ operations; and unexpected pipeline or rail constraints that may disrupt and have in 
the past disrupted supplies. For example, Russia's military action in Ukraine impacted global crude oil and gas 
supply levels and prices, and contributed to a volatile commodity environment; and the potential for trade tariffs 
by the United States on Canadian goods and potential retaliatory actions by Canadian or provincial 
governments could impact market prices and demand for, and export volumes of, Canadian goods. 
Technological change can also alter the relative costs for competitors to find, produce, and refine oil and gas 
and to manufacture petrochemicals. 
Canadian-specific market factors 
The market price for western Canadian heavy crude oil is typically lower than light and medium grades of oil, 
principally due to the higher transportation and refining costs. Western Canadian crude oil may also be subject 
to limits on transportation capacity to markets. Future crude price differentials between western Canadian crude 
oil relative to prices in the U.S. Gulf Coast are uncertain and changes in the heavy or light crude oil differentials 
could have a material adverse effect on the company’s business. In the past, increased differentials have led 
the Government of Alberta to enact temporary mandatory production curtailment regulations that imposed 
production limits on large producers in Alberta, such as Imperial. Although the regulatory authority to impose 
curtailments was repealed at the end of 2021, the use of similar curtailment regulations in the future could have 
an adverse effect on the company’s business. A significant portion of the company’s production is bitumen, 
which is blended with diluent for transportation and marketability of heavy crude oil. Increases to diluent prices, 
relative to heavy crude oil prices, could also have an adverse effect on the company’s business. 
Other market factors 
Market factors may also result in losses from commodity derivatives and other instruments used to hedge price 
exposures or for trading purposes. Imperial’s future business results, including cash flows and financing needs, 
may also be affected by the occurrence, severity, pace and rate of recovery of future public health epidemics or 
pandemics, the responsive actions taken by governments and others, and the resulting effects on regional and 
global markets and economies. If the company’s mitigation and response efforts prove insufficient, then large 
outbreaks of epidemics, pandemics or other health crises at operating sites, particularly in remote locations and 
where work camps are utilized, could materially impact the company’s personnel and its operations, reducing 
productivity and increasing costs. 
Government and political factors 
Imperial’s results can be adversely impacted by political, legal or regulatory developments affecting operations 
and markets. Changes in government policy or regulations, changes in law or interpretation of settled law, 
challenges to legislative jurisdiction between different levels of government, third-party opposition to company or 
infrastructure projects, and duration of regulatory reviews could impact the company’s existing operations and 
planned projects. This includes actions by policy makers, regulators or other actors to delay or deny necessary 
licences and permits, reduce or retract government incentives for emissions reductions, or restrict the 
availability of oil and gas leases or the operation of third-party infrastructure that the company relies on, such as 
pipelines to transport the company’s upstream production to market or that supply feedstock to the company’s 
refineries. Additionally, changes in environmental regulations, assessment processes or other laws (including 
but not limited to in respect of climate change and greenhouse gas emissions and company communications 
relating thereto), regulatory interpretations that exclude or disfavour the company's products under government 
policies or programs intended to support new or developing markets or technologies or that are otherwise not 
technology-neutral, and increasing and expanding consultation with stakeholders and Indigenous communities, 
23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 may increase the cost of compliance or reduce or delay available business opportunities and adversely impact 
the company’s results. 
Other government and political factors that could adversely affect the company’s financial results include 
increases or changes in taxes or government royalty rates (including retroactive claims or punitive taxes on oil, 
gas and petrochemical operations) and changes in trade policies and agreements (including those potential 
tariffs and retaliatory actions discussed above in this Item 1A under “Other supply-related factors”). Changes in 
taxation policy, such as the Government of Canada's tax on repurchases of equity that became effective from 
January 1, 2024, could impact the company’s financial results and ability to return surplus cash to shareholders. 
Further, the adoption of regulations mandating efficiency standards, emission standards or the use of alternative 
fuels or uncompetitive fuel components, could affect the company’s operations. Many governments are 
providing tax advantages and other subsidies to support alternative energy sources or are mandating the use of 
specific fuels or technologies. Governments are also introducing bans on certain technologies that could impact 
demand for products, such as the Government of Canada’s regulations to gradually reduce the proportion of 
permitted sales of new internal combustion engine cars and light trucks from 2026-2034 and ban such sales 
beginning in 2035. Governments and others are also promoting research into new technologies to reduce the 
cost and increase the scalability of alternative energy sources, and the success of these initiatives may 
decrease demand for the company’s products. Actions by policy makers, regulators or others may require 
changes in the company’s business or strategy that could result in reduced returns. 
Governments may establish regulations with respect to the control of the company’s production, such as the 
Government of Alberta's temporary mandatory production curtailment regulations that were in effect from 2019 
through 2021, as discussed in the "Supply and demand" section above. Government intervention in free 
markets may introduce unintended consequences such as market volatility and uncertainty, misallocation of 
resources, and erosion of investor confidence. 
Environmental risks 
All phases of the Upstream, Downstream and Chemical businesses are subject to environmental regulation 
pursuant to a variety of Canadian federal, provincial, territorial and municipal laws and regulations, as well as 
international conventions (collectively, "environmental legislation"). 
Environmental legislation imposes, among other things, restrictions, liabilities and obligations in connection with 
the generation, handling, storage, transportation, treatment and disposal of hazardous substances and waste 
and in connection with spills, releases and emissions of various substances into the environment. As well, 
environmental regulations are imposed on the qualities and compositions of the products sold and imported, 
and include those aimed at reducing consumption or addressing environmental concerns with certain end 
products. Changes to these requirements could adversely affect the company’s results by impacting commodity 
prices, increasing costs and reducing revenues. 
Environmental legislation also requires that wells, facility sites and other properties associated with the 
company’s operations be operated, maintained, monitored, abandoned and reclaimed to the satisfaction of 
applicable regulatory authorities. This includes the requirement for specific approvals for many areas of 
interaction with the environment, such as land use, air quality, water use, biodiversity protection and waste, 
including mine tailings management. The failure to operate as anticipated and adhere to conditions, the delay or 
denial of approvals, and changes to conditions or regulations, could negatively impact the company’s ability to 
operate its projects and facilities (including but not limited to resulting in mandatory facility shutdowns or 
suspensions) and adversely affect the company’s results. 
Regulation of air, water and land 
The implementation of, and compliance with, policies and regulations related to air, water and land, such as 
Alberta’s Lower Athabasca Regional Plan and Wetland Policy applicable to the company’s oil sands assets, 
could restrict development in current and future areas of operation. Of note, there are currently a number of 
court actions against the government by Indigenous groups regarding the assessment of cumulative impacts 
and infringement on exercise of treaty rights. These cases may inform future government decisions and policies 
regarding land use planning and resource development, and could impact the requirements or willingness to 
grant regulatory licenses or approvals. The company also depends on water obtained under licences for 
withdrawal, storage, reuse and discharge in both its Upstream and Downstream businesses, including future 
projects and expansions. Water use may be limited by regulatory requirements, seasonal fluctuations, regional 
drought, competing demands, environmental sensitivities, increasingly stringent water management standards, 
and changes to conditions or availability of licences, which may restrict and adversely affect the company’s 
24 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 operations. Additionally, a number of air quality regulations and frameworks are being developed or have been 
implemented at the federal and provincial levels, including sulphur dioxide limits for refineries in Ontario, and 
volatile organic compounds (VOC) and benzene controls required for petroleum liquid storage tanks and 
loading operations at refining and terminal locations, and could impact existing and planned operations and 
projects through increased capital and operating expenses including retrofits to existing equipment, and could 
adversely impact the company’s operations and financial results. 
Regulation of wildlife 
Federal and provincial legislation aimed at protecting sensitive, threatened or endangered wildlife, such as 
woodland caribou and species of migratory birds, may also increase restoration and offset costs and impact the 
company’s projects. If it is determined that such wildlife and their habitat are not sufficiently protected, 
governments or other parties may take actions to limit the pace or ability to develop in areas of Imperial’s 
current and future projects. 
Regulation of oil sands 
The company’s mining operations are, among other regulations, subject to tailings management regulations that 
establish approval, monitoring, reporting and performance criteria for tailings ponds and management plans. A 
failure or perceived failure to satisfy the requirements or if the company’s tailings management operations do 
not operate in the manner anticipated by the company or third parties could materially impact the company's 
ability to operate its assets. Further, the absence or evolving nature of policies and regulations for the timing 
and closure of tailings ponds, including the approved technologies and methods for closure (such as the use of 
end pit lakes and water-capped tailings), and dam safety and delicensing directives, regulations, guides and 
abandonment requirements, could have a material impact on conditions for approvals and ultimate mine closure 
costs. Additionally, successful management and closure requires the release of water to the environment, and 
although an Alberta water release policy and federal oil sands effluent regulations are being developed, the 
timing and impact of these regulations is uncertain and the absence of effective regulation could negatively 
impact the company’s operations and financial results. 
Environmental assessments 
In addition, certain types of operations, including exploration and development projects and significant changes 
to certain existing projects, may require the submission and approval of environmental impact assessments 
mandated under both federal and provincial regulations. The Government of Canada's environmental 
assessment framework under the Impact Assessment Act expands assessment considerations beyond the 
environment to include social, health, economic, and gender-based impacts and the impact on Canada’s 
climate change commitments (including a requirement under the Strategic Assessment for Climate Change to 
provide a credible plan for the project to deliver net-zero greenhouse gas emissions by 2050). It also includes a 
reliance on strategic and regional assessments and adjusted regulatory review timelines. In October 2023, the 
Supreme Court of Canada ruled that the new federal assessment scheme was unconstitutional in part. In 
November 2024, Alberta referred the constitutionality of the amended Impact Assessment Act to the Court of 
Appeal of Alberta. The impact of this legislation is not fully apparent, but it may impact the cost, manner, 
duration and ability to advance large energy projects and project expansions. 
Compliance costs 
Compliance with environmental legislation can require significant expenditures and failure to comply with 
environmental legislation may result in the cessation of operations, imposition of fines and penalties, and liability 
for clean-up costs and damages. 
The costs of complying with environmental legislation in the future could have a material adverse effect on the 
company’s financial condition or results of operations. The company anticipates that changes in environmental 
legislation may require, among other things, reductions in emissions from its operations to the air and water and 
may result in increased capital expenditures. Changes in environmental legislation (including, but not limited to, 
application of regulations related to air, water, land, biodiversity and waste, such as mine tailings and the 
production or use of new or recycled plastics, as well as laws and regulations affecting production of the 
company's products, trading, carbon capture and storage, hydrogen, lower-emission fuels or lithium) or other 
laws that penalize the company for past or current production of legal and/or permitted products and operations 
may increase the cost of operation or compliance or reduce or delay available business opportunities. Future 
changes in environmental legislation and the enforcement of regulations could occur and result in stricter 
standards and enforcement, larger fines, penalties and liability, and increased capital expenditures and 
operating costs, which could have a material adverse effect on the company’s financial condition or results of 
operations. 
25 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 Risk management 
There are operational risks inherent in oil and gas exploration and production activities, as well as the potential 
to incur substantial financial liabilities, if the company does not manage those risks effectively. Environmental 
hazards and risks, including severe weather, drought, forest fires and geological events, may impact the 
company’s operational performance. For example, the company's oil sands operations were particularly affected 
by extreme cold weather in 2022 and wildfires in 2016. The ability to insure risks is limited by the capacity of the 
applicable insurance markets, which may not be sufficient to cover the likely cost of a major adverse operating 
event. Accordingly, the company’s primary focus is on prevention, including through its rigorous operations 
integrity management system. The company’s future results will depend on the continued effectiveness of these 
efforts. See also “Safety, business controls and environmental risk management” under “Operational and other 
factors” in this Item 1A below. 
Climate change, energy transition and greenhouse gas restrictions 
Greenhouse gas emissions reductions 
Driven by concern over the risks of climate change, the provinces and the Government of Canada have adopted 
or have revised regulatory frameworks to report on or reduce greenhouse gas emissions including emissions 
from the production and use of oil and gas and their products, as well as increase the use of or support for 
different emission-reduction technologies. These actions are being taken both independently by national and 
regional governments and within the framework of United Nations Conference of the Parties’ summits under 
which Canada has endorsed objectives to reduce the atmospheric concentration of carbon dioxide (CO2) over 
the coming decades, with an ambition ultimately to achieve "net zero". Net zero means that emissions of 
greenhouse gases from human activities would be balanced by actions that remove such gases from the 
atmosphere. Expectations for transition of the world’s energy system to lower-emission sources, and ultimately 
net zero, derive from hypothetical scenarios that reflect many assumptions about the future (including 
supportive policy and technology advancements) and reflect substantial uncertainties. The company’s actions 
with respect to the energy transition carry risks that the transition, including underlying technologies, 
government policies, and markets as discussed in more detail below, will not be available or develop at the pace 
or in the manner estimated by current net-zero scenarios. The success of Imperial's strategy for the energy 
transition will also depend on its ability to recognize key signposts of changes in the global energy system on a 
timely basis, and the corresponding ability to direct investment to the technologies and businesses, at the 
appropriate stage of development, to best capitalize on the company's competitive strengths. Imperial’s results 
may be impacted if the implementation pace and uncertainty of policy reduces the global competitiveness of the 
Canadian oil and gas industry and the company’s crude oil and refined products. Political government changes 
may create further policy uncertainty resulting in greater investment uncertainty and industry competitiveness 
concerns. 
Greenhouse gas restrictions 
Government actions intended to reduce greenhouse gas emissions include adoption of carbon emissions 
pricing, cap and trade regimes, carbon taxes, emissions limits, increased mileage and other efficiency 
standards, low carbon fuels standards, mandates for sales of electrical vehicles, restrictions on sales of 
gasoline-only vehicles, and other incentives or mandates designed to support certain technologies for 
transitioning to lower-emission energy sources. The Government of Canada has updated its nationally 
determined contribution (NDC) under the Paris Agreement on climate change, to reduce greenhouse gas 
emissions economy-wide by 45 to 50 percent below 2005 levels by 2035, a substantial increase in ambition 
beyond its original and most recent NDC. To implement these goals, the Government of Canada uses a number 
of policy tools including the Greenhouse Gas Pollution Pricing Act (GGPPA), which sets a federal backstop 
carbon price Canada-wide through a carbon levy applied to fossil fuels ($50 per tonne CO2 equivalent 
emissions starting in 2022 and increasing by $15 per tonne annually to $170 per tonne in 2030), and an output-
based pricing system for large industrial emitters. Under the GGPPA, provinces are required to either adopt the 
GGPPA, or obtain equivalency by adopting a price-based system (with a minimum of the federal carbon pricing) 
or a cap and trade system. Further, in 2021 the Government of Canada enacted legislation to formalize 
Canada’s target to achieve net-zero emissions by 2050 and establish interim emissions reductions targets at 
five year intervals. Under the Canadian Net-Zero Emissions Accountability Act, the Government of Canada is 
required to develop an emissions reduction plan for 2030 consistent with achieving net-zero emissions by 2050, 
and additional sector specific regulations may be developed to achieve this target. 
The Government of Alberta obtained federal equivalency for its Technology Innovation and Emissions Reduction 
Regulation (TIER) that came into effect in 2020 and applies to facilities with CO2 emissions in excess of 100,000 
tonnes per year. TIER is designed to reduce emissions by putting a price on nominally 10 percent of a facility’s 
emissions in 2020. This percentage of priced emissions increased nominally to 11 percent in 2021 and 12 
percent in 2022, with the oil sands mining and upgrading facilities increasing to 17 percent in 2021, 18 percent 
26 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 in 2022 and 20 percent in 2023. These percentages increase by 2 percent per year for 2024 to 2028 (inclusive), 
followed by an increase of 4 percent in 2029 and 2030 for the oil sands sector. Further, the Alberta Oil Sands 
Emissions Limit Act sets a limit of 100 megatonnes of CO2 per year of emissions in the oil sands sector, but oil 
sands emissions remain below the limit and it is not yet possible to predict the impact of this act on the 
company’s future oil sands operations in Alberta. With respect to other provinces, Ontario obtained federal 
equivalency for its Emissions Performance System, which put a price on 8 percent of a facility’s emissions in 
2022. The price increased by 2.4 percent in 2023 and 1.5 percent in 2024, and will increase by 1.5 percent per 
year thereafter. British Columbia has carbon pricing in place for all industrial emissions, with pricing that 
matches the federal carbon pricing schedule since 2022. Increases in carbon pricing could adversely impact the 
company’s operations and financial results unless the company can adapt its operations through technological 
innovation and investment in a cost-effective manner or meet compliance through offset credits or other 
mechanisms. 
There are also various renewable and low carbon fuel standards being developed or already applicable to the 
company’s products. In 2022, the Government of Canada finalized the Clean Fuel Regulations, which require 
the reduction in carbon intensity of liquid transportation fuels supplied in Canada starting in July 2023. The 
regulations require fuel suppliers to reduce the carbon intensity of gasoline and diesel by reducing the GHG 
emissions within the fossil fuel life cycle, blending in low carbon intensity renewables or fuel switching away 
from fossil fuels. Similarly, British Columbia introduced a Low Carbon Fuel Standard in 2013, which increased to 
a 10 percent carbon intensity reduction requirement in 2020. Beginning in 2023, the British Columbia 
government has further increased the carbon intensity reductions to a total of 30 percent by 2030 (compared to 
the 2010 baseline). Compliance can be achieved by either blending renewable fuels with low carbon intensity or 
by purchasing credits. 
The Government of Canada's Impact Assessment Act links environmental assessment approvals to climate 
change-related goals, and has also discussed a goal of establishing legally-binding policies for being carbon-
neutral by 2050. Changes and policies related to this act could adversely impact the company’s ability to 
progress new oil sands projects. Uncertainty exists regarding federal overreach into provincial jurisdiction to 
implement such changes and policies. In October 2023, the Supreme Court of Canada ruled that the Impact 
Assessment Act was unconstitutional in part. In November 2024, Alberta referred the constitutionality of the 
amended Impact Assessment Act to the Court of Appeal of Alberta. The impact of this legislation is not fully 
apparent. 
International accords and underlying regional and national regulations covering climate change and greenhouse 
gas emissions continue to evolve with uncertain timing and outcome, making it difficult to predict their business 
impact. Such laws and policies could make Imperial’s products more expensive and less competitive, reduce or 
delay available business opportunities, reduce demand for hydrocarbons, and shift hydrocarbon demand toward 
lower greenhouse gas emission energy sources. Current and pending greenhouse gas regulations or policies 
may also increase compliance costs (such as complying with increased or mandatory disclosure or due 
diligence requirements and government mandated energy transition plans), increase abatement costs including 
taxes and levies, increase abandonment and reclamation obligations and impact decommissioning timelines, 
lengthen project evaluation and implementation times, impact reserves evaluations and affect operations. 
Increased costs may not be recoverable in the market place, could negatively affect the company's returns and 
could reduce the global competitiveness of the company’s crude oil, natural gas and refined products. 
Governments may also impose restrictions on production of, or emissions from, oil and gas and electricity to the 
extent they view such measures as a viable approach for pursuing national and global energy and climate 
policies. For example, following the publication of a regulatory framework in December 2023, in November 2024 
the Government of Canada released proposed regulations that will impose a cap on greenhouse gas emissions 
from upstream oil and gas activities by 2030, and in December 2024 the Government of Canada released final 
Clean Electricity Regulations that will require reductions in the carbon intensity of electricity provided to the grid 
between 2035 and 2050. Concern over the risks of climate change may lead governments to make laws 
applicable to the energy industry progressively more stringent over time. Political and other actors (and their 
agents) are also increasingly seeking to collectively advance climate change objectives indirectly, such as by 
seeking to reduce the availability or increase the cost of financing and investment in the oil and gas sector. 
These actions include delaying or blocking needed infrastructure, utilizing shareholder governance mechanisms 
against companies or their shareholders or financial institutions in an effort to deter investments in oil and gas 
activities, and taking other actions intended to promote changes in business strategy for oil and gas companies. 
Technology and lower-emission solutions 
Achieving societal ambitions to reduce greenhouse gas emissions and ultimately achieve net-zero emissions 
will require new technologies and added infrastructure to reduce the cost and increase the scalability of 
27 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 alternative energy sources. The company is continuing research and collaboration efforts to advance the 
development and deployment of carbon capture and storage, hydrogen, lower-emission fuels and lithium. The 
company’s future results and ability to succeed through the energy transition while helping meet Canada's 
emission-reduction goals and meet its own emission reduction goals will depend in part on the success of these 
research and collaboration efforts. It will also rely on the company’s ability to adapt and apply the strengths of its 
current business model to providing the energy products of the future in a cost-competitive manner. 
Policy and market development 
The scale of the world’s energy system means that, in addition to developments in technology discussed above, 
any successful energy transition will require appropriate support from governments and private participants 
throughout the global economy. Ultimately, market solutions with sound business fundamentals are necessary 
to incentivize and sustain wide-spread solutions that drive emissions reductions. The company’s ability to 
develop and deploy carbon capture and storage, hydrogen, lower-emission fuels, lithium, and other new energy 
technologies at commercial scale will depend in part on the continued development of stable and supportive 
government policies and markets. Failure or delay of these policies or markets to materialize or be maintained, 
or the development of these policies or markets in a manner that differs from the company’s expectations, could 
adversely impact these investments. Policy and other actions that result in restricting the availability of 
hydrocarbon products without a commensurate reduction in demand may have unpredictable adverse effects, 
including increased commodity price volatility; periods of significantly higher commodity prices and resulting 
inflationary pressures; and local or regional energy shortages. Such effects, in turn, may depress economic 
growth or lead to rapid or conflicting shifts in policy by different actors, with resulting adverse effects on the 
company’s business. 
In addition, the existence of supportive policies in any jurisdiction is not a guarantee that those policies will 
continue in the future. The company's operations and planned projects that have been developed with regard to 
current or anticipated policies, including but not limited to policies relating to carbon emission credits, may 
become uneconomic or otherwise adversely impacted if such policies change or are not adopted as anticipated. 
See also the discussion of "Supply and demand", "Government and political factors", and "Project 
management" in this Item 1A. 
Currency 
Prices for commodities produced by the company are commonly benchmarked in U.S. dollars. The majority of 
Imperial’s sales and purchases are related to these industry U.S. dollar benchmarks. As the company records 
and reports its financial results in Canadian dollars, to the extent that the value of the Canadian dollar 
strengthens, the company’s reported earnings will be negatively affected. The company does not currently make 
use of derivative instruments to offset exposures associated with foreign currency. 
Other business risks 
Imperial is reliant on a number of key chemicals, catalysts and third-party service providers, including input and 
output commodity transportation (pipelines, rail, trucking, marine) and utilities providing services, including 
electricity and water, to various company operations. The lack of availability, capacity or proximity, with respect 
to pipeline facilities and railcars, could negatively impact the company’s ability to produce at capacity levels. 
Transportation disruptions, including those caused by events unrelated to the company’s operations, could 
adversely affect the company’s price realizations, refining and other operations, and sales volumes. This 
includes outages of key third-party infrastructure, such as pipelines servicing the company’s oil sands assets or 
pipelines supplying feedstock to its refineries, which could impact the company’s ability to operate its assets or 
limit the ability to deliver production and products to market. A third-party utilities outage could have an adverse 
impact on the company’s operations and ability to produce. 
The company also enters into contractual relationships with suppliers, partners and other counterparties to 
procure and sell goods and services, including with counterparties located outside of Canada. The company’s 
operations, market position and financial condition may be adversely impacted if these counterparties fail to fulfil 
their obligations. For counterparties located outside of Canada, the risk of such failure may be enhanced and 
the company’s ability to mitigate against such failure may be reduced as a result of a lack of physical proximity, 
foreign government actions or other geopolitical factors. 
The company may also be adversely affected by the outcome of litigation or arbitration resulting from its 
operations, including but not limited to proceedings in respect of greenhouse gas emissions and the promotion 
of the company’s products, or by government enforcement proceedings alleging non-compliance with applicable 
28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 laws or regulations. Such proceedings are subject to uncertainty and success is not guaranteed, and the 
company may incur significant expenses and devote significant resources in defending such proceedings. 
Current and future increases in operating costs such as energy, transportation and materials, including through 
shipping, supply chain disruptions and inflationary cost pressures, could adversely affect the company’s 
financial results if it is unable to control or offset these costs. In addition to direct potential impacts on the 
company's costs and revenues, market factors such as rates of inflation may indirectly impact results to the 
extent such factors reduce general rates of economic growth and therefore energy demand, as discussed under 
"Supply and demand". Further, although inflationary pressures declined in Canada and other countries during 
2024, moderate inflation levels have persisted and governments generally maintained elevated interest rates 
which may further impact the company through the availability of financing, cost of debt, and exchange rate 
fluctuations. In addition, potential tariffs and retaliatory actions discussed above in this Item 1A under “Other 
supply-related factors” could have further inflationary impacts. Additional information regarding the potential 
future impact of market factors on the company's businesses is included or incorporated by reference under 
"Item 7A Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk" in this report. 
Operational and other factors 
In addition to external economic and political factors, Imperial’s future business results also depend on the 
company’s ability to successfully manage those factors that are at least in part within its control, including its 
capital allocation into existing and new businesses. The extent to which the company manages these factors 
will impact its performance relative to competition. For projects in which the company is not the operator such 
as Syncrude, Imperial depends on the management effectiveness of one or more co-venturers whom the 
company does not control. 
Project management 
The nature of the company’s Upstream, Downstream and Chemical businesses depend on complex, long-term, 
and capital intensive projects that require a high degree of project management expertise to maximize 
efficiency. This includes development, engineering, construction, commissioning and ongoing operational 
activities and expertise. The company’s results are affected by its ability to develop and operate projects and 
facilities as planned, and by events or conditions that affect the advancement, operation, cost or results of such 
projects or facilities. These risks include the company’s ability to obtain the necessary environmental and other 
regulatory approvals; changes in regulations; the ability to negotiate successfully with joint venturers, partners, 
governments, suppliers, customers and others; the ability to protect and enforce the company’s contractual and 
legal rights (including with joint venture partners); the ability to model and optimize reservoir performance; 
changes in resources and operating costs including the availability and cost of materials, equipment and 
qualified personnel; the ability to qualify for certain incentives available under supportive government policies for 
emerging markets and technologies; the impact of general economic, business and market conditions; and the 
company’s ability to prevent, to the extent possible, and respond effectively to unforeseen technical difficulties 
that could delay project start-up or cause unscheduled downtime. 
Operational efficiency 
An important component of Imperial’s competitive performance, especially given the commodity-based nature of 
the company’s business, is the ability to operate efficiently, including the company’s ability to manage expenses 
and improve production yields on an ongoing basis. This requires continuous management focus, including 
technological integration and improvements, cost control, productivity enhancements and regular reappraisal of 
the company’s asset portfolio. The company’s operations and results also depend on key personnel and subject 
matter expertise, the recruitment, development and retention of high caliber employees, and the availability of 
skilled labour. 
Research and development and technical change 
Imperial relies upon the research and development organizations of the company and ExxonMobil, with whom 
the company conducts shared research. Innovation and technology are important to maintain the company’s 
competitive position, especially in light of the technological nature of Imperial’s business, the dynamic and 
rapidly evolving technological landscape, and the need for continuous efficiency improvement. 
The company’s research and development organizations must be able to adapt to a changing market, 
regulatory and policy environment, including developing or deploying technologies to help reduce greenhouse 
gas emissions intensity. To remain competitive, the company must also continuously adapt and capture the 
benefits of new technologies including growing the company’s capabilities to utilize digital data technologies 
(including but not limited to artificial intelligence technologies) to gain new business insights and support 
business operations. 
29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 There are risks associated with existing and new operations and projects that rely on new technology, including 
that the results of implementing the new technology may differ from simulated, piloted or expected results. The 
failure to develop and adopt new technology may have an adverse impact on the company’s operations, ability 
to meet regulatory requirements and operational commitments and targets (including those relating to 
environmental sustainability and reduction of greenhouse gas emissions), and financial results. 
In 2023, the company’s Kearl site completed its multiyear program to convert its 81 haul trucks to autonomous 
operation. The autonomous system is composed of perception systems, sensors and mechanical components 
on each truck, which feed information to a number of onboard computer systems. These onboard computer 
systems send real time information over a wireless network to a central server and database that displays real 
time information to central control room operators who manage the overall fleet’s operation. Computer 
automation systems are used to both maneuver the individual trucks and in an overarching truck assignment 
application which manages truck routing patterns. The use of the autonomous system helps the company to 
capture productivity improvements while also reducing costs and further enhancing operational safety. Failure of 
the autonomous system to operate as intended could result in material adverse impacts to production at the 
Kearl site and the company’s financial results, physical harm to people or the environment, damage or 
destruction of company assets, and negative reputational consequences. The company applies risk 
management, internal controls and controls management systems in respect of these risks relating to 
autonomous haul trucks, as described in “Safety, business controls and environmental risk management” in this 
Item 1A below. See also “Cybersecurity” and “Reputation” in this Item 1A below. 
Safety, business controls and environmental risk management 
The scope and nature of the company’s operations present a variety of significant hazards and risks, including 
operational hazards and risks such as explosions, fires, pipeline ruptures and crude oil spills. Imperial’s 
operations are also subject to the additional hazards of pollution, releases of toxic gas and environmental 
hazards and risks, including severe weather (such as extreme cold weather events that impacted the 
company's oil sands operations in early 2022), drought, forest fires and geological events. The company’s 
results depend on management’s ability to minimize these inherent risks, to effectively control business 
activities and to minimize the potential for human error. The company applies rigorous management systems, 
including a combined program of effective operations integrity management, ongoing upgrades, key equipment 
replacements, and comprehensive inspection and surveillance. The company also maintains a disciplined 
framework of internal controls and applies a controls management system for monitoring compliance with this 
framework. The company’s upstream and downstream operations may experience loss of production, 
slowdowns or shutdowns and increased costs due to the failure of interdependent systems, and substantial 
liabilities and other adverse impacts could result if the company’s management systems and controls do not 
function as intended. 
Preparedness 
The company’s operations have been and in the future may be disrupted by severe weather events, natural 
disasters, human error, and similar events. The company's facilities are designed, engineered, constructed, and 
operated to withstand a variety of extreme climatic and other conditions, with safety factors built in to cover a 
number of uncertainties, including those associated with permafrost stability, temperature extremes, extreme 
rainfall events, earthquakes and other events. The company's consideration of changing weather conditions and 
inclusion of safety factors in design covers the engineering uncertainties that climate change and other events 
may potentially introduce. Imperial’s ability to mitigate the adverse impacts of these events depends in part 
upon the effectiveness of its robust facility engineering, rigorous disaster preparedness and response, and 
business continuity planning. 
Cybersecurity 
The company is regularly subject to attempted cybersecurity disruptions from a variety of sources, including 
state-sponsored actors and actors potentially employing emerging technologies such as artificial intelligence 
technologies. The company’s defensive preparedness includes multi-layered technological capabilities for 
prevention and detection of cybersecurity disruptions: non-technological measures such as threat information 
sharing with governmental and industry groups; annual internal training and awareness campaigns including 
routine testing of employee awareness via mock threats; and an emphasis on resiliency including business 
response and recovery. See "Item 1C. Cybersecurity" for information on the company's program for managing 
cybersecurity risks. 
The company has limited ability to influence third parties, including the company's partners, suppliers, service 
providers (including providers of cloud-based services for the company's data or applications) and customers, to 
implement strong cybersecurity controls, and the company is exposed to potential harm from cybersecurity 
30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 events that may affect their operations. During 2024, the company responded to several cyber-attacks on 
suppliers and joint venture partners, none of which caused a material impact to Imperial. The company’s 
response included giving technical assistance, loaning equipment, and taking additional defensive measures. 
If the measures the company is taking to protect against cybersecurity disruptions prove to be insufficient or if 
the company’s proprietary data is otherwise not protected, the company, as well as its customers, employees or 
third parties, could be adversely affected. Cybersecurity disruptions could cause physical harm to people or the 
environment; damage or destroy assets; compromise business systems; result in proprietary information being 
altered, lost or stolen; result in employee, customer or third-party information being compromised; or otherwise 
disrupt the company’s business operations. The company could incur significant costs to remedy the effects of a 
major cybersecurity disruption, in addition to costs in connection with resulting regulatory actions, litigation or 
reputational harm. 
Competition 
As noted in Item 1 above, the Canadian energy and petrochemical industries are highly competitive. Technology 
and expertise provided by industry service companies may enhance the competitiveness of firms that may not 
have the internal resources and capabilities of Imperial. As described in more detail above, the company’s 
hydrocarbon-based energy products are also subject to growing and, in many cases, government-supported 
competition from alternative energy sources. In addition, as the company enters new markets in pursuit of 
lower-emission business opportunities, the company will need to compete effectively with established 
competitors in these markets, as well as with new market entrants seeking to capitalize on these opportunities, 
while successfully navigating changing market conditions or technologies. 
Reputation 
Imperial’s reputation is an important corporate asset. Factors that could have an impact on the company’s 
reputation include an operating incident or significant cybersecurity disruption; changes in consumer views 
concerning the company’s products; changes in consumer media preferences from traditional mainstream 
media to decentralized and personalized media; a perception by the public that the company is not being fully 
transparent in the sharing of information regarding its operations that is or may be relevant to community 
decision-making; actions taken by the company's business partners; a perception by investors or others that 
insufficient progress is being made with respect to the company’s ambition in the energy transition, or that 
pursuit of this ambition may result in allocation of capital to investments with reduced returns; and other adverse 
events such as those described in this Item 1A. Negative impacts on Imperial’s reputation could, in turn, make it 
more difficult for the company to compete successfully for new opportunities, obtain necessary regulatory 
approvals, obtain financing, and attract talent, or they could reduce consumer demand for the company’s 
branded products. Imperial’s reputation may also be harmed by events which negatively affect the image of the 
industry as a whole, including public and investor perception of Alberta oil sands in relation to greenhouse gas 
emissions, Indigenous rights and environmental impact. 
Reserves 
The company’s future production and cash flows from bitumen, synthetic crude oil, liquids and natural gas 
reserves are highly dependent upon the company’s success in exploiting its current reserves. To maintain 
production and cash flows over the long term, the company must replace produced reserves, which can be 
accomplished through exploration discovery of new resources, appraisal and investments in developing 
discovered resources, or acquisition of reserves. To the extent cash flows from operations are insufficient to 
fund capital expenditures and external sources of capital become limited or unavailable, the company’s ability to 
make the necessary capital investments to maintain and grow oil and natural gas reserves will be adversely 
impacted. In addition, the company may be unable to find and develop or acquire additional reserves to replace 
oil and natural gas production at acceptable costs. 
Estimates of economically recoverable oil and natural gas reserves and future net cash flows involve many 
uncertainties, including factors beyond the company’s control. Key factors with uncertainty include: geological 
and engineering estimates, including that additional information obtained through seismic and drilling programs, 
reservoir analysis and production and operational history may result in revisions to reserves; the assumed 
effects of regulation or changes to regulation by government agencies, including royalty frameworks and 
environmental regulations (such as the regulation of greenhouse gas emissions, including accelerated timelines 
and emission reduction stringency to meet government goals, which could impose significant compliance costs 
on the company, require new technology, or impact the economic viability of certain projects); future commodity 
prices, where low commodity prices may affect reserves development; abandonment and reclamation costs, 
including reclamation and tailings requirements for mining operations; and operating costs. Actual production, 
revenues, taxes and royalties, development costs, abandonment and reclamation costs, and operating 
31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 expenditures, with respect to reserves, will likely vary from such estimates, and such variances could be 
material. 
Item 1B. Unresolved staff comments 
None. 
Item 1C. Cybersecurity 
Imperial recognizes the importance of cybersecurity in achieving its business objectives, safeguarding its 
assets, and managing its daily operations. Accordingly, the company integrates cybersecurity risks into its 
overall enterprise risk management system. The board of directors oversees the company’s risk management 
approach and structure, which includes an annual review of the company’s cybersecurity program. 
The company’s cybersecurity program is managed by the Canada Information Technology (IT) Manager, with 
support from cross-functional teams led by IT and operational technology cybersecurity operations managers in 
the company and in Exxon Mobil Corporation and its affiliates (collectively, Cybersecurity Operations 
Managers). The Cybersecurity Operations Managers are responsible for the day-to-day management and 
effective functioning of the cybersecurity program, including the prevention, detection, investigation, and 
response to cybersecurity threats and incidents. The Cybersecurity Operations Managers collectively have 
many years of experience in cybersecurity operations. 
IT management provides updates to the company’s senior management throughout the year, covering, as 
appropriate, the company’s cybersecurity strategy, initiatives, key security metrics, penetration testing and 
benchmarking learnings, and business response plans, as well as the evolving cybersecurity threat landscape. 
The company’s cybersecurity program includes multi-layered technological capabilities designed to prevent and 
detect cybersecurity disruptions and leverages industry standard frameworks, including the National Institute of 
Standards and Technology Cybersecurity Framework. The cybersecurity program incorporates an incident 
response plan to engage cross-functionally and report cybersecurity incidents to appropriate levels of 
management based on potential impact. The company conducts annual cybersecurity awareness training and 
routinely tests cybersecurity awareness and business preparedness for response and recovery, which are 
developed based on real-world threats. In addition, IT management exchanges threat information with 
governmental and industry groups and proactively engages independent, third-party cybersecurity experts to 
test, evaluate, and recommend improvements on the effectiveness and resiliency of its cybersecurity program 
through penetration testing, breach assessments, regular cybersecurity incident drill testing, threat information 
sharing, and industry benchmarking. The company takes a risk-based approach with respect to its third-party 
service providers, tailoring processes according to the nature and sensitivity of the data or systems accessed by 
such third-party service providers and performing additional risk screenings and procedures, as appropriate. 
As of the date of this report, the company has not identified any risks from known cybersecurity threats, 
including as a result of any prior cybersecurity incidents, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to 
materially affect, the company including its business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition. 
While the company believes its cybersecurity program to be appropriate for managing constantly evolving 
cybersecurity risks, no program can fully protect against all possible adverse events. For additional information 
on these risks and potential consequences if the measures the company is taking prove to be insufficient or if 
the company's proprietary data is otherwise not protected, see "Item 1A. Risk factors: Operational and other 
factors - Cybersecurity" in this report. 
32 

 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 Item 2. 
Properties 
Reference is made to Item 1 above. 
Item 3. 
Legal proceedings 
Refer to the relevant portions of note 9. "Litigation and other contingencies" of the "Financial section" of this 
report for additional information on legal proceedings. 
Imperial has elected to use a US $1 million threshold for disclosing environmental proceedings. 
Item 4. 
Mine safety disclosures 
Not applicable. 
33 

   
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II 
Item 5. 
Market for registrant’s common equity, related 
stockholder matters and issuer purchases of equity 
securities 
Market information 
The company’s common shares are listed and trade on the Toronto Stock Exchange in Canada, and have 
unlisted trading privileges and trade on the NYSE American LLC in the United States. The symbol for the 
company’s common shares on these exchanges is IMO. 
As of February 14, 2025 there were 8,558 holders of record of common shares of the company. 
Information for security holders outside Canada 
Cash dividends paid to shareholders resident in the United States are, under the Canada-US income tax 
convention, subject to a Canadian non-resident withholding tax of 15 percent. 
The withholding tax is reduced to 5 percent on dividends paid to a corporation resident in the U.S. that owns at 
least 10 percent of the voting shares of the company. The rate of withholding applicable to other jurisdictions 
may vary. 
The company is a qualified foreign corporation for purposes of the reduced U.S. capital gains tax rates, which 
are applicable to dividends paid by U.S. domestic corporations and qualified foreign corporations. 
There is no Canadian tax on gains from selling shares owned by non-residents not carrying on business in 
Canada, as long as the shareholder does not, in any given 60-month period, own 25 percent or more of the 
shares of the company. 
Canada has approved several positions with respect to the Multilateral Convention to Implement Tax Treaty 
Related Measures to Prevent Base Erosion and Profit Shifting ("MLI"), which may impact the taxability of 
dividends and capital gains in Canada if the shareholder’s country of residence has also approved these same 
positions of the MLI. 
The foregoing tax information is not intended to provide legal or tax advice, and shareholders are encouraged to 
consult a professional advisor with respect to all tax-related issues. 
During the fourth quarter, the company did not issue or sell any unregistered equity securities. 
Securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans 
Sections of the company’s management proxy circular are contained in the "Proxy information section", starting 
on page 111. The company’s management proxy circular is prepared in accordance with Canadian securities 
regulations. 
Reference is made to the sections under the "Company executives and executive compensation": 
• 
Entitled "Performance graph" within the "Compensation discussion and analysis" section on page 166 
of this report; and 
• 
Entitled "Equity compensation plan information", within the "Compensation discussion and analysis", on 
page 177 of this report. 
34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 Issuer purchases of equity securities 
Total number of 
Maximum number 
Total number of 
shares purchased 
Average price paid 
per share 
(Canadian dollars) 
(a) 
shares purchased 
as part of publicly 
announced plans 
or programs 
of shares that may 
yet be purchased 
under the plans or 
programs (b) 
October 2024 
(October 1 - October 31) 
5,541,599 
104.65 
5,541,599 
8,815,978 
November 2024 
(November 1 - November 30) 
5,289,708 
103.34 
5,289,708 
3,526,270 
December 2024 
(December 1 - December 31) 
3,526,270 
98.88 
3,526,270 
— 
(a) Excludes 2 percent tax on repurchases of equity. 
(b) On June 24, 2024, the company announced by news release that it had received final approval from the Toronto Stock Exchange for 
a new normal course issuer bid to continue its then-existing share purchase program. The program enabled the company to purchase 
up to a maximum of 26,791,840 common shares during the period June 29, 2024 to June 28, 2025. This maximum included shares 
purchased under the normal course issuer bid from Exxon Mobil Corporation. As in the past, Exxon Mobil Corporation advised the 
company that it intended to participate to maintain its ownership percentage at approximately 69.6 percent. Imperial accelerated 
share purchases under the normal course issuer bid program, and the program completed on December 19, 2024 as a result of the 
company purchasing the maximum allowable number of shares under the program. 
The company will continue to evaluate the renewal of its normal course issuer bid share purchase program in 
June 2025 in the context of its overall capital activities. 
Purchase plans may be modified at any time without prior notice. 
Item 7. 
Management’s discussion and analysis of financial 
condition and results of operations 
Reference is made to the section entitled "Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and 
results of operations" in the "Financial section", starting on page 50 of this report. 
Item 7A. Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market 
risk 
Reference is made to the section entitled "Market risks" in the "Financial section", starting on page 65 of this 
report. All statements other than historical information incorporated in this Item 7A are forward-looking 
statements. The actual impact of future market changes could differ materially due to, among other things, 
factors discussed in this report. 
35 

 
     
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Item 8. 
Financial statements and supplementary data 
Reference is made to the table of contents in the "Financial section" on page 44 of this report: 
• 
Consolidated financial statements, together with the report thereon of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
(PCAOB ID: 271), Calgary, Canada dated February 19, 2025, beginning with the section entitled 
"Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm" on page 72 and continuing through note 18, 
"Divestment activities" on page 106; 
• 
"Supplemental information on oil and gas exploration and production activities" (unaudited) starting on 
page 107. 
Item 9. 
Changes in and disagreements with accountants on 
accounting and financial disclosure 
None. 
Item 9A. Controls and procedures 
As indicated in the certifications in Exhibit 31 of this report, the company’s principal executive officer and 
principal financial officer have evaluated the company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 
2024. Based on that evaluation, these officers have concluded that the company’s disclosure controls and 
procedures are effective in ensuring that information required to be disclosed by the company in the reports that 
it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is accumulated and communicated 
to them in a manner that allows for timely decisions regarding required disclosures and are effective in ensuring 
that such information is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the 
SEC’s rules and forms. 
Reference is made to page 71 of this report for "Management’s report on internal control over financial 
reporting" and page 72 for the "Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm" on the company’s 
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024. 
There has not been any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting during the last fiscal 
quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control 
over financial reporting. 
Item 9B. Other information 
During the three months ended December 31, 2024, none of the company's directors or officers adopted or 
terminated a "Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement" or "non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement," as each term is 
defined in Item 408(a) of Regulation S-K. 
Item 9C. Disclosure regarding foreign jurisdiction that prevents 
inspections 
Not applicable. 
36 

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
PART III 
Item 10. Directors, executive officers and corporate governance 
Sections of the company’s management proxy circular are contained in the "Proxy information section", starting 
on page 111. The company’s management proxy circular is prepared in accordance with Canadian securities 
regulations. 
The company currently has seven directors. The articles of the company require that the board have between 
five and fifteen directors. Each director is elected to hold office until the close of the next annual meeting. Each 
of the seven individuals listed in the section entitled "Nominees for director" on pages 112 to 116 of this report 
have been nominated for election at the annual meeting of shareholders to be held May 8, 2025 (the "2025 
Annual Meeting"). All of the nominees, with the exception of J.R. Whelan, are now directors and have been 
since the dates indicated. 
B.W. Corson, current chairman, president and chief executive officer, is a current director and has chosen not to 
stand for re-election. On February 12, 2025, Mr. Corson announced his intention to retire at the conclusion of 
the 2025 Annual Meeting. Mr. Corson has resigned from his position as president effective April 1, 2025, and he 
has resigned from the chairman and chief executive officer positions effective at the conclusion of the 2025 
Annual Meeting. On February 12, 2025, the board of directors appointed Mr. Whelan (i) as president of the 
company effective April 1, 2025, (ii) as chief executive officer of the company effective at the conclusion of the 
2025 Annual Meeting, and (iii) provided that he is elected as a director at the 2025 Annual Meeting, as chairman 
of the board effective at the conclusion of such meeting. 
Reference is made to the section under "Nominees for director": 
• 
"Director nominee tables", on pages 112 to 116 of this report. 
Reference is made to the sections under "Corporate governance disclosure": 
• 
"Skills and experience of our board members and nominees", on page 121 of this report; 
• 
"Other public company directorships of our board members and nominees", on page 126 of this report; 
• 
The table entitled "Audit committee" under "Board and committee structure", on page 136 of this report; 
• 
"Ethical business conduct", starting on page 148 of this report; 
• 
"Restrictions on insider trading", starting on page 149 of this report; and 
• 
"Largest shareholder", on page 152 of this report. 
Reference is made to the sections under "Company executives and executive compensation": 
• 
"Named executive officers of the company" and "Other executive officers of the company", on pages 
153 to 154 of this report. 
Item 11. Executive compensation 
Sections of the company’s management proxy circular are contained in the "Proxy information section", starting 
on page 111. The company’s management proxy circular is prepared in accordance with Canadian securities 
regulations. 
Reference is made to the sections under "Corporate governance disclosure": 
• 
"Director compensation", on pages 140 to 147 of this report; and 
• 
"Share ownership guidelines of independent directors and chairman, president and chief executive 
officer", on page 147 of this report. 
Reference is made to the following sections under "Company executives and executive compensation": 
• 
"Letter to shareholders", on page 156 of this report; and 
• 
"Compensation discussion and analysis", on pages 155 to 181 of this report. 
37 

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Item 12. Security ownership of certain beneficial owners and 
management and related stockholder matters 
The following table sets forth, to the extent known by the company or ascertainable from public filings, each 
person, or group of affiliated persons, who is known by the company to beneficially own greater than 5.0% of 
the company's outstanding common shares as of December 31, 2024. Any fractional shares have been rounded 
to the nearest whole share. 
Title of Class 
Name and Address of 
Beneficial Owner 
Aggregate and Nature of 
Beneficial Ownership 
Percent of Class 
Common Shares 
Exxon Mobil Corporation
22777 Springwoods Village Parkway 
Spring, Texas 77389 (a) 
354,294,928 
69.6% 
FMR LLC 
Common Shares 
245 Summer Street 
Boston, Massachusetts 02210 (b) (c) 
43,014,477 (c) 
8.5% (c) 
(a) As of February 14, 2025, Exxon Mobil Corporation has sole voting and dispositive power with respect to 354,294,928 shares of the 
company's common shares. 
(b) The company is permitted to rely on the information set forth in the referenced filings and has no reason to believe that the 
information is incomplete or inaccurate or that the beneficial owner should have filed an amended report and did not. 
(c) 
Share ownership information is based solely on the Schedule 13G/A filed jointly by FMR LLC and Abigail P. Johnson with the SEC on 
February 12, 2025. As of December 31, 2024, (i) FMR LLC and Abigail P. Johnson each have beneficial ownership of the same 
43,014,477 of the company's common shares, which shares are owned by FMR LLC, certain of its subsidiaries and affiliates, and 
other companies, (ii) FMR LLC has sole voting power with respect to 31,051,356 shares of those shares, and (iii) FMR LLC and 
Abigail P. Johnson each have sole dispositive power with respect to all such shares. 
Sections of the company’s management proxy circular are contained in the "Proxy information section", starting 
on page 111. The company’s management proxy circular is prepared in accordance with Canadian securities 
regulations. 
Reference is made to the section under "Company executives and executive compensation" entitled "Equity 
compensation plan information", within the "Compensation discussion and analysis" section, on page 177 of this 
report. 
Reference is also made to the security ownership information for directors and executive officers of the 
company under the preceding Items 10 and 11. The compensation of the directors and executive officers of the 
company for the year ended December 31, 2024 is described in the sections under "Nominees for director" 
starting on page 112, "Director compensation" starting on page 140 and "Company executives and executive 
compensation" starting on page 153. The following table shows the number of Imperial Oil Limited and Exxon 
Mobil Corporation common shares and restricted stock units beneficially owned by each named executive 
officer, and the incumbent directors and executive officers as a group, as of February 14, 2025. 
Imperial Oil Limited 
Exxon Mobil Corporation 
Common 
Restricted 
Common 
Restricted 
Named executive officer 
shares (a) stock units (b) 
shares (a) stock units (b) 
B.W. Corson 
10,000 
462,500 
124,328 
59,700 
D.E. Lyons 
— 
132,200 
14,064 
— 
C.L. Gomez-Smith 
— 
20,900 
17,606 
33,300 
J.E. Burgess 
106 
61,950 
— 
— 
I.R. Laing 
6,222 
52,200 
— 
— 
Incumbent directors and executive 
officers as a group (16 people) 
33,600 
884,400 
161,644 
283,060 
(a) No common shares are beneficially owned by reason of exercisable options. None of these individuals owns 0.01 percent of the 
outstanding shares of Imperial Oil Limited or Exxon Mobil Corporation. The directors and officers as a group own 0.01 percent of the 
outstanding shares of Imperial Oil Limited, and 0.01 percent of the outstanding shares of Exxon Mobil Corporation. Information not 
being within the knowledge of the company has been provided by the directors and the executive officers individually. 
(b) Restricted stock units do not carry voting rights prior to the issuance of shares on settlement of the awards. 
38 

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Item 13. Certain relationships and related transactions, and 
director independence 
Sections of the company’s management proxy circular are contained in the "Proxy information section", starting 
on page 111. The company’s management proxy circular is prepared in accordance with Canadian securities 
regulations. 
Reference is made to the section under "Corporate governance disclosure" entitled "Independence of our board 
members and nominees", on page 122 of this report. 
Reference is made to the section under "Corporate governance disclosure" entitled "Transactions with Exxon 
Mobil Corporation", on page 152 of this report. 
N.A. Hansen is deemed a non-independent member of the board of directors and the executive resources 
committee, safety and sustainability committee, nominations and corporate governance committee and finance 
committee under the relevant standards. As an employee of Exxon Mobil Corporation, N.A. Hansen is 
independent of the company’s management and is able to assist these committees by reflecting the perspective 
of the company’s shareholders. 
39 

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Item 14. Principal accountant fees and services 
Auditor information 
The audit committee of the board of directors recommends that PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC) be 
reappointed as the auditor of the company until the close of the next annual meeting. PwC has been the auditor 
of the company for more than five years and is located in Calgary, Alberta. PwC is a participating audit firm with 
the Canadian Public Accountability Board and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) 
(PCAOB). 
Auditor fees 
The aggregate fees of PwC for professional services rendered for the audit of the company’s financial 
statements and other services for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023 were as 
follows: 
thousands of Canadian dollars 
2024 
2023 
Audit fees 
2,635 
2,200 
Audit-related fees 
90 
97 
Tax fees 
— 
— 
All other fees 
— 
— 
Total fees 
2,725 
2,297 
Audit fees included the audit of the company’s annual financial statements, internal control over financial 
reporting, and a review of the first three quarterly financial statements in 2024. Audit-related fees consisted of 
other assurance services including the audit of the company’s retirement plan and royalty statement audits for 
oil and gas producing entities. The company did not engage the auditor for any other services. 
The audit committee formally and annually evaluates the performance of the external auditor, recommends the 
external auditor to be appointed by the shareholders, recommends their remuneration and oversees their work. 
The audit committee also approves the proposed current year audit program of the external auditor, assesses 
the results of the program after the end of the program period and approves in advance any non-audit services 
to be performed by the external auditor after considering the effect of such services on their independence. 
All of the services rendered by the auditor to the company were approved by the audit committee. 
Auditor independence 
The audit committee periodically discusses with PwC their independence from the company and from 
management. PwC have confirmed that they are independent with respect to the company within the meaning 
of the Rules of Professional Conduct of the Chartered Professional Accountants of Alberta, the PCAOB and the 
rules of the SEC. The company has concluded that the auditor’s independence has been maintained. 
40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART IV 
Item 15. Exhibits, financial statement schedules 
Reference is made to the table of contents in the "Financial section" on page 44 of this report. 
The following exhibits, numbered in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K, are filed as part of this report: 
(3) 
(i) 
Restated certificate and articles of incorporation of the company (Incorporated herein by reference 
to Exhibit (3.1) to the company’s Form 8-K filed on May 3, 2006 (File No. 0-12014)). 
(ii) 
Amended and Restated By-Law No. 1 of the company, dated September 17, 2024 (Incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit (3.1) to the company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter 
ended September 30, 2024 (File No. 0-12014)). 
(4) 
(vi) Description of capital stock. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (4)(vi) of the company’s 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 (File No. 0-12014)). 
(10) (ii) 
(1) Alberta Cold Lake Transition Agreement, effective January 1, 2000, relating to the royalties 
payable in respect of the Cold Lake production project and terminating the Alberta Cold Lake 
Crown Agreement dated June 25, 1984. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
(10)(ii)(20) of the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 
2001 (File No. 0-12014)). 
(2) Syncrude Bitumen Royalty Option Agreement, dated November 18, 2008, setting out the 
terms of the exercise by the Syncrude Joint Venture owners of the option contained in the 
existing Crown Agreement to convert to a royalty payable on the value of bitumen, effective 
January 1, 2009 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1.01(10)(ii)(2) of the company’s 
Form 8-K filed on November 19, 2008 (File No. 0-12014)). 
(iii)(A) (1) 
Form of Letter relating to Supplemental Retirement Income (Incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit (10)(c)(3) of the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year 
ended December 31, 1980 (File No. 2-9259)). 
(2) 
Deferred Share Unit Plan for Nonemployee Directors. (Incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit (10)(iii)(A)(6) of the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
December 31, 1998 (File No. 0-12014)). 
(3) 
Amended Restricted Stock Unit Plan with respect to Restricted Stock Units granted in 2016 
and subsequent years, as amended effective October 26, 2016 (Incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 9.01(c)[10(iii)(A)(1)] of the company’s Form 8-K filed on October 31, 
2016 (File No. 0-12014)). 
(4) 
Amended Restricted Stock Unit Plan with respect to Restricted Stock Units granted in 2020 
and subsequent years, as amended effective November 24, 2020 (Incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit (10)(iii)(A)(6) of the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year 
ended December 31, 2020 (File No. 0-12014)). 
(5) 
Amended Restricted Stock Unit Plan with respect to Restricted Stock Units granted in 2022 
and subsequent years, as amended effective November 29, 2022 (Incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit (10)(iii)(A)(7) of the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year 
ended December 31, 2022 (File No. 0-12014)). 
(6) 
Amended Short Term Incentive Program, as amended effective December 1, 2023 
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (10)(iii)(A)(6) of the company's Annual Report 
on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023 (File No. 0-12014)). 
(19) 
Insider Trading and Blackout Guidelines 
41 

 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(21) 
Imperial Oil Resources Limited is incorporated in Alberta, Canada and Canada Imperial Oil 
Limited is incorporated in Canada, and both are wholly-owned subsidiaries of the company. 
The names of all other subsidiaries of the company are omitted because, considered in the 
aggregate as a single subsidiary, they would not constitute a significant subsidiary as of 
December 31, 2024. 
(31.1) 
Certification by principal executive officer of Periodic Financial Report pursuant to Rule 
13a-14(a). 
(31.2) 
Certification by principal financial officer of Periodic Financial Report pursuant to Rule 
13a-14(a). 
(32.1) 
Certification by chief executive officer of Periodic Financial Report pursuant to Rule 
13a-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350. 
(32.2) 
Certification by chief financial officer of Periodic Financial Report pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) 
and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350. 
(97) 
SEC Rule 10D-1 Policy for the Recovery of Erroneously Awarded Compensation effective 
December 1, 2023 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (97) of the company's 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023 (File No. 0-12014)). 
(101) 
Interactive Data Files (formatted as Inline XBRL). 
(104) 
Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101). 
Copies of Exhibits may be acquired upon written request of any shareholder to the vice president, investor 
relations, Imperial Oil Limited, 505 Quarry Park Boulevard S.E., Calgary, Alberta T2C 5N1, and payment of 
processing and mailing costs. 
Item 16. Form 10-K summary 
Not applicable. 
42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
 
 
           
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
_____
SIGNATURES 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has 
duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf on February 19, 2025 by the undersigned, thereunto duly 
authorized. 
Imperial Oil Limited 
by 
/s/ Bradley W. Corson 
(Bradley W. Corson) 
Chairman, president and chief executive officer 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below on 
February 19, 2025 by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated. 
Signature 
Title 
/s/ Bradley W. Corson 
Chairman, president and 
chief executive officer and director 
(Bradley W. Corson) 
(Principal executive officer) 
/s/ Daniel E. Lyons 
Senior vice-president, 
finance and administration, and controller 
(Daniel E. Lyons) 
(Principal financial officer and principal accounting officer) 
/s/ David W. Cornhill 
Director 
(David W. Cornhill) 
/s/ Sharon R. Driscoll 
Director 
(Sharon R. Driscoll) 
/s/ John N. Floren 
Director 
(John N. Floren) 
/s/ Gary J. Goldberg 
Director 
(Gary J. Goldberg) 
/s/ Neil A. Hansen 
Director 
(Neil A. Hansen) 
/s/ Miranda C. Hubbs 
Director 
(Miranda C. Hubbs) 
43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial section 
Table of contents 
Page 
Financial information (U.S. GAAP) 
45 
Frequently used terms 
46 
Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations 
50 
Overview 
50 
Business environment 
51 
Business results 
54 
Liquidity and capital resources 
61 
Capital and exploration expenditures 
64 
Market risks 
65 
Critical accounting estimates 
67 
Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting 
71 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
72 
Consolidated statement of income (U.S. GAAP) 
75 
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income (U.S. GAAP) 
76 
Consolidated balance sheet (U.S. GAAP) 
77 
Consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity (U.S. GAAP) 
78 
Consolidated statement of cash flows (U.S. GAAP) 
79 
Notes to consolidated financial statements 
80 
1. Summary of significant accounting policies 
80 
2. Business segments 
86 
3. Income taxes 
88 
4. Employee retirement benefits 
89 
5. Other long-term obligations 
94 
6. Financial and derivative instruments 
95 
7. Share-based incentive compensation programs 
97 
8. Investment and other income 
98 
9. Litigation and other contingencies 
98 
10. Common shares 
99 
11. Miscellaneous financial information 
100 
12. Financing and additional notes and loans payable information 
101 
13. Leases 
102 
14. Long-term debt 
104 
15. Accounting for suspended exploratory well costs 
104 
16. Transactions with related parties 
105 
17. Other comprehensive income (loss) information 
106 
18. Divestment activities 
106 
Supplemental information on oil and gas exploration and production activities (unaudited) 
107 
44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 Financial information (U.S. GAAP) 
millions of Canadian dollars 
2024 
2023 
2022 
Revenues 
51,359 
50,702 
59,413 
Net income (loss): 
Upstream 
3,262 
2,512 
3,645 
Downstream 
1,486 
2,301 
3,622 
Chemical 
171 
164 
204 
Corporate and other 
(129) 
(88) 
(131) 
Net income (loss) 
4,790 
4,889 
7,340 
Cash and cash equivalents at year-end 
979 
864 
3,749 
Total assets at year-end 
42,938 
41,199 
43,524 
Long-term debt at year-end 
3,992 
4,011 
4,033 
Total debt at year-end 
4,011 
4,132 
4,155 
Other long-term obligations at year-end 
3,870 
3,851 
3,467 
Shareholders’ equity at year-end 
23,473 
22,222 
22,413 
Cash flow from operating activities 
5,981 
3,734 
10,482 
Per share information (Canadian dollars) 
Net income (loss) per common share - basic 
9.05 
8.51 
11.47 
Net income (loss) per common share - diluted 
9.03 
8.49 
11.44 
Dividends per common share - declared 
2.40 
1.94 
1.46 
45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 Frequently used terms 
Listed below are definitions of several of the company’s key business and financial performance measures. The 
definitions are provided to facilitate understanding of the terms and how they are calculated. Certain measures 
included in this document are not prescribed by U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP). These 
measures constitute "non-GAAP financial measures" under Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation G 
and Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K, and "specified financial measures" under National Instrument 52-112 Non-
GAAP and Other Financial Measures Disclosure of the Canadian Securities Administrators. 
Reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP measure, and other 
information required by these regulations, have been provided. Non-GAAP financial measures and specified 
financial measures are not standardized financial measures under GAAP and do not have a standardized 
definition. As such, these measures may not be directly comparable to measures presented by other 
companies, and should not be considered a substitute for GAAP financial measures. 
Capital employed 
Capital employed is a non-GAAP financial measure that is a measurement of net investment. When viewed 
from the perspective of how capital is used by the business, it includes the company’s property, plant and 
equipment and other assets, less liabilities, excluding both short-term and long-term debt. When viewed from 
the perspective of the sources of capital employed in total for the company, it includes total debt and equity. The 
most directly comparable financial measure that is disclosed in the financial statements is total assets within the 
company’s Consolidated balance sheet. Both of these views include the company’s share of amounts 
applicable to equity companies, which the company believes should be included to provide a more 
comprehensive measurement of capital employed. 
Reconciliation of capital employed 
millions of Canadian dollars 
2024 
2023 
2022 
From the Consolidated balance sheet 
Business uses: asset and liability perspective 
Total assets 
42,938 
41,199 
43,524 
Less: Total current liabilities excluding notes and loans payable 
(6,988) 
(6,482) 
(8,776) 
Total long-term liabilities excluding long-term debt 
(8,466) 
(8,363) 
(8,180) 
Add: 
Imperial’s share of equity company debt 
25 
21 
25 
Total capital employed 
27,509 
26,375 
26,593 
Total company sources: Debt and equity perspective 
Notes and loans payable 
19 
121 
122 
Long-term debt 
3,992 
4,011 
4,033 
Shareholders’ equity 
23,473 
22,222 
22,413 
Add: 
Imperial’s share of equity company debt 
25 
21 
25 
Total capital employed 
27,509 
26,375 
26,593 
46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 Return on average capital employed (ROCE) 
ROCE is a non-GAAP ratio. The company's total ROCE is net income excluding the after-tax cost of financing 
divided by total average capital employed (an average of the beginning and end-of-year amounts). Net income 
includes Imperial’s share of net income of equity companies, consistent with the definition used for capital 
employed, and excludes the cost of financing. Capital employed is a non-GAAP financial measure and is 
disclosed and reconciled above. The company has consistently applied its ROCE definition for many years and 
views it as one of the best measures of historical capital productivity in a capital-intensive, long-term industry. 
Additional measures, which are more cash flow based, are used to make investment decisions. 
Components of return on average capital employed 
millions of Canadian dollars 
2024 
2023 
2022 
From the Consolidated statement of income 
Net income (loss) 
4,790 
4,889 
7,340 
Financing (after-tax) including Imperial’s share of equity companies 
43 
66 
55 
Net income (loss) excluding financing 
4,833 
4,955 
7,395 
Average capital employed 
26,942 
26,484 
26,762 
Return on average capital employed (percent) – corporate total 
17.9 
18.7 
27.6 
Cash flows from (used in) operating activities and asset sales 
Cash flows from operating activities and asset sales is a non-GAAP financial measure that is the sum of the net 
cash provided by operating activities and proceeds from asset sales reported in the Consolidated statement of 
cash flows. This cash flow reflects the total sources of cash both from operating the company’s assets and from 
the divesting of assets. The most directly comparable financial measure that is disclosed in the financial 
statements is cash flows from (used in) operating activities within the company’s Consolidated statement of 
cash flows. The company employs a long-standing and regular disciplined review process to ensure that assets 
are contributing to the company’s strategic objectives. Assets are divested when they no longer meet these 
objectives or are worth considerably more to others. Because of the regular nature of this activity, the company 
believes it is useful for investors to consider sales proceeds together with cash provided by operating activities 
when evaluating cash available for investment in the business and financing activities, including shareholder 
distributions. 
Reconciliation of cash flows from (used in) operating activities and asset sales 
millions of Canadian dollars 
2024 
2023 
2022 
From the Consolidated statement of cash flows 
Cash flows from (used in) operating activities 
5,981 
3,734 
10,482 
Proceeds from asset sales 
25 
86 
904 
Total cash flows from (used in) operating activities and asset sales 
6,006 
3,820 
11,386 
47 

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
        
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 Operating costs 
Operating costs is a non-GAAP financial measure that is the costs during the period to produce, manufacture, 
and otherwise prepare the company’s products for sale – including energy costs, staffing and maintenance 
costs. It excludes the cost of raw materials, taxes and interest expense and is presented on a before-tax basis. 
The most directly comparable financial measure that is disclosed in the financial statements is total expenses 
within the company’s Consolidated statement of income. While the company is responsible for all revenue and 
expense elements of net income, operating costs represent the expenses most directly under the company’s 
control and therefore, are useful in evaluating the company’s performance. 
Reconciliation of operating costs 
millions of Canadian dollars 
2024 
2023 
2022 
From the Consolidated statement of income 
Total expenses 
45,293 
44,600 
50,186 
Less: 
Purchases of crude oil and products 
33,184 
32,399 
37,742 
Federal excise tax and fuel charge 
2,535 
2,402 
2,179 
Financing 
41 
69 
60 
Subtotal 
35,760 
34,870 
39,981 
Imperial's share of equity company expenses 
80 
76 
71 
Total operating costs 
9,613 
9,806 
10,276 
Components of operating costs 
millions of Canadian dollars 
2024 
2023 
2022 
From the Consolidated statement of income 
Production and manufacturing 
6,599 
6,879 
7,404 
Selling and general 
945 
857 
882 
Depreciation and depletion 
1,983 
1,907 
1,897 
Non-service pension and postretirement benefit 
3 
82 
17 
Exploration 
3 
5 
5 
Subtotal 
9,533 
9,730 
10,205 
Imperial's share of equity company expenses 
80 
76 
71 
Total operating costs 
9,613 
9,806 
10,276 
48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Net income (loss) excluding identified items 
Net income (loss) excluding identified items is a non-GAAP financial measure that is total net income (loss) 
excluding individually significant non-operational events with an absolute corporate total earnings impact of at 
least $100 million in a given quarter. The net income (loss) impact of an identified item for an individual segment 
in a given quarter may be less than $100 million when the item impacts several segments or several periods. 
The most directly comparable financial measure that is disclosed in the financial statements is "Net income 
(loss)" within the company’s Consolidated statement of income. Management uses these figures to improve 
comparability of the underlying business across multiple periods by isolating and removing significant non­
operational events from business results. The company believes this view provides investors increased 
transparency into business results and trends, and provides investors with a view of the business as seen 
through the eyes of management. Net income (loss) excluding identified items is not meant to be viewed in 
isolation or as a substitute for net income (loss) as prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. All identified items 
are presented on an after-tax basis. 
Reconciliation of net income (loss) excluding identified items 
millions of Canadian dollars 
2024 
2023 
2022 
From the Consolidated statement of income 
Net income (loss) (U.S. GAAP) 
4,790 
4,889 
7,340 
Less identified items included in Net income (loss) 
Gain/(loss) on sale of assets 
— 
— 
208 
Subtotal of identified items 
— 
— 
208 
Net income (loss) excluding identified items 
4,790 
4,889 
7,132 
49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results 
of operations 
Overview 
The following discussion and analysis of the company’s financial results, as well as the accompanying financial 
statements and related notes to consolidated financial statements to which they refer, are the responsibility of 
the management of Imperial Oil Limited. 
The company’s accounting and financial reporting fairly reflect its integrated business model involving 
exploration for, and production of, crude oil and natural gas; manufacture, trade, transport and sale of crude oil, 
natural gas, petroleum products, petrochemicals and a variety of specialty products; and pursuit of lower-
emission business opportunities including carbon capture and storage, hydrogen, lower-emission fuels, and 
lithium. 
Imperial, with its resource base, financial strength, disciplined investment approach and technology portfolio, is 
well-positioned to participate in substantial investments to develop new Canadian energy supplies. The 
company’s reportable segments are Upstream, Downstream, and Chemicals. The company’s integrated 
business model generally reduces the company’s risk from changes in commodity prices. While commodity 
prices depend on supply and demand and may be volatile on a short-term basis, the company’s investment 
decisions are grounded on fundamentals reflected in its long-term business outlook, and use a disciplined 
approach in selecting and pursuing the most attractive investment opportunities. The annual company plan 
process establishes the economic assumptions used for evaluating investments and sets operating and capital 
objectives. ExxonMobil's Global Outlook (the Outlook), developed annually, is the foundation for the plan 
assumptions. Price ranges for crude oil, including price differentials, refinery and chemical margins, volumes, 
operating costs including greenhouse gas emissions pricing, and foreign currency exchange rates are part of 
the company plan assumptions developed annually. Company plan volume projections are based on individual 
field production profiles, which are also updated at least annually. Major investment opportunities are evaluated 
over a range of potential market conditions. All major investments are reappraised to ensure the company 
learns from its investment decisions, and the development and execution of the project. Lessons learned are 
incorporated into future projects. 
The term "project" as used in this report can refer to a variety of different activities and does not necessarily 
have the same meaning as in any government payment transparency reports. 
50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Business environment 
Long-term business outlook 
The "Long-term business outlook" is based on Exxon Mobil Corporation’s Global Outlook (the Outlook), which 
combined with the near-term pathways, is used to help inform the company’s long-term business strategies and 
investment plans. 
The company’s business planning is underpinned by a deep understanding of long-term market fundamentals. 
These fundamentals include supply and demand trends; the scale and variety of energy needs worldwide; 
capability, practicality and affordability of energy alternatives, including lower-carbon solutions; greenhouse gas 
emission-reduction technologies; and relevant government policies. The Outlook considers these fundamentals 
to form the basis for the company’s long-term business planning, investment decisions, and research programs. 
The Outlook reflects the company’s view of global energy demand and supply through 2050. It is a projection 
based on current trends in technology, government policies, consumer preferences, geopolitics, and economic 
development. 
The Outlook uses projections and scenarios from reputable third parties such as the International Energy 
Agency (IEA) and the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC). Included in the range of these 
scenarios are: the IPCC likely below 2°C scenarios and three scenarios from the IEA; IEA Stated Policies 
Scenario (STEPS), which reflects a sector-by-sector assessment of current policy in place or announced by 
governments; IEA Announced Pledges Scenario (APS), which reflects aspirational government targets met on 
time and in full; and IEA Net Zero Emissions by 2050 Scenario (NZE), which the IEA describes as extremely 
challenging, acknowledging that society is not currently on the IEA NZE pathway. No single transition pathway 
can be reasonably predicted, given the wide range of uncertainties. Key unknowns include yet-to-be-developed 
or changes in developed government policies, market conditions, and advances in technology that may 
influence the cost, pace, and potential availability of certain pathways. Scenarios that employ a full complement 
of technology options are likely to provide the most economically efficient pathways. 
Using the company's own experts and third-party sources, the company monitors a variety of signposts that 
may indicate a potential shift in the energy transition. For example, the regional pace of the transition could be 
influenced by the cost of new technologies compared to existing or alternative energy sources. 
By 2050, the world’s population is projected to be around 9.7 billion people, or nearly 2 billion more than in 
2023. Coincident with this population increase, the Outlook projects worldwide economic growth to average 
approximately 2.5 percent per year, with economic output nearly doubling by 2050 compared to 2023. As 
economies and populations grow, and as living standards improve for billions of people, the need for energy is 
expected to continue to rise. Even with significant efficiency gains, global energy demand is projected to rise by 
almost 15 percent from 2023 to 2050. This increase in energy demand is expected to be driven by developing 
countries (i.e., those that are not member nations of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and 
Development (OECD)). By contrast, energy use in developed nations is expected to decline by more than 10 
percent as efficiency improves. 
As expanding prosperity drives global energy demand higher, increasing use of energy-efficient technologies 
and practices, as well as lower-emission products, will continue to help significantly reduce energy consumption 
and CO2 emissions per unit of economic output over time. Substantial efficiency gains are likely in all key 
aspects of the world’s economy through 2050, affecting energy requirements for power generation, 
transportation, industrial applications, and residential and commercial needs. 
Under the Outlook, global electricity demand is expected to increase more than 75 percent from 2023 to 2050, 
with developing countries likely to account for approximately 80 percent of the increase. Consistent with this 
projection, power generation is expected to remain the largest and fastest growing major segment of global 
primary energy demand, supported by a wide variety of energy sources. The share of coal-fired generation is 
expected to decline substantially to approximately 15 percent of the world’s electricity in 2050, versus 
approximately 35 percent in 2023, in part due to policies to improve air quality as well as reduce greenhouse 
gas emissions to address risks related to climate change. From 2023 to 2050, the amount of electricity supplied 
using natural gas, nuclear power, and renewables is expected to more than double, accounting for the entire 
growth in electricity supplies and offsetting the reduction of coal. Electricity from wind and solar is expected to 
increase more than 450 percent, helping total renewables (including other sources, e.g., hydropower) to 
account for approximately 90 percent of the increase in electricity supplies through 2050. Total renewables are 
expected to reach over 50 percent of global electricity supplies by 2050. Natural gas and nuclear are expected 
51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 to be about 20 percent and 10 percent, respectively, of global electricity supplies by 2050. Supplies of electricity 
by energy type will reflect significant differences across regions reflecting a wide range of factors, including the 
cost and availability of various energy supplies and policy developments. 
Energy for transportation - including cars, trucks, ships, trains, and airplanes - is expected to increase by about 
25 percent from 2023 to 2050. Transportation energy demand is expected to account for about 60 percent of the 
growth in liquid fuels demand worldwide over this period. Light-duty vehicle demand for liquid fuels is projected 
to peak by around 2025, and then decline to levels seen in the early-2000s by 2050, as the impact of better fuel 
economy and significant growth in electric cars, led by China, Europe, and the United States, work to offset 
growth in the worldwide car fleet of approximately 65 percent. By 2050, light-duty vehicles are expected to 
account for around 20 percent of global liquid fuels demand. During the same time period, nearly all the world’s 
commercial transportation fleets are expected to continue to run on liquid fuels, including biofuels, which are 
expected to be widely available and offer practical advantages in providing a large quantity of energy in small 
volumes. 
Almost half of the world’s energy use is dedicated to industrial activity. As the global middle class continues to 
grow, demand for durable products, appliances, and consumable goods will increase. Industry uses energy 
products both as a fuel and as a feedstock for chemicals, asphalt, lubricants, waxes, and other specialty 
products. The Outlook anticipates technology advances, as well as the increasing shift toward cleaner forms of 
energy, such as electricity and natural gas, with coal declining. Demand for oil will continue to grow as a 
feedstock for industry. 
As populations grow and prosperity rises, more energy will be needed to power homes, offices, schools, 
shopping centers, hospitals, etc. Combined residential and commercial energy demand is projected to rise by 
around 15 percent through 2050. Led by the growing economies of developing nations, average worldwide 
household electricity use is expected to rise more than 65 percent between 2023 and 2050. 
Liquid fuels provide the largest share of global energy supplies today reflecting broad-based availability, 
affordability, ease of transportation, and fitness as a practical solution to meet a wide variety of needs. By 2050, 
global demand for liquid fuels is projected to grow to approximately 110 million oil-equivalent barrels per day, an 
increase of about 10 percent from 2023. The non-OECD share of global liquid fuels demand is expected to 
increase to nearly 70 percent by 2050, as liquid fuels demand in the OECD is expected to decline by more than 
25 percent. Much of the global liquid fuels demand today is met by crude production from conventional sources; 
these supplies will remain important, and significant development activity is expected to offset much of the 
natural declines from these fields. At the same time, a variety of supply sources - including tight oil, deepwater, 
oil sands, natural gas liquids, and biofuels - are expected to grow to help meet rising demand. Timely 
investments will remain critical to meeting global needs with reliable and affordable supplies. 
Natural gas is a lower-emission, versatile and practical fuel for a wide variety of applications. Global natural gas 
demand is expected to rise more than 20 percent from 2023 to 2050, with approximately 75 percent of that 
increase coming from the Asia Pacific region. Significant growth in supplies of unconventional gas - the natural 
gas found in shale and other tight rock formations - will help meet these needs. In total, about 35 percent of the 
growth in natural gas supplies is expected to come from unconventional sources. At the same time, 
conventionally-produced natural gas is likely to remain the cornerstone of global supply, meeting around two-
thirds of worldwide demand in 2050. Liquefied natural gas (LNG) trade will expand significantly, meeting about 
70 percent of the increase in global demand growth, with much of this supply expected to help meet rising 
demand in Asia Pacific. 
The world’s energy mix is highly diverse and will remain so through 2050. Oil is expected to continue as the 
largest source of energy with its share remaining close to 30 percent in 2050. Coal and natural gas are the next 
largest sources of energy today, with the share of natural gas growing to more than 25 percent by 2050, while 
the share of coal falls to about half that of natural gas. Nuclear power is projected to grow, as many nations are 
likely to expand nuclear capacity to address rising electricity needs as well as energy security and 
environmental issues. Total renewable energy is expected to exceed 20 percent of global energy by 2050, with 
other renewables (e.g., biomass, hydropower, geothermal) contributing a combined share of more than 10 
percent. Total energy supplied from wind and solar is expected to increase rapidly, growing over 400 percent 
from 2023 to 2050, when they are projected to be nearly 12 percent of the world energy mix. 
Decarbonization of industrial activities will require a suite of nascent or future lower-carbon technologies and 
stable supporting policies. Lower-emission fuels, hydrogen-based fuels, and carbon capture and storage are 
52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 three key lower-carbon solutions needed to support a lower-emission future, in addition to wind and solar. Along 
with electrification, lower-emission fuels are expected to play an important role in decarbonization of the 
transportation sector, particularly in hard-to-decarbonize areas, such as aviation. Low-carbon hydrogen will be a 
key enabler replacing traditional furnace fuel to decarbonize the industrial sector. Hydrogen and hydrogen-
based fuels like ammonia are also expected to make inroads into commercial transportation as technology 
improves to lower its cost and policy develops to support the needed infrastructure development. Carbon 
capture and storage on its own, or in combination with hydrogen production, is among the few proven 
technologies that could enable CO2 emission reductions from high-emitting and hard-to-decarbonize sectors 
such as power generation and heavy industries, including manufacturing, refining, and petrochemicals. 
The Outlook projects that oil demand will remain above 100 million barrels per day to 2050. And even under the 
average of IPCC Likely Below 2°C scenarios, oil demand still comes to 66 million barrels per day in 2050 – 
about two thirds of current consumption. 
The Outlook shows oil production declines at a rate of about 15 percent per year. At that rate, in the absence of 
continued investment, by 2030 oil supplies would fall from 100 million barrels per day to less than 30 million 
barrels, more than 70 million barrels per day short of what is needed to meet demand. Limiting investment to 
only existing fields would slow the decline to about 4 percent, however, this would still be well below the oil 
demand in the IEA APS and average of IPCC Likely Below 2°C scenarios. 
To meet projected demand, the company anticipates that the world’s available oil and gas resource base will 
grow, not only from new discoveries, but also from increases in previously discovered fields. Technology will 
underpin these increases. The investments to develop and supply resources to meet global demand through 
2050 will be significant and would be needed to meet even rapidly declining demand for oil and gas envisioned 
in aggressive decarbonization scenarios. 
International accords and underlying regional and national regulations covering greenhouse gas emissions 
continue to evolve with uncertain timing and outcome, making it difficult to predict their business impact. The 
company’s estimates of potential costs related to greenhouse gas emissions align with applicable provincial and 
federal regulations. Additionally, the company uses the Outlook as a foundation for estimating energy supply 
and demand requirements from various energy sources and uses, and the Outlook takes into account policies 
established to reduce energy related greenhouse gas emissions. The climate accord reached at the 2015 
Conference of the Parties (COP 21) in Paris set many new goals, and many related policies are still emerging. 
The Outlook reflects an environment with increasingly stringent climate policies and seeks to identify potential 
impacts of these climate related government policies, which often target specific sectors. For purposes of the 
Outlook, a proxy cost on energy-related CO2 emissions is assumed, based on regional considerations and 
relative levels of economic development, and by 2050, reaches up to $150 USD per metric ton for OECD 
nations and up to $100 USD per metric ton for non-OECD nations. As people and nations look for ways to 
reduce risks of global climate change, they will continue to need practical solutions that do not jeopardize the 
affordability or reliability of the energy they need. The company continues to monitor the updates to the 
Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs) that are submitted by nations that are signatories to the Paris 
Agreement, as well as other policy developments in light of net-zero ambitions formulated by some nations, 
including Canada. 
The information provided in the Outlook includes ExxonMobil's internal estimates and projections based upon 
internal data and analyses, as well as publicly available information from external sources including the 
International Energy Agency. 
Progress reducing emissions 
Practical solutions to the world’s energy and climate challenges will benefit from market competition in addition 
to well-informed, well-designed and transparent policy approaches that carefully weigh costs and benefits. Such 
policies are likely to help manage the risks of climate change while also enabling societies to pursue other high 
priority goals around the world – including clean air and water, access to reliable and affordable energy, and 
economic progress for all people. The company encourages sound policy solutions that reduce climate-related 
risks across the economy at the lowest societal cost. All practical and economically viable energy sources will 
need to be pursued to continue meeting global energy demand, recognizing the scale and variety of worldwide 
energy needs, as well as the importance of expanding access to modern energy to promote better standards of 
living for billions of people. 
53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 As part of the company’s efforts to provide solutions that lower the greenhouse gas emissions intensity of its 
operations and provide lower life-cycle emissions products to customers, the company will continue to evaluate 
and deploy technologies such as oil sands technologies that use less steam, carbon capture and storage, 
energy efficiency projects, and low-emissions fuels. Decisions to deploy these technologies will be informed by 
market conditions and government policies. 
Recent business environment 
During 2024, the price of crude oil remained relatively consistent with the 2023 full-year average, as markets 
remained balanced. In addition, the Canadian WTI/WCS spread narrowed versus the 2023 full-year average. 
Refining margins declined in 2024 from 2023 levels as increased supply from industry capacity additions 
outpaced global demand. 
The general rate of inflation in Canada and across many other major countries peaked in 2022, rising from 
already elevated levels in 2021, due to additional impacts on energy and other commodities from the Russia-
Ukraine conflict. Inflation has trended down since 2023 as a result of aggressive monetary tightening by major 
central banks and slowing global economic growth. In Canada, inflation has declined towards the Bank of 
Canada's target. The company closely monitors market trends and works to mitigate both operating and capital 
cost impacts in all price environments. 
Business results 
Consolidated 
millions of Canadian dollars 
2024 
2023 
2022 
Net income (loss) (U.S. GAAP) 
4,790 
4,889 
7,340 
Identified items1 included in Net income (loss) 
Gain/(loss) on sale of assets 
— 
— 
208 
Subtotal of identified items1 
— 
— 
208 
Net income (loss) excluding identified items1 
4,790 
4,889 
7,132 
2024 
Net income in 2024 was $4,790 million, or $9.03 per share on a diluted basis, compared to $4,889 million, or 
$8.49 per share in 2023. 
2023 
Net income in 2023 was $4,889 million, or $8.49 per share on a diluted basis, compared to $7,340 million, 
or$11.44 per share in 2022. 
1 Non-GAAP financial measure - see "Frequently used terms" section for definition and reconciliation. 
54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Upstream 
Overview 
The company produces crude oil and natural gas for sale predominantly into North American markets. The 
company’s Upstream business strategies guide the company’s exploration, development, production, research 
and gas marketing activities. These strategies include improving asset reliability, accelerating development and 
application of high impact technologies, maximizing value by capturing new business opportunities and 
managing the existing portfolio, as well as pursuing sustainable improvements in organizational efficiency and 
effectiveness. These strategies are underpinned by a relentless focus on operations integrity, commitment to 
innovative technologies, disciplined approach to investing and cost management, development of employees 
and investment in the communities within which the company operates. 
The company has a significant oil and gas resource base and a large inventory of potential projects. The 
company’s current investment strategy is to invest for value and select volume growth, with focus on 
optimization within existing assets, cost reduction opportunities and productivity enhancements that aim to 
deliver robust returns at a wide range of prices. The company also continues to evaluate opportunities to 
support long-term growth. Although actual volumes will vary from year to year, the focus is on value-add, long­
term growth opportunities within the context of the factors described in "Item 1A. Risk factors". The company 
continually evaluates opportunities, including the pace of development for the Aspen project. 
Prices for most of the company's crude oil sold are referenced to Western Canada Select (WCS) and West 
Texas Intermediate (WTI) oil markets. Additionally, the market price for WCS is typically lower than light and 
medium grades of oil, and price differentials between WCS and WTI can fluctuate. 
The company believes prices over the long term will be driven by market supply and demand, with the demand 
side largely being a function of general economic activity, alternative energy sources, levels of prosperity, 
technology advancements, consumer preference and government policies. On the supply side, prices may be 
significantly impacted by political events, logistics constraints, the actions of OPEC or OPEC+, governments, 
alternative energy sources, and other factors. To manage the risks associated with price, the company tests the 
resiliency of its annual plans and all major investments across a range of price scenarios. 
Key events 
Upstream assets demonstrated strong operational performance in 2024. The company continued to benefit from 
its actions implemented in prior years to manage the cost structure and improve the reliability of its assets, 
enabling the Upstream to capture significant value. 
Upstream full-year production averaged 433,000 gross oil-equivalent barrels per day. 
At Kearl, gross production was about 281,000 barrels per day (200,000 barrels Imperial’s share), which is an 
increase of about 11,000 barrels per day (9,000 barrels Imperial's share) compared to 2023, as a result of 
improved mine fleet productivity and optimized turnaround. 
At Cold Lake, annual production averaged 148,000 barrels per day, which is an increase of about 13,000 
barrels per day compared to 2023, primarily driven by Grand Rapids. 
At Syncrude, annual production averaged 75,000 barrels per day, which is a decrease of about 1,000 barrels 
per day compared to 2023. 
As described in more detail in "Item 1A. Risk factors", environmental risks and climate related regulations could 
have negative impacts on the upstream business. 
55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Results of operations 
2024 Net income (loss) factor analysis 
millions of Canadian dollars 
 
2,512
430
500
(330)
150
3,262
2023
Price
Volume
Royalty
Other
2024
Price – Average bitumen realizations increased by $7.11 per barrel, primarily driven by the narrowing WTI/WCS 
spread and lower diluent costs, partially offset by lower marker prices. Synthetic crude oil realizations 
decreased by $3.66 per barrel, primarily driven by a weaker Synthetic/WTI spread and lower WTI. 
Volume – Higher volumes were primarily driven by Grand Rapids production at Cold Lake, as well as improved 
mine fleet productivity and optimized turnaround at Kearl. 
Royalty – Higher royalties were primarily driven by higher volumes and prices. 
Other – Primarily due to lower operating expenses of about $210 million, mainly driven by lower energy prices, 
and favourable foreign exchange impacts of about $120 million, partially offset by lower electricity sales at Cold 
Lake due to lower prices. 
2023 Net income (loss) factor analysis 
millions of Canadian dollars 
3,645
(2,340)
(70)
690
(208)
795
2,512
2022
Price
Volume
Royalty
Identified 
Items¹
Other
2023
Price – Lower bitumen realizations were primarily driven by lower marker prices. Average bitumen realizations 
decreased by $17.25 per barrel, generally in line with WCS, and synthetic crude oil realizations decreased by 
$19.89 per barrel, generally in line with WTI. 
Volume – Lower volumes were primarily driven by steam cycle timing at Cold Lake, and the absence of XTO 
Energy Canada production, partially offset by improved reliability, plant capacity utilization, and mine equipment 
productivity at Kearl. 
Royalty – Lower royalties were primarily driven by weakened commodity prices. 
Identified Items1 – Prior year results included favourable identified items1 related to the company's gain on the 
sale of interests in XTO Energy Canada. 
Other – Includes favourable foreign exchange impacts of about $380 million, and lower operating expenses of 
about $380 million, primarily due to lower energy prices. 
1 Non-GAAP financial measure - see "Frequently used terms" section for definition and reconciliation. 
56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Marker prices and average realizations 
Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted 
2024 
2023 
2022 
West Texas Intermediate (US$ per barrel) 
75.78 
77.60 
94.36 
Western Canada Select (US$ per barrel) 
61.04 
58.97 
76.28 
WTI/WCS Spread (US$ per barrel) 
14.74 
18.63 
18.08 
Bitumen (per barrel) 
74.53 
67.42 
84.67 
Synthetic crude oil (per barrel) 
101.91 
105.57 
125.46 
Conventional crude oil (per barrel) 
55.63 
59.30 
97.45 
Natural gas liquids (per barrel) 
— 
— 
64.92 
Natural gas (per thousand cubic feet) 
0.69 
2.58 
5.69 
Average foreign exchange rate (US$) 
0.73 
0.74 
0.77 
Crude oil and natural gas liquids (NGL) - production and sales (a) 
thousands of barrels per day 
2024 
2023 
2022 
gross 
net 
gross 
net 
gross 
net 
Bitumen 
348 
299 
326 
283 
316 
263 
Synthetic crude oil (b) 
75 
62 
76 
67 
77 
63 
Conventional crude oil 
5
5 
5
5
8
8 
Total crude oil production 
428 
366 
407 
355 
401 
334 
NGLs available for sale 
—
— 
—
—
1 
1 
Total crude oil and NGL production 
428 
366 
407 
355 
402 
335 
Bitumen sales, including diluent (c) 
471 
442 
424 
NGL sales 
— 
—
1 
Natural gas - production and production available for sale (a) 
millions of cubic feet per day 
2024 
2023 
2022 
gross 
net 
gross 
net 
gross 
net 
Production (d) (e) 
30 
30 
33 
32 
85 
83 
Production available for sale (f) 
9 
11 
50 
(a) Volume per day metrics are calculated by dividing the volume for the period by the number of calendar days in the period. Gross 
production is the company’s share of production (excluding purchases) before deduction of the mineral owners’ or governments’ 
share or both. 
(b) The company’s synthetic crude oil production volumes were from the company’s share of production volumes in the Syncrude joint 
venture and include immaterial amounts of bitumen and other products exported to the operator's facilities using an existing 
interconnect pipeline. 
(c) 
Diluent is natural gas condensate or other light hydrocarbons added to crude bitumen to facilitate transportation. 
(d) Gross production of natural gas includes amounts used for internal consumption with the exception of the amounts reinjected. 
(e) Net production is gross production less the mineral owners’ or governments’ share or both. Net production reported in the above table 
is consistent with production quantities in the net proved reserves disclosure. 
(f) 
Includes sales of the company’s share of net production and excludes amounts used for internal consumption. 
2024 
Higher bitumen production was mainly attributable to Grands Rapids production at Cold Lake, as well as 
improved mine fleet productivity and optimized turnaround at Kearl. 
2023 
Higher bitumen production was mainly attributable to Kearl, and primarily driven by improved reliability, plant 
capacity utilization, and mine equipment productivity. 
57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Downstream 
Overview 
The company’s Downstream serves predominantly Canadian markets with refining, trading, logistics and 
marketing activities. The company's Downstream business strategies competitively position the company across 
a range of market conditions. These strategies include targeting industry-leading performance in reliability, 
safety and operations integrity, as well as maximizing value from advanced technologies, capitalizing on 
integration across the company’s businesses, selectively investing for resilient and advantaged returns, 
operating efficiently and effectively, and providing quality, valued and differentiated products and services to 
customers. 
The company owns and operates three refineries in Canada with aggregate distillation capacity of 434,000 
barrels per day. Refining margins are largely driven by differences in commodity prices and are a function of the 
difference between what a refinery pays for its raw materials (primarily crude oil) and the market prices for the 
range of products produced (primarily gasoline, heating oil, diesel oil, jet fuel, fuel oil and asphalt). Crude oil and 
many products are widely traded with published prices, including those quoted on the New York Mercantile 
Exchange. Prices for these commodities are determined by the global and regional marketplaces and are 
influenced by many factors, including global and regional supply/demand balances, inventory levels, industry 
refinery operations, import/export balances, currency fluctuations, seasonal demand, weather and political 
considerations. While industry refining margins significantly impact earnings, strong operational performance, 
product mix optimization, and disciplined cost control are also critical to the company's strong financial 
performance. The company's integration across the value chain, from refining to marketing, enhances overall 
value across the fuels business. 
Key events 
Refining margins declined in 2024 from 2023 levels as supply from industry capacity additions outpaced global 
demand growth. The company continues to closely monitor industry and global economic conditions. 
In January 2023, the company fully funded the Strathcona renewable diesel project, the largest such facility in 
Canada, located at Strathcona refinery. The facility will use hydrogen, locally sourced and grown feedstocks and 
the company's proprietary catalyst to produce renewable diesel. Facility construction commenced in 2023 and 
the project is expected to start up in the middle of 2025. 
As described in more detail in "Item 1A. Risk factors", proposed carbon policy and other climate related 
regulations, as well as continued biofuels mandates, could have negative impacts on the Downstream business. 
The company supplies petroleum products through Esso and Mobil-branded sites and independent marketers. 
At the end of 2024, there were about 2,600 sites operating under a branded wholesaler model, in alignment with 
Esso and Mobil brand standards, whereby the company supplies fuel to independent third parties. 
Results of operations 
2024 Net income (loss) factor analysis 
millions of Canadian dollars 
 
2,301
(890)
75
1,486
2023
Margins
Other
2024
Margins – Lower margins primarily reflect weaker market conditions. 
Other – Primarily due to lower turnaround impacts of about $120 million and favourable foreign exchange 
impacts of about $110 million, partially offset by lower volumes of about $60 million. 
58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 2023 Net income (loss) factor analysis 
millions of Canadian dollars 
3,622
(1,300)
(21)
2,301
2022
Margins
Other
2023
Margins – Lower margins primarily reflect weaker market conditions. 
Other – Higher turnaround impacts of about $340 million, associated with the planned turnaround activities at 
the Strathcona and Sarnia refineries, partially offset by favourable foreign exchange impacts of about $210 
million, improved volumes of about $50 million, and lower operating expenses of about $50 million, primarily 
due to lower energy prices. 
Refinery utilization 
thousands of barrels per day (a) 
2024 
2023 
2022 
Total refinery throughput (b) 
399 
407 
418 
Rated capacity at December 31 (c) 
434 
433 
433 
Utilization of total refinery capacity (percent) 
92 
94 
98 
(a) Volume per day metrics are calculated by dividing the volume for the period by the number of calendar days in the period. 
(b) Refinery throughput is the volume of crude oil and feedstocks that is processed in the refinery atmospheric distillation units. 
(c) 
Refining capacity data is based on 100 percent of rated refinery process unit stream-day capacities to process inputs to atmospheric 
distillation units under normal operating conditions, less the impact of shutdowns for regular repair and maintenance activities, 
averaged over an extended period of time. 
2024 
Lower refinery throughput in 2024 reflected the impact of planned turnaround activities at Nanticoke, Sarnia and 
Strathcona refineries. 
2023 
Lower refinery throughput in 2023 reflected the impact of planned turnaround activities at Strathcona and Sarnia 
refineries. 
Petroleum product sales 
thousands of barrels per day (a) 
2024 
2023 
2022 
Gasolines 
223 
228 
229 
Heating, diesel and jet fuels 
175 
176 
176 
Lube oils and other products (b) 
46 
43 
47 
Heavy fuel oils 
22 
24 
23 
Net petroleum product sales 
466 
471 
475 
(a) Volume per day metrics are calculated by dividing the volume for the period by the number of calendar days in the period. 
(b) In 2024, benzene and aromatic solvent sales are reported under Petroleum product sales - Lube oils and other products, whereas in 
2023, they were reported under Petrochemical sales. The company has determined that the impact of this change is not material; 
therefore, the comparative periods have not been recast. 
59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 Chemical 
Overview 
North America continued to benefit from abundant supplies of natural gas and gas liquids, providing both low 
cost energy and feedstock for steam crackers. 
Key events 
In 2024, the Chemicals business had strong operating performance following 2023 planned maintenance 
activities. 
The company maintains a competitive advantage through continued operational excellence, consistent product 
quality, investment and cost discipline, and integration of its chemical plant in Sarnia with the refinery. The 
company also benefits from its relationship with ExxonMobil’s North American chemical businesses, enabling 
Imperial to maintain a leadership position in its key market segments. 
Results of operations 
2024 Net income (loss) factor analysis 
millions of Canadian dollars 
 
164
—
7
171
2023
Margins
Other
2024
2023 Net income (loss) factor analysis 
millions of Canadian dollars 
204
(30)
(10)
164
2022
Margins
Other
2023
Sales 
thousands of tonnes 
2024 
2023 
2022 
Total petrochemical sales (a) 
684 
820 
842 
(a) In 2024, benzene and aromatic solvent sales are reported under Petroleum product sales - Lube oils and other products, whereas in 
2023, they were reported under Petrochemical sales. The company has determined that the impact of this change is not material; 
therefore, the comparative periods have not been recast. 
Corporate and other 
millions of Canadian dollars 
2024 
2023 
2022 
Net income (loss) 
(129) 
(88) 
(131) 
60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Liquidity and capital resources 
Sources and uses of cash 
The company issues long-term debt from time to time and maintains a commercial paper program. However, 
internally generated funds cover the majority of its financial requirements. Cash that may be temporarily surplus 
to the company’s immediate needs is carefully managed through counterparty quality and investment guidelines 
to ensure that it is secure and readily available to meet the company’s cash requirements and to optimize 
returns. 
Cash flows from operating activities are highly dependent on crude oil and natural gas prices, as well as 
petroleum and chemical product margins. In addition, to provide for cash flow in future periods, the company 
needs to continually find and develop new resources, and continue to develop and apply new technologies to 
existing fields in order to maintain or increase production. 
The company’s financial strength enables it to make large, long-term capital expenditures. The company’s 
portfolio of development opportunities and the complementary nature of its business segments help mitigate the 
overall risks for the company and its cash flows. Further, due to its financial strength, debt capacity and portfolio 
of opportunities, the risk associated with delay of any single project would not have a significant impact on the 
company’s liquidity or ability to generate sufficient cash flows for its operations and fixed commitments. 
Funding of registered retirement plans complies with federal and provincial pension regulations, and the 
company makes contributions to the plans based on an independent actuarial valuation completed at least once 
every three years depending on funding status. The most recent valuation of the company’s registered 
retirement plans was completed as at December 31, 2022. The company contributed $150 million to the 
registered retirement plans in 2024. Future funding requirements are not expected to affect the company’s 
existing capital investment plans or its ability to pursue new investment opportunities. 
millions of Canadian dollars 
2024 
2023 
2022 
Cash flows from (used in): 
Operating activities 
5,981 
3,734 
10,482 
Investing activities 
(1,825) 
(1,694) 
(618) 
Financing activities 
(4,041) 
(4,925) 
(8,268) 
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 
115 
(2,885) 
1,596 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 
979 
864 
3,749 
Cash flows from operating activities 
2024 
Cash flows from operating activities primarily reflect lower unfavourable working capital impacts mainly related 
to an income tax catch-up payment of $2.1 billion in the prior year. 
2023 
Cash flows from operating activities primarily reflect unfavourable working capital impacts, including an income 
tax catch-up payment of $2.1 billion, as well as lower Upstream realizations and Downstream margins. 
Cash flows used in investing activities 
2024 
Cash flows used in investing activities primarily reflect higher additions to property, plant and equipment. 
2023 
Cash flows used in investing activities primarily reflect the absence of proceeds from the sale of interests in 
XTO Energy Canada, and higher additions to property, plant and equipment. 
61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Cash flows used in financing activities 
2024 
At the end of 2024, total debt outstanding was $4,011 million, compared with $4,132 million at the end of 2023. 
In June 2024, the company extended the maturity date of its existing long-term, variable-rate, Canadian dollar 
loan from ExxonMobil to June 30, 2035. All other terms and conditions remain unchanged. 
During the fourth quarter of 2024, the company extended the maturity dates of its two existing $250 million 
committed lines of credit to November 2025 and November 2026, respectively. 
The company has not drawn on any of its outstanding $500 million of available credit facilities. 
2023 
At the end of 2023, total debt outstanding was $4,132 million, compared with $4,155 million at the end of 2022. 
During the fourth quarter of 2023, the company extended the maturity dates of its two existing $250 million 
committed lines of credit to November 2024 and November 2025, respectively. 
The company has not drawn on any of its outstanding $500 million of available credit facilities. 
Share repurchases 
millions of Canadian dollars, unless noted 
2024 
2023 
2022 
Share repurchases (a) 
2,681 
3,800 
6,395 
Number of shares purchased (millions) (a) 
26.8 
48.3 
93.9 
(a) Share repurchases were made under the company's normal course issuer bid program for the periods disclosed. Substantial issuer 
bids were undertaken and commenced on May 6, 2022 (expired on June 10, 2022), November 4, 2022 (expired on December 9, 
2022), and November 3, 2023 (expired on December 8, 2023). Includes shares purchased from Exxon Mobil Corporation under and 
in connection with the normal course issuer bid and by way of a proportionate tender under the company's substantial issuer bids. 
2024 
On June 24, 2024, the company announced that it had received final approval from the Toronto Stock Exchange 
for a new normal course issuer bid to continue its then-existing share purchase program. The program enabled 
the company to purchase up to a maximum of 26,791,840 common shares during the period June 29, 2024 to 
June 28, 2025. The program completed on December 19, 2024 as a result of the company purchasing the 
maximum allowable number of shares under the program. 
2023 
On June 27, 2023, the company announced that it had received final approval from the Toronto Stock Exchange 
for a new normal course issuer bid to continue its then-existing share purchase program. The program enabled 
the company to purchase up to a maximum of 29,207,635 common shares during the period June 29, 2023 to 
June 28, 2024. The program completed on October 19, 2023 as a result of the company purchasing the 
maximum allowable number of shares under the program. 
On November 3, 2023, the company commenced a substantial issuer bid pursuant to which it offered to 
purchase for cancellation up to $1.5 billion of its common shares through a modified Dutch auction and 
proportionate tender offer. The substantial issuer bid was completed on December 13, 2023, with the company 
taking up and paying for 19,108,280 common shares at a price of $78.50 per share, for an aggregate purchase 
of $1.5 billion and 3.4 percent of Imperial's issued and outstanding shares at the close of business on October 
30, 2023. This included 13,299,349 shares purchased from Exxon Mobil Corporation by way of a proportionate 
tender to maintain its ownership percentage at approximately 69.6 percent. 
62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Dividends 
millions of Canadian dollars, unless noted 
2024 
2023 
2022 
Dividends paid 
1,238 
1,103 
851 
Per share dividend paid (dollars) 
2.30 
1.88 
1.29 
Financial strength 
The table below shows the company’s consolidated debt-to-capital ratio at December 31. The data 
demonstrates the company’s creditworthiness: 
percent 
2024 
2023 
2022 
Debt to capital (a) 
15 
16 
16 
(a) Debt, defined as the sum of “Notes and loans payable” and “Long-term debt” on the Consolidated balance sheet, divided by capital, 
defined as the sum of debt and “Total shareholders’ equity” on the Consolidated balance sheet. 
Debt-related interest incurred in 2024, before capitalization of interest, was $192 million, compared with $203 
million in 2023. The weighted-average interest rate on the company’s debt was 4.7 percent in 2024, compared 
with 4.9 percent in 2023. 
The company’s financial strength represents a competitive advantage of strategic importance providing it the 
opportunity to readily access capital markets across a range of market conditions and enables the company to 
take on large, long-term capital commitments in the pursuit of maximizing shareholder value. 
Contractual obligations 
The company has contractual obligations involving commitments to third parties that impact its liquidity and 
capital resource needs. These contractual obligations are primarily for leases, debt, asset retirement 
obligations, pension and other postretirement benefits, other long-term obligations, and firm capital 
commitments. Further information on this topic can be found in notes 4, 5, 13 and 14 to the consolidated 
financial statements. 
Other long-term purchase agreements are commitments that are non-cancellable, or cancellable only under 
certain conditions, as well as long-term commitments, other than unconditional purchase obligations. They 
include primarily transportation services agreements, raw material supply and community benefits agreements. 
The total obligation at year-end 2024 was $14.7 billion, of which $1.1 billion is due in 2025, and $2.0 billion is 
due in 2026. 
Litigation and other contingencies 
As discussed in note 9 to the consolidated financial statements, a variety of claims have been made against 
Imperial and its subsidiaries. Based on a consideration of all relevant facts and circumstances, the company 
does not believe the ultimate outcome of any currently pending lawsuits against the company will have a 
material adverse effect on the company’s operations, financial condition, or financial statements taken as a 
whole. 
Additionally, as discussed in note 9, Imperial was contingently liable at December 31, 2024, for guarantees 
relating to performance under contracts. These guarantees do not have a material effect on the company’s 
operations, financial condition, or financial statements taken as a whole. 
There are no events or uncertainties beyond those already included in reported financial information that would 
indicate a material change in future operating results or financial condition. 
63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Capital and exploration expenditures 
Capital and exploration expenditures represent the combined total of additions at cost to property, plant and 
equipment, additions to finance leases, additional investments and acquisitions; exploration expenses on a 
before-tax basis from the Consolidated statement of income; and the company’s share of similar costs for equity 
companies. Capital and exploration expenditures exclude the purchase of carbon emission credits. While the 
company’s management is responsible for all investments and elements of net income, particular focus is 
placed on managing the controllable aspects of this group of expenditures. 
millions of Canadian dollars 
2024 
2023 
Upstream (a) 
1,078 
1,108 
Downstream 
572 
472 
Chemical 
30 
23 
Corporate and other 
187 
175 
Total 
1,867 
1,778 
(a) Exploration expenses included. 
For the Upstream segment, capital and exploration expenditures were primarily related to sustaining activity in 
support of the company’s oil sands and in-situ assets. 
For the Downstream segment, capital expenditures were primarily for progressing the Strathcona renewable 
diesel facility as well as other refinery and distribution projects to improve environmental performance, reliability, 
and energy efficiency. 
Total capital and exploration expenditures are expected to range between $1.9 billion to $2.1 billion in 2025. 
Expected capital and exploration expenditures for 2025 includes firm capital commitments of $227 million for the 
construction and purchase of fixed assets and other permanent investments. An additional $38 million of firm 
capital commitments have been made for years 2026 and beyond. 
Actual spending could vary depending on the progress of individual projects. 
64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Market risks 
Crude oil, natural gas, petroleum product and chemical prices have fluctuated in response to changing market 
forces. The impacts of these price fluctuations on earnings from Upstream, Downstream and Chemical 
operations have varied. 
The company’s earnings are influenced by North American crude oil benchmark prices as well as changes in 
the differentials between these benchmarks and western Canadian prices for light and heavy crude oil. The 
company’s integrated business model reduces its risk from changes in commodity prices. For instance, when 
differentials between North American crude benchmarks and western Canadian prices widen, the company is 
able to mitigate the impact of widening differentials on the Upstream through integration with Downstream 
investments in refineries and pipeline commitments. 
In the competitive downstream and chemical environments, earnings are primarily determined by margin 
capture rather than absolute price levels on products sold. Refining margins are a function of the difference 
between what a refiner pays for its raw materials (primarily crude oil) and the market prices for the range of 
products produced. These prices, in turn, depend on global and regional supply/demand balances, inventory 
levels, refinery operations, import/export balances and weather. 
Industry crude oil commodity prices and petroleum and chemical product prices are commonly benchmarked in 
U.S. dollars. The majority of the company’s sales and purchases are related to these industry U.S. dollar 
benchmarks. As the company records and reports its financial results in Canadian dollars, to the extent that the 
Canadian/U.S. dollar exchange rate fluctuates, the company’s earnings will be affected. 
The company is exposed to changes in interest rates, primarily on its debt which carries floating interest rates. 
The impact of a quarter percent change in interest rates affecting the company’s debt would not be material to 
earnings or cash flow. The company has access to significant sources of long-term and short-term liquidity. 
Internally generated funds are expected to cover the majority of financial requirements, supplemented by long­
term and short-term debt as needed. 
The company’s potential exposure to commodity price and margin, and Canadian/U.S. dollar exchange rate 
fluctuations, is summarized in the earnings sensitivities table, which shows the estimated annual effect, under 
current conditions, on the company’s after-tax net income. For any given period, the extent of actual benefit or 
detriment will be dependent on the price movements of individual types of crude oil and products, production 
and sales volumes, transportation capacity, costs and egress methods, and other factors. Accordingly, changes 
in benchmark prices for crude oil and crude oil differentials, and other factors listed in the table following, only 
provide broad indicators of changes in the earnings experienced in any particular period. 
Earnings sensitivities (a) 
millions of Canadian dollars, after-tax 
One dollar (U.S.) per barrel increase (decrease) in crude oil prices 
+ (-) 
110 
One dollar (U.S.) per barrel increase (decrease) in refining 2-1-1 margins (b) 
+ (-) 
145 
One cent decrease (increase) in the value of the Canadian dollar versus the U.S. dollar 
+ (-) 
140 
(a) Each sensitivity calculation shows the annual impact on net income resulting from a change in one factor, after tax and royalties, and 
holding all other factors constant. These sensitivities have been updated to reflect current market conditions. They may not apply 
proportionately to larger fluctuations. 
(b) The 2-1-1 crack spread is an indicator of the refining margin generated by converting two barrels of crude oil into one barrel of 
gasoline and one barrel of diesel. 
The demand for crude oil, petroleum products and petrochemical products are generally linked closely with 
economic growth. The occurrence of recessions or other periods of low or negative economic growth will 
typically have a direct adverse impact on the company’s financial results. Although price levels of crude oil may 
rise and fall significantly over the short to medium-term due to global economic conditions, political events, 
decisions by OPEC or OPEC+, governments and other factors, industry economics over the long-term will 
continue to be driven by market supply and demand. The company evaluates investments over a range of 
prices, including estimated greenhouse gas emission costs. 
The global energy markets can give rise to extended periods in which market conditions are adverse to one or 
more of the company’s businesses. Such conditions, along with the capital-intensive nature of the industry and 
65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 very long lead times associated with many of the company’s projects, underscore the importance of maintaining 
a strong financial position. Management views the company’s financial strength as a competitive advantage. 
In general, segment results are not dependent on the ability to sell and/or purchase products to/from other 
segments. Where such intersegment sales take place, they are the result of efficiencies and competitive 
advantages from integrated business segments and refinery and chemical complexes. The company’s 
intersegment sales include crude oil produced by the Upstream and sold to the Downstream, as well as sales 
between refineries and the chemical plant related to raw materials, feedstocks and finished products. All 
intersegment sales are at market based prices. Refer to note 2 for additional information on intersegment 
revenue. 
The company has an active asset management program in which nonstrategic assets are considered for 
divestment. The asset management program includes a disciplined, regular review to ensure that assets are 
contributing to the company’s strategic objectives. 
Risk management 
The company’s size, strong capital structure and the complementary nature of its business segments reduces 
the company’s enterprise-wide risk from changes in commodity prices and currency exchange rates. In addition, 
the company may use commodity-based contracts, including derivatives, to manage commodity price risk and 
to generate returns from trading. The company’s derivatives are not accounted for under hedge accounting. 
Credit risk associated with the company’s derivative position is mitigated by several factors, including the use of 
derivative clearing exchanges and the quality of and financial limits placed on derivative counterparties. No 
material market or credit risks to the company’s financial position, results of operations or liquidity exist as a 
result of the derivatives described in note 6. The company maintains a system of controls that includes the 
authorization, reporting and monitoring of derivative activity. 
66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Critical accounting estimates 
The company’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with United States Generally Accepted 
Accounting Principles (U.S. GAAP). U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and judgments that 
affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent 
assets and liabilities. The company’s accounting and financial reporting fairly reflect its business model involving 
exploration for, and production of, crude oil and natural gas; manufacture, trade, transport and sale of crude oil, 
natural gas, petroleum products, petrochemicals and a variety of specialty products; and pursuit of lower-
emission business opportunities, including carbon capture and storage, hydrogen, lower-emission fuels, and 
lithium. The company does not use financing structures for the purpose of altering accounting outcomes or 
removing debt from the balance sheet. The company’s significant accounting policies are summarized in note 1 
to the consolidated financial statements. 
Oil and natural gas reserves 
Evaluations of oil and natural gas reserves are important to the effective management of upstream assets. They 
are an integral part of investment decisions about oil and gas properties such as whether development should 
proceed. 
The estimation of proved reserve volumes, which is based on the requirement of reasonable certainty, is an 
ongoing process based on rigorous technical evaluations, commercial and market assessments, detailed 
analysis of reservoir and well performance, development and production costs, and other factors. The 
estimation of proved reserves is controlled by the company through long-standing approval guidelines. 
Reserves changes are made within a well-established, disciplined process driven by qualified geoscience and 
engineering professionals, assisted by the reserves management group which has significant technical 
experience, culminating in reviews with and approval by senior management and the company’s board of 
directors. Notably, the company does not use specific quantitative reserves targets to determine compensation. 
Key features of the reserves estimation process are covered in "Disclosure of reserves" in Item 1. 
Oil and natural gas reserves include both proved and unproved reserves. 
• 
Proved oil and natural gas reserves are determined in accordance with U.S. Securities and Exchange 
Commission (SEC) requirements. Proved reserves are those quantities of oil and natural gas which, by 
analysis of geoscience and engineering data, can be estimated with reasonable certainty to be 
economically producible under existing economic and operating conditions and government regulations. 
Proved reserves are determined using the average of first-day-of-the-month oil and natural gas prices 
during the reporting year. 
Proved reserves can be further subdivided into developed and undeveloped reserves. Proved 
developed reserves include amounts which are expected to be recovered through existing wells, 
facilities, or mining activities with existing equipment and operating methods. Proved undeveloped 
reserves include amounts expected to be recovered from new wells, existing wells, facilities, or mining 
activities, where a relatively major capital expenditure is required. Proved undeveloped reserves are 
recognized when a development plan has been adopted indicating that the reserves are scheduled to 
be developed within five years, unless specific circumstances support a longer period of time. 
The company is reasonably certain that proved reserves will be produced. However, the timing and 
amount recovered can be affected by a number of factors including completion and optimization of 
development projects, reservoir performance, regulatory approvals, government policies, consumer 
preferences, royalty frameworks and significant changes in oil and natural gas price levels. 
• 
Unproved reserves are quantities of oil and natural gas with less than reasonable certainty of 
recoverability and include probable reserves. Probable reserves are reserves that, together with proved 
reserves, are as likely as not to be recovered. 
Revisions in previously estimated volumes of proved reserves for existing fields can occur due to the evaluation 
or re-evaluation of already available geologic, reservoir or production data; new geologic, reservoir or 
production data; or changes in the average of first-day-of-the-month oil and natural gas prices and/or costs that 
are used in the estimation of reserves. Revisions can also result from significant changes in either development 
strategy or production equipment and facility capacity. 
67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 In 2022, downward revisions of proved bitumen reserves were driven by a decrease of 0.2 billion barrels at 
Kearl as a result of higher royalty obligations associated with pricing, and a decrease of 0.2 billion barrels at 
Cold Lake due to an updated development plan. An increase to the bitumen reserves of 0.1 billion barrels is 
associated with extensions at Cold Lake for the Grand Rapids Phase 1 SA-SAGD and Leming SAGD projects. 
Downward revisions to proved synthetic crude oil reserves were a result of mine development plan updates and 
higher royalty obligations at Syncrude associated with pricing. Changes to the liquids and natural gas proved 
reserves were primarily a result of the sale of the company’s interest in the Montney and Duvernay 
unconventional assets. 
In 2023, upward revisions of proved bitumen of 0.1 billion barrels were driven by lower royalty obligations 
associated with lower pricing and minor technical revisions at Cold Lake and Kearl. A slight increase in proved 
reserves for synthetic crude oil is associated with lower royalty obligations associated with pricing. Conventional 
proved liquids reserves decreased to zero under existing pricing and operating conditions. 
In 2024, upward revisions of proved bitumen of 0.1 billion barrels were primarily driven by updates to the Kearl 
geological model, Kearl well density, and Cold Lake infill drilling, partially offset by reductions associated with 
higher royalty obligations and Kearl pit limit updates. A decrease to synthetic oil proved reserves is associated 
with regulatory approval for ore sterilization at Syncrude. 
Under the terms of certain contractual arrangements or government royalty regimes, lower prices can also 
increase proved reserves attributable to the company. The company’s operating decisions and its outlook for 
future production volumes are not impacted by proved reserves as disclosed under the SEC definition. 
Unit-of-production depreciation 
Oil and natural gas reserve volumes are used as the basis to calculate unit-of-production depreciation rates for 
most upstream assets. Depreciation is calculated by taking the ratio of asset cost to total proved reserves or 
proved developed reserves applied to actual production. The volumes produced and asset cost are known, 
while proved reserves are based on estimates that are subject to some variability. 
In the event that the unit-of-production method does not result in an equitable allocation of cost over the 
economic life of an upstream asset, an alternative method is used. The straight-line method is used in limited 
situations where the expected life of the asset does not reasonably correlate with that of the underlying 
reserves. For example, certain assets used in the production of oil and natural gas have a shorter life than the 
reserves, and as such, the company uses straight-line depreciation to ensure the asset is fully depreciated by 
the end of its useful life. 
To the extent that proved reserves for a property are substantially de-booked and that property continues to 
produce such that the resulting depreciation charge does not result in an equitable allocation of cost over the 
expected life, assets will be depreciated using a unit-of-production method based on reserves determined at the 
most recent SEC price which results in a more meaningful quantity of proved reserves, appropriately adjusted 
for production and technical changes. 
Impact of oil and gas reserves and prices and margins on testing for impairment 
The company tests assets or groups of assets for recoverability on an ongoing basis whenever events or 
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. The company has a 
robust process to monitor for indicators of potential impairment across its asset groups throughout the year. This 
process is aligned with the requirements of ASC 360 and ASC 932 and relies, in part, on the company’s 
planning and budgeting cycle. 
Because the lifespans of the vast majority of the company’s major assets are measured in decades, the future 
cash flows of these assets are predominantly based on long-term oil and natural gas commodity prices, industry 
margins, and development and production costs. Significant reductions in the company’s view of oil or natural 
gas commodity prices or margin ranges, especially the longer-term prices and margins, and changes in the 
development plans, including decisions to defer, reduce or eliminate planned capital spending, can be an 
indicator of potential impairment. Other events or changes in circumstances, including indicators outlined in 
ASC 360 can be indicators of potential impairment as well. 
In general, the company does not view temporarily low prices or margins as an indication of impairment. 
Management believes that prices over the long term must be sufficient to generate investments in energy 
supply to meet global demand. Although prices will occasionally drop significantly, industry prices over the long 
68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 term will continue to be driven by market supply and demand fundamentals. On the supply side, industry 
production from mature fields is declining. This is being offset by investments to generate production from new 
discoveries, field developments, and technology and efficiency advancements. OPEC+ investment activities 
and production policies also have an impact on world oil supplies. The demand side is largely a function of 
general economic activities, alternative energy sources and levels of prosperity. During the lifespan of its major 
assets, the company expects that oil and gas prices and industry margins will experience significant volatility. 
Consequently, these assets will experience periods of higher earnings and periods of lower earnings, or even 
losses. In assessing whether events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may 
not be recoverable, the company considers recent periods of operating losses in the context of its longer-term 
view of prices and margins. 
Global Outlook and cash flow assessment 
The annual planning and budgeting process, known as the company plan, is the mechanism by which 
resources (capital, operating expenses and people) are allocated across the company. The foundation for the 
energy supply and demand assumptions supporting the company plan begins with Exxon Mobil Corporation's 
Global Outlook (the Outlook), which contains demand and supply projections based on its assessment of 
current trends in technology, government policies, consumer preferences, geopolitics, economic development, 
and other factors. 
Reflective of the existing global policy environment, the Outlook does not attempt to project the degree of 
required future policy and technology advancement and deployment for the world to meet net zero by 2050. As 
future policies and technology advancements emerge, they will be incorporated into the Outlook, and 
consequently, the company’s business plans will be updated accordingly. 
If events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable, the 
company estimates the future undiscounted cash flows of the affected properties to judge the recoverability of 
carrying amounts. In performing this assessment, assets are grouped at the lowest level for which there are 
identifiable cash flows that are largely independent of the cash flows of other groups of assets. Cash flows used 
in recoverability assessments are based on the assumptions developed in the company plan, which is reviewed 
and approved by the board of directors, and are consistent with the criteria management uses to evaluate 
investment opportunities. These evaluations make use of the company’s assumptions of future capital 
allocations, crude oil and natural gas commodity prices including price differentials, refining and chemical 
margins, volumes, development and operating costs, including greenhouse gas emissions prices, and foreign 
currency exchange rates. Volumes are based on projected field and facility production profiles, throughput, or 
sales. Management’s estimate of upstream production volumes used for projected cash flows makes use of 
proved reserve quantities and may include risk-adjusted unproved reserve quantities. The greenhouse gas 
emission prices reflect existing or anticipated policy actions of applicable provincial and federal governments. 
While third-party scenarios may be used to test the resiliency of company’s businesses or strategies, they are 
not used as a basis for developing future cash flows for impairment assessments. 
Fair value of impaired assets 
An asset group is impaired if its estimated future undiscounted cash flows are less than the asset group’s 
carrying value. Impairments are measured by the excess of the carrying value over fair value. The assessment 
of fair value is based on the views of a likely market participant. The principal parameters used to establish fair 
value include estimates of acreage values and flowing production metrics from comparable market transactions, 
market-based estimates of historical cash flow multiples, and discounted cash flows. Inputs and assumptions 
used in discounted cash flow models include estimates of future production volumes, throughput and product 
sales volumes, commodity prices (which are consistent with the average of third-party industry experts and 
government agencies), refining and chemical margins, drilling and development costs, operating costs, and 
discount rates which are reflective of the characteristics of the asset group. 
Other impairment estimates 
Unproved properties are assessed periodically to determine whether they have been impaired. Significant 
unproved properties are assessed for impairment individually, and valuation allowances against the capitalized 
costs are recorded based on the company’s future development plans, the estimated economic chance of 
success and the length of time that the company expects to hold the properties. Properties that are not 
individually significant are aggregated by groups and amortized based on development risk and average 
holding period. 
Long-lived assets that are held for sale are evaluated for possible impairment by comparing the carrying value 
of the asset with its fair value less the cost to sell. If the net book value exceeds the fair value less cost to sell, 
69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 the assets are considered impaired and adjusted to the lower value. Judgment is required to determine if assets 
are held for sale, and to determine the fair value less cost to sell. 
Investments accounted for by the equity method are assessed for possible impairment when events or changes 
in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an investment may not be recoverable. Examples of key 
indicators include a history of operating losses, negative earnings and cash flow outlook, significant downward 
revisions to oil and gas reserves, and the financial condition and prospects for the investee’s business segment 
or geographic region. If the decline in value of the investment is other than temporary, the carrying value of the 
investment is written down to fair value. In the absence of market prices for the investment, discounted cash 
flows are used to assess fair value, which requires significant judgment. 
Recent impairments 
Factors which could put further assets at risk of impairment in the future include reductions in the company’s 
price or margin outlooks, changes in the allocation of capital or development plans, reduced long-term demand 
for the company’s products and operating cost increases which exceed the pace of efficiencies or the pace of oil 
and natural gas price increases or margins. However, due to the inherent difficulty in predicting future 
commodity prices or margins, and the relationship between industry prices and costs, it is not practicable to 
reasonably estimate the existence or range of any potential future impairment charges related to the company’s 
long-lived assets. 
Supplemental information regarding oil and gas results of operations, capitalized costs and reserves is provided 
following the notes to consolidated financial statements. 
Pension benefits 
The company’s pension plan is managed in compliance with the requirements of governmental authorities and 
meets funding levels as determined by independent third-party actuaries. Pension accounting requires explicit 
assumptions regarding, among others, the discount rate for the benefit obligations, the expected rate of return 
on plan assets and the long-term rate of future compensation increases. All pension assumptions are reviewed 
annually by senior management. These assumptions are adjusted only as appropriate to reflect long-term 
changes in market rates and outlook. The long-term expected rate of return on plan assets of 5.6 percent used 
in 2024 compares to actual returns of 5.1 percent and 6.0 percent achieved over the last 10- and 20-year 
periods respectively, ending December 31, 2024. If different assumptions are used, the obligation and expense 
could increase or decrease as a result. As an indication of the company’s potential exposure to changes in the 
critical assumptions, such as the expected rate of return on plan assets, a reduction of 1 percent in the long­
term rate of return on plan assets would increase the annual pension expense by approximately $80 million 
before tax. At the company, differences between actual returns on plan assets and the long-term expected 
returns are not recorded in pension expense in the year the differences occur. Such differences are deferred, 
along with other actuarial gains and losses, and are amortized into pension expense over the expected average 
remaining service life of employees. Employee benefits expense represented about 1 percent of total expenses 
in 2024. 
Asset retirement obligations 
The company is subject to retirement obligations for certain assets. The fair values of these obligations are 
recorded as liabilities on a discounted basis, which is typically at the time the assets are installed. In the 
estimation of fair value, the company uses assumptions and judgments regarding such factors as the existence 
of a legal obligation for an asset retirement obligation, technical assessments of the assets, estimated amounts 
and timing of settlements, discount rates, and inflation rates. Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements 
provides a three-year continuity table detailing the changes in asset retirement obligations. 
Tax contingencies 
The operations of the company are complex, and related tax interpretations, regulations and legislation are 
continually changing. 
The benefits of uncertain tax positions that the company has taken or expects to take in its income tax returns 
are recognized in the financial statements if management concludes that it is more likely than not that the 
position will be sustained with the tax authorities. For a position that is likely to be sustained, the benefit 
recognized in the financial statements is measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50 percent likely of 
being realized. Significant management judgment is required in the accounting for income tax contingencies 
and tax disputes because the outcomes are often difficult to predict. The company’s unrecognized tax benefits 
and a description of open tax years are summarized in note 3 to the consolidated financial statements. 
70 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting 
Management, including the company’s chief executive officer and principal accounting officer and principal 
financial officer, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over the company’s 
financial reporting. Management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial 
reporting based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the 
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, management 
concluded that Imperial Oil Limited’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 
2024. 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, audited the effectiveness of 
the company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, as stated in their report which 
is included herein. 
/s/ Bradley W. Corson 
Bradley W. Corson 
Chairman, president and chief executive officer 
(Principal executive officer) 
/s/ Daniel E. Lyons 
Daniel E. Lyons 
Senior vice-president, 
finance and administration, and controller 
(Principal accounting officer and principal financial officer) 
February 19, 2025 
71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Imperial Oil Limited 
Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Imperial Oil Limited and its subsidiaries (the 
Company) as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the related consolidated statements of income, of 
comprehensive income, of shareholders’ equity and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period 
ended December 31, 2024, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the consolidated financial 
statements). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 
2024, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee 
of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the 
financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the results of its operations and its 
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2024 in conformity with accounting 
principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in 
all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, based on 
criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO. 
Basis for Opinions 
The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining 
effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control 
over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial 
Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on 
the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm 
registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to 
be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the 
applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we 
plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial 
statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal 
control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. 
Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of 
material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing 
procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence 
regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included 
evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating 
the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial 
reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that 
a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control 
based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered 
necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. 
72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting 
includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, 
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide 
reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements 
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the 
company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; 
and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, 
or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect 
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that 
controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the 
policies or procedures may deteriorate. 
Critical Audit Matters 
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the 
consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit 
committee and that (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial 
statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication 
of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as 
a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the 
critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates. 
The Impact of Proved Developed Oil and Natural Gas Reserves on Upstream Property, Plant and Equipment, 
Net 
As described in Notes 1 and 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s consolidated upstream 
property, plant and equipment (PP&E), net balance was $26,262 million as of December 31, 2024, and the 
related depreciation and depletion expense for the year ended December 31, 2024 was $1,747 million. 
Management uses the successful efforts method to account for its exploration and production activities. Costs 
incurred to purchase, lease or otherwise acquire a property (whether unproved or proved) are capitalized when 
incurred. As disclosed by management, proved oil and natural gas reserve volumes are used as the basis to 
calculate unit-of-production depreciation rates for most upstream assets. The estimation of proved oil and 
natural gas reserve volumes is an ongoing process based on technical evaluations, commercial and market 
assessments, detailed analysis of reservoir and well performance, development and production costs, among 
other factors. As further disclosed by management, reserves changes are made within a well-established, 
disciplined process driven by qualified geoscience and engineering professionals, assisted by the reserves 
management group (together, management’s specialists). 
The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the impact of proved 
developed oil and natural gas reserves on upstream PP&E, net is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant 
judgment by management, including the use of management’s specialists, when developing the estimates of 
proved developed oil and natural gas reserve volumes, and (ii) a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity, 
and effort in performing procedures and evaluating the audit evidence related to the data, methods, and 
assumptions used by management and its specialists in developing the estimates of proved developed oil and 
natural gas reserve volumes. 
73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming 
our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the 
effectiveness of controls relating to management's estimates of proved developed oil and natural gas reserve 
volumes. The work of management's specialists was used in performing the procedures to evaluate the 
reasonableness of the proved developed oil and natural gas reserve volumes. As a basis for using this work, 
management's specialists' qualifications were understood and the Company's relationship with management's 
specialists was assessed. The procedures performed, also included i) evaluating the methods and assumptions 
used by management's specialists, ii) testing the completeness and accuracy of the data used by 
management's specialists related to historical production volumes, and iii) evaluating management's specialists' 
findings related to estimated future production volumes by comparing the future production volumes to relevant 
historical and current period production volumes, as applicable. 
/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Chartered Professional Accountants 
Calgary, Canada 
February 19, 2025 
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1934. 
74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Consolidated statement of income (U.S. GAAP) 
millions of Canadian dollars 
For the years ended December 31 
2024 
2023 
2022 
Revenues and other income 
Revenues (a) 
51,359 
50,702 
59,413 
Investment and other income (note 8, 18) 
173 
267 
257 
Total revenues and other income 
51,532 
50,969 
59,670 
Expenses 
Exploration (note 15) 
3 
5 
5 
Purchases of crude oil and products (b) 
33,184 
32,399 
37,742 
Production and manufacturing (c) 
6,599 
6,879 
7,404 
Selling and general (c) 
945 
857 
882 
Federal excise tax and fuel charge 
2,535 
2,402 
2,179 
Depreciation and depletion 
1,983 
1,907 
1,897 
Non-service pension and postretirement benefit 
3 
82 
17 
Financing (d) (note 12) 
41 
69 
60 
Total expenses 
45,293 
44,600 
50,186 
Income (loss) before income taxes 
6,239 
6,369 
9,484 
Income taxes (note 3) 
1,449 
1,480 
2,144 
Net income (loss) 
4,790 
4,889 
7,340 
Per share information (Canadian dollars) 
Net income (loss) per common share - basic (note 10) 
9.05 
8.51 
11.47 
Net income (loss) per common share - diluted (note 10) 
9.03 
8.49 
11.44 
(a) Amounts from related parties included in revenues (note 16). 
11,725 
13,544 
17,042 
(b) Amounts to related parties included in purchases of crude oil and products 
(note 16). 
3,722 
4,125 
3,795 
(c) Amounts to related parties included in production and manufacturing, 
and selling and general expenses (note 16). 
541 
473 
460 
(d) Amounts to related parties included in financing (note 16). 
161 
169 
78 
The information in the notes to consolidated financial statements is an integral part of these statements. 
75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Consolidated statement of comprehensive income (U.S. GAAP) 
millions of Canadian dollars 
For the years ended December 31 
2024 
2023 
2022 
Net income (loss) 
4,790 
4,889 
7,340 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of income taxes 
Postretirement benefits liability adjustment (excluding amortization) 
412 
(206) 
582 
Amortization of postretirement benefits liability adjustment 
included in net benefit costs 
Total other comprehensive income (loss) 
51 
463 
41 
(165) 
83 
665 
Comprehensive income (loss) 
5,253 
4,724 
8,005 
The information in the notes to consolidated financial statements is an integral part of these statements. 
76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Consolidated balance sheet (U.S. GAAP) 
millions of Canadian dollars 
At December 31 
2024 
2023 
Assets 
Current assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
979 
864 
Accounts receivable - net (a) 
5,758 
4,482 
Inventories of crude oil and products (note 11) 
1,642 
1,944 
Materials, supplies and prepaid expenses 
975 
1,008 
Total current assets 
9,354 
8,298 
Investments and long-term receivables (b) 
1,084 
1,062 
Property, plant and equipment, 
less accumulated depreciation and depletion 
30,807 
30,835 
Goodwill 
166 
166 
Other assets, including intangibles - net 
1,527 
838 
Total assets 
42,938 
41,199 
Liabilities 
Current liabilities 
Notes and loans payable (note 12) 
19 
121 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities (a) (note 11) 
6,907 
6,231 
Income taxes payable 
81 
251 
Total current liabilities 
7,007 
6,603 
Long-term debt (c) (note 14) 
3,992 
4,011 
Other long-term obligations (note 5) 
3,870 
3,851 
Deferred income tax liabilities (note 3) 
4,596 
4,512 
Total liabilities 
19,465 
18,977 
Commitments and contingent liabilities (note 9) 
Shareholders’ equity 
Common shares at stated value (d) (note 10) 
942 
992 
Earnings reinvested 
22,745 
21,907 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (note 17) 
(214) 
(677) 
Total shareholders’ equity 
23,473 
22,222 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity 
42,938 
41,199 
(a) 
Accounts receivable - net included net amounts receivable from related parties (note 16). 
756 
1,048 
(b) 
Investments and long-term receivables included amounts from related parties (note 16). 
266 
283 
(c) 
Long-term debt included amounts to related parties (note 16). 
3,447 
3,447 
(d) 
Number of common shares authorized (millions) (note 10). 
1,100 
1,100 
Number of common shares outstanding (millions) (note 10). 
509 
536 
The information in the notes to consolidated financial statements is an integral part of these statements. 
Approved by the directors. 
/s/ Bradley W. Corson 
/s/ Daniel E. Lyons 
Bradley W. Corson 
Daniel E. Lyons 
Chairman, president and 
Senior vice-president 
chief executive officer 
finance and administration, and controller 
77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity (U.S. GAAP) 
millions of Canadian dollars 
At December 31 
2024 
2023 
2022 
Common shares at stated value (note 10) 
At beginning of year 
992 
1,079 
1,252 
Share purchases at stated value 
(50) 
(87) 
(173) 
At end of year 
942 
992 
1,079 
Earnings reinvested 
At beginning of year 
21,907 
21,846 
21,660 
Net income (loss) for the year 
4,790 
4,889 
7,340 
Share purchases in excess of stated value 
(2,685) 
(3,713) 
(6,222) 
Dividends declared 
(1,267) 
(1,115) 
(932) 
At end of year 
22,745 
21,907 
21,846 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (note 17) 
At beginning of year 
(677) 
(512) 
(1,177) 
Other comprehensive income (loss) 
463 
(165) 
665 
At end of year 
(214) 
(677) 
(512) 
Shareholders’ equity at end of year 
23,473 
22,222 
22,413 
The information in the notes to consolidated financial statements is an integral part of these statements. 
78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Consolidated statement of cash flows (U.S. GAAP) 
millions of Canadian dollars 
For the years ended December 31 
2024 
2023 
2022 
Operating activities 
Net income (loss) 
4,790 
4,889 
7,340 
Adjustments for non-cash items: 
Depreciation and depletion 
1,983 
1,907 
1,897 
(Gain) loss on asset sales (note 8, 18) 
(18) 
(73) 
(158) 
Deferred income taxes and other 
(142) 
(85) 
(77) 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 
Accounts receivable 
(1,276) 
237 
(862) 
Inventories, materials, supplies and prepaid expenses 
335 
(688) 
(477) 
Income taxes payable 
(170) 
(2,331) 
1,876 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities 
616 
81 
948 
All other items - net (b) 
(137) 
(203) 
(5) 
Cash flows from (used in) operating activities 
5,981 
3,734 
10,482 
Investing activities 
Additions to property, plant and equipment 
(1,867) 
(1,785) 
(1,526) 
Proceeds from asset sales (note 8, 18) 
25 
86 
904 
Additional investments 
— 
— 
(6) 
Loans to equity companies - net 
17 
5 
10 
Cash flows from (used in) investing activities 
(1,825) 
(1,694) 
(618) 
Financing activities 
Short-term debt - net (note 12) 
(100) 
—
— 
Long-term debt - reduction (note 14) 
— 
— 
(1,000) 
Finance lease obligations - reduction (note 14) 
(22) 
(22) 
(22) 
Dividends paid 
(1,238) 
(1,103) 
(851) 
Common shares purchased (note 10) 
(2,681) 
(3,800) 
(6,395) 
Cash flows from (used in) financing activities 
(4,041) 
(4,925) 
(8,268) 
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 
115 
(2,885) 
1,596 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
864 
3,749 
2,153 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year (a) 
979 
864 
3,749 
(a) Cash is composed of cash in bank and cash equivalents at cost. Cash equivalents are all highly liquid securities with maturity of 
three months or less. 
(b) Included contributions to registered pension plans. 
(150) 
(148) 
(174) 
Income taxes (paid) refunded. 
(1,771) 
(4,153) 
(374) 
Interest (paid), net of capitalization. 
(42) 
(69) 
(60) 
The information in the notes to consolidated financial statements is an integral part of these statements. 
79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to consolidated financial statements 
The accompanying consolidated financial statements and the supporting and supplemental material are the 
responsibility of the management of Imperial Oil Limited. 
The company’s principal business involves exploration for, and production of, crude oil and natural gas; 
manufacture, trade, transport and sale of crude oil, natural gas, petroleum products, petrochemicals and a 
variety of specialty products; and pursuit of lower-emission business opportunities including carbon capture and 
storage, hydrogen, lower-emission fuels, and lithium. 
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with United States Generally 
Accepted Accounting Principles (U.S. GAAP), which requires management to make estimates and judgments 
that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent 
assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ from these estimates. All amounts are in Canadian dollars 
unless otherwise indicated. 
Note 1. Summary of significant accounting policies 
Principles of consolidation 
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of subsidiaries the company controls. Intercompany 
accounts and transactions are eliminated. Subsidiaries include those companies in which Imperial has both an 
equity interest and the continuing ability to unilaterally determine strategic, operating, investing and financing 
policies. Imperial Oil Resources Limited and Canada Imperial Oil Limited are significant subsidiaries included in 
the consolidated financial statements and are wholly owned by Imperial Oil Limited. The consolidated financial 
statements also include the company’s share of the undivided interest in certain upstream assets, liabilities, 
revenues and expenses, including its 70.96 percent interest in the Kearl joint venture and its 25 percent interest 
in the Syncrude joint venture. 
Revenues 
The company generally sells crude oil, natural gas and petroleum and chemical products under short-term 
agreements at prevailing market prices. In some cases, products may be sold under long-term agreements, with 
periodic price adjustments to reflect market conditions. 
Revenue is recognized at the amount the company expects to receive when the customer has taken control, 
which is typically when title transfers and the customer has assumed the risks and rewards of ownership. The 
prices of certain sales are based on price indices that are sometimes not available until the next period. In such 
cases, estimated realizations are accrued when the sale is recognized, and are finalized when final information 
is available. Such adjustments to revenue from performance obligations satisfied in previous periods are not 
significant. Payment for revenue transactions is typically due within 30 days. 
Revenues include amounts billed to customers for shipping and handling. Shipping and handling costs incurred 
up to the point of final storage prior to delivery to a customer are included in “Purchases of crude oil and 
products” in the Consolidated statement of income. Delivery costs from final storage to customer are recorded 
as a marketing expense in “Selling and general” expenses. The company does not enter into ongoing 
arrangements whereby it is required to repurchase its products, nor does the company provide the customer 
with a right of return. 
Future volume delivery obligations that are unsatisfied at the end of the period are expected to be fulfilled 
through ordinary production or purchases. These performance obligations are based on market prices at the 
time of the transaction and are fully constrained due to market price volatility. 
Purchases and sales of inventory with the same counterparty that are entered into in contemplation of one 
another are combined and recorded as exchanges measured at the book value of the item sold. 
80 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 "Revenues" and "Accounts receivable - net" include revenue and receivables both within the scope of ASC 606 
Revenue from Contracts with Customers, and those outside the scope of ASC 606. Long-term receivables are 
primarily from receivables outside the scope of ASC 606. Contract assets are mainly from marketing assistance 
programs and are not significant. Contract liabilities are mainly customer prepayments and accruals of expected 
volume discounts, and are not significant. 
Consumer taxes 
Taxes levied on the consumer and collected by the company are excluded from the Consolidated statement of 
income. These are primarily provincial taxes on motor fuels, the federal goods and services tax and the federal/ 
provincial harmonized sales tax. 
Derivative instruments 
The company may use derivative instruments for trading purposes and to offset exposures associated with 
commodity prices, currency exchange rates and interest rates that arise from existing assets, liabilities, firm 
commitments and forecasted transactions. All derivative instruments, except those designated as normal 
purchase and normal sale, are recorded at fair value. Derivative assets and liabilities with the same 
counterparty are netted if the right of offset exists and certain other criteria are met. Collateral payables or 
receivables are netted against derivative assets and derivative liabilities, respectively. 
Recognition and classification of the gain or loss that results from adjusting a derivative to fair value depends on 
the purpose for the derivative. The gains and losses resulting from changes in the fair value of derivatives are 
recorded under "Revenues" in the Consolidated statement of income. 
Fair value 
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly 
transaction between market participants. Hierarchy levels 1, 2 and 3 are terms for the priority of inputs to 
valuation techniques used to measure fair value. Hierarchy level 1 inputs are quoted prices in active markets for 
identical assets or liabilities. Hierarchy level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 
that are directly or indirectly observable for the asset or liability. Hierarchy level 3 inputs are inputs that are not 
observable in the market. 
Inventories 
Inventories are recorded at the lower of current market value or cost. The cost of crude oil and products is 
determined primarily using the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method. LIFO was selected over the alternative first-in, 
first-out and average cost methods because it provides a better matching of current costs with the revenues 
generated in the period. 
Inventory costs include expenditures and other charges (including depreciation), directly and indirectly incurred 
in bringing the inventory to its existing condition and location. Selling and general expenses are reported as 
period costs and excluded from inventory costs. Inventories of materials and supplies are valued at cost or less. 
Investments 
The company’s interests in the underlying net assets of affiliates it does not control, but over which it exercises 
significant influence, are accounted for using the equity method. They are recorded at the original cost of the 
investment plus the company’s share of earnings since the investment was made, less dividends received. The 
company’s share of the after-tax earnings of these investments is included in “Investment and other income” in 
the Consolidated statement of income. Investments in equity securities, other than consolidated subsidiaries 
and equity method investments, are measured at fair value, with changes in the fair value recognized in net 
income. The company uses a modified approach for equity securities that do not have a readily determinable 
fair value. This modified approach measures investments at cost minus impairment, if any, plus or minus 
changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions in similar investments of the same 
issuer. Dividends from these investments are included in “Investment and other income”. 
These investments represent interests in non-publicly traded pipeline companies that facilitate the sale and 
purchase of liquids in the conduct of company operations. Other parties who also have an equity interest in 
these investments share in the risks and rewards according to their percentage of ownership. The company 
does not invest in these investments in order to remove liabilities from its balance sheet. 
81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Property, plant and equipment 
Cost basis 
The company uses the "successful efforts" method to account for its exploration and production activities. Under 
this method, costs are accumulated on a field-by-field basis. Costs incurred to purchase, lease, or otherwise 
acquire a property (whether unproved or proved) are capitalized when incurred. Exploratory well costs are 
carried as an asset when the well has found a sufficient quantity of reserves to justify its completion as a 
producing well and where the company is making sufficient progress assessing the reserves and the economic 
and operating viability of the project. Exploratory well costs not meeting these criteria are charged to expense. 
Other exploratory expenditures, including geophysical costs and annual lease rentals, are expensed as 
incurred. Development costs, including costs of productive wells and development dry holes, are capitalized. 
Interest costs incurred to finance expenditures during the construction phase of projects are capitalized as part 
of the historical cost of acquiring the constructed assets. The project construction phase commences with the 
development of the detailed engineering design and ends when the constructed assets are ready for their 
intended use. Capitalized interest costs are included in property, plant and equipment and are depreciated over 
the service life of the related assets. 
Maintenance and repair costs, including planned major maintenance, are expensed as incurred. Improvements 
that increase or prolong the service life or capacity of an asset are capitalized. 
Depreciation, depletion and amortization 
Depreciation, depletion and amortization are primarily determined under either the unit-of-production method or 
the straight-line method, which is based on estimated asset service life taking obsolescence into consideration. 
Depreciation and depletion for assets associated with producing properties begin at the time when production 
commences on a regular basis. Depreciation for other assets begins when the asset is in place and ready for its 
intended use. Assets under construction are not depreciated or depleted. 
Acquisition costs of proved properties are amortized using a unit-of-production method, computed on the basis 
of total proved oil and natural gas reserve volumes. Capitalized exploratory drilling and development costs 
associated with productive depletable extractive properties are amortized using the unit-of-production rates 
based on the amount of proved developed reserves of oil and gas that are estimated to be recoverable from 
existing facilities using current operating methods. Under the unit-of-production method, oil and natural gas 
volumes are considered produced once they have been measured through meters at custody transfer or sales 
transaction points at the outlet valve on the lease or field storage tank. In the event that the unit-of-production 
method does not result in an equitable allocation of cost over the economic life of an upstream asset, an 
alternative method is used. The straight-line method is used in limited situations where the expected life of the 
asset does not reasonably correlate with that of the underlying reserves. For example, certain assets used in 
the production of oil and natural gas have a shorter life than the reserves, and as such, the company uses 
straight-line depreciation to ensure the asset is fully depreciated by the end of its useful life. Investments in 
mining heavy equipment and certain ore processing plant assets at oil sands mining properties are depreciated 
on a straight-line basis over a maximum of 15 years and 50 years respectively. Depreciation of other plant and 
equipment is calculated using the straight-line method, based on the estimated service life of the asset. 
To the extent that proved reserves for a property are substantially de-booked and that property continues to 
produce such that the resulting depreciation charge does not result in an equitable allocation of cost over the 
expected life, assets will be depreciated using a unit-of-production method based on reserves determined at the 
most recent SEC price which results in a more meaningful quantity of proved reserves, appropriately adjusted 
for production and technical changes. 
Investments in refinery and chemical process manufacturing equipment are generally depreciated on a straight-
line basis over a 25-year life. Maintenance and repairs, including planned major maintenance, are expensed as 
incurred. Major renewals and improvements are capitalized and the assets replaced are retired. 
82 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Impairment assessment 
The company tests assets or groups of assets for recoverability on an ongoing basis whenever events or 
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. 
Among the events or changes in circumstances which could indicate that the carrying value of an asset or asset 
group may not be recoverable are the following: 
• 
a significant decrease in the market price of a long-lived asset; 
• 
a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which an asset is being used or in its physical 
condition including a significant decrease in current and projected reserve volumes; 
• 
a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate that could affect the value, 
including an adverse action or assessment by a regulator; 
• 
an accumulation of project costs significantly in excess of the amount originally expected; 
• 
a current-period operating loss combined with a history and forecast of operating or cash flow losses; 
and 
• 
a current expectation that, more likely than not, a long-lived asset will be sold or otherwise disposed of 
significantly before the end of its previously estimated useful life. 
The company has a robust process to monitor for indicators of potential impairment across its asset groups 
throughout the year. This process is aligned with the requirements of ASC 360 and ASC 932 and relies, in part, 
on the company’s planning and budgeting cycle. Asset valuation analysis, profitability reviews and other periodic 
control processes assist the company in assessing whether events or changes in circumstances indicate the 
carrying amounts of any of its assets may not be recoverable. 
Because the lifespans of the vast majority of the company’s major assets are measured in decades, the future 
cash flows of these assets are predominantly based on long-term oil and natural gas commodity prices, industry 
margins, and development and production costs. Significant reductions in the company’s view of oil or natural 
gas commodity prices or margin ranges, especially the longer-term prices and margins, and changes in the 
development plans, including decisions to defer, reduce or eliminate planned capital spending, can be an 
indicator of potential impairment. Other events or changes in circumstances, including indicators outlined in 
ASC 360 can be indicators of potential impairment as well. 
In general, the company does not view temporarily low prices or margins as an indication of impairment. 
Management believes that prices over the long term must be sufficient to generate investments in energy 
supply to meet global demand. Although prices will occasionally drop significantly, industry prices over the long 
term will continue to be driven by market supply and demand fundamentals. On the supply side, industry 
production from mature fields is declining. This is being offset by investments to generate production from new 
discoveries, field developments, and technology and efficiency advancements. OPEC+ investment activities 
and production policies also have an impact on world oil supplies. The demand side is largely a function of 
general economic activities, alternative energy sources and levels of prosperity. During the lifespan of its major 
assets, the company expects that oil and gas prices and industry margins will experience significant volatility. 
Consequently, these assets will experience periods of higher earnings and periods of lower earnings, or even 
losses. In assessing whether events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may 
not be recoverable, the company considers recent periods of operating losses in the context of its longer-term 
view of prices and margins. 
In the Upstream, the standardized measure of discounted cash flows included in the “Supplemental information 
on oil and gas exploration and production activities” is required to use prices based on the average of first-day­
of-month prices in the year. These prices represent discrete points in time and could be higher or lower than the 
company’s price assumptions which are used for impairment assessments. The company believes the 
standardized measure does not provide a reliable estimate of the expected future cash flows to be obtained 
from the development and production of its oil and gas properties or of the value of its oil and gas reserves and 
therefore does not consider it relevant in determining whether events or changes in circumstances indicate the 
need for an impairment assessment. 
83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Global Outlook and cash flow assessment 
The annual planning and budgeting process, known as the company plan, is the mechanism by which 
resources (capital, operating expenses and people) are allocated across the company. The foundation for the 
energy supply and demand assumptions supporting the company plan begins with Exxon Mobil Corporation's 
Global Outlook (the Outlook), which contains demand and supply projections based on its assessment of 
current trends in technology, government policies, consumer preferences, geopolitics, economic development, 
and other factors. 
Reflective of the existing global policy environment, the Outlook does not attempt to project the degree of 
required future policy and technology advancement and deployment for the world to meet net zero by 2050. As 
future policies and technology advancements emerge, they will be incorporated into the Outlook, and 
consequently, the company’s business plans will be updated accordingly. 
If events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable, the 
company estimates the future undiscounted cash flows of the affected properties to judge the recoverability of 
carrying amounts. In performing this assessment, assets are grouped at the lowest level for which there are 
identifiable cash flows that are largely independent of the cash flows of other groups of assets. Cash flows used 
in recoverability assessments are based on the assumptions developed in the company plan, which is reviewed 
and approved by the board of directors, and are consistent with the criteria management uses to evaluate 
investment opportunities. These evaluations make use of the company’s assumptions of future capital 
allocations, crude oil and natural gas commodity prices including price differentials, refining and chemical 
margins, volumes, development and operating costs, including greenhouse gas emissions prices, and foreign 
currency exchange rates. Volumes are based on projected field and facility production profiles, throughput, or 
sales. Management’s estimate of upstream production volumes used for projected cash flows makes use of 
proved reserve quantities and may include risk-adjusted unproved reserve quantities. The greenhouse gas 
emission prices reflect existing or anticipated policy actions of applicable provincial and federal governments. 
Fair value of impaired assets 
An asset group is impaired if its estimated future undiscounted cash flows are less than the asset group’s 
carrying value. Impairments are measured by the excess of the carrying value over fair value. The assessment 
of fair value is based on the views of a likely market participant. The principal parameters used to establish fair 
value include estimates of acreage values and flowing production metrics from comparable market transactions, 
market-based estimates of historical cash flow multiples, and discounted cash flows. Inputs and assumptions 
used in discounted cash flow models include estimates of future production volumes, throughput and product 
sales volumes, commodity prices (which are consistent with the average of third-party industry experts and 
government agencies), refining and chemical margins, drilling and development costs, operating costs, and 
discount rates which are reflective of the characteristics of the asset group. 
Other impairment estimates 
Unproved properties are assessed periodically to determine whether they have been impaired. Significant 
unproved properties are assessed for impairment individually, and valuation allowances against the capitalized 
costs are recorded based on the company’s future development plans, the estimated economic chance of 
success and the length of time that the company expects to hold the properties. Properties that are not 
individually significant are aggregated by groups and amortized based on development risk and average 
holding period. 
Long-lived assets that are held for sale are evaluated for possible impairment by comparing the carrying value 
of the asset with its fair value less the cost to sell. If the net book value exceeds the fair value less cost to sell, 
the assets are considered impaired and adjusted to the lower value. Gains on sales of proved and unproved 
properties are only recognized when there is neither uncertainty about the recovery of costs applicable to any 
interest retained nor any substantial obligation for future performance by the company. 
84 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 Asset retirement obligations and other environmental liabilities 
The company incurs retirement obligations for certain assets. The fair values of these obligations are recorded 
as liabilities on a discounted basis, which is typically at the time the assets are installed. In the estimation of fair 
value, the company uses assumptions and judgments regarding such factors as the existence of a legal 
obligation for an asset retirement obligation, technical assessments of the assets, estimated amounts and 
timing of settlements, discount rates and inflation rates. Asset retirement obligations incurred in the current 
period were level 3 fair value measurements. The costs associated with these liabilities are capitalized as part 
of the related assets and depreciated as the reserves are produced. Over time, the liabilities are accreted for 
the change in their present value. 
Asset retirement obligations for downstream and chemical facilities generally become firm at the time the 
facilities are permanently shut down and dismantled. These obligations may include the costs of asset disposal 
and additional soil remediation. However, these sites generally have indeterminate lives based on plans for 
continued operations, and as such, the fair value of the conditional legal obligations cannot be measured, since 
it is impossible to estimate the future settlement dates of such obligations. Note 5 to the consolidated financial 
statements provides a three-year continuity table detailing the changes in asset retirement obligations. 
The company accrues environmental liabilities when it is probable that obligations have been incurred and the 
amount can be reasonably estimated. Provisions for environmental liabilities are determined based on 
engineering estimated costs, taking into account the anticipated method and extent of remediation consistent 
with legal requirements, current technology and the possible use of the location. These provisions are not 
reduced by possible recoveries from third parties and projected cash expenditures are not discounted. 
Foreign-currency translation 
Monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currencies have been translated at the rates of exchange prevailing on 
December 31. Any exchange gains or losses are recognized in income. 
85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Note 2. Business segments 
The company operates its business in Canada, and its reportable segments are Upstream, Downstream and 
Chemical. The factors used to identify these reportable segments are based on the nature of the operations that 
are undertaken by each segment, the structure of the company’s internal organization, and reflect the nature of 
internal reviews by the company's Management Committee (MC). The MC is considered collectively, and not in 
their individual capacity, to be the company's Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM), and includes the 
company's CEO, CFO, and senior Vice Presidents overseeing the Upstream, Downstream and Chemical 
businesses. The Upstream segment is organized and operates to explore for and ultimately produce crude oil 
and its equivalent, and natural gas. The Downstream segment is organized and operates to refine crude oil into 
petroleum products and to distribute and market these products. The Chemical segment is organized and 
operates to manufacture and market hydrocarbon-based chemicals and chemical products. The above 
segmentation has been the long-standing practice of the company and is broadly understood across the 
petroleum and petrochemical industries. 
Corporate and other includes assets and liabilities that do not specifically relate to business segments – 
primarily cash, capitalized interest costs, short-term borrowings, long-term debt and liabilities associated with 
incentive compensation, pension and other postretirement benefit liabilities. Net earnings effects under 
Corporate and other activities primarily include debt-related financing, corporate governance costs, non-service 
pension and postretirement benefit costs, share-based incentive compensation expenses and interest income. 
The CODM generally allocates resources through an annual planning process. They also allocate capital based 
on detailed project economics and long-term strategic objectives across reportable segments. The CODM 
primarily uses changes in Net Income (loss) to assess segment financial performance. 
Segment accounting policies are the same as those described in note 1, "Summary of significant accounting 
policies". Upstream, Downstream and Chemical expenses include amounts allocated from Corporate and other 
activities. The allocation is based on proportional segment expenses. Transfers of assets between segments 
are recorded at book amounts. Intersegment sales are made essentially at prevailing market prices. Assets and 
liabilities that are not identifiable by segment are allocated. 
86 

 
     
    
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
     
 
 
     
      
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Upstream 
Downstream (e) 
Chemical (e) 
millions of Canadian dollars 
2024 
2023 
2022 
2024 
2023 
2022 
2024 
2023 
2022 
Revenues and other income 
Revenues (a) (b) 
121 
222 
494 
50,114 
49,241 
57,466 
1,124 
1,239 
1,453 
Intersegment sales 
17,868 
16,274 
19,135 
6,771 
6,509 
7,476 
323 
342 
523 
Investment and other income (note 8, 18) 
26 
16 
135 
59 
108 
43 
2 
— 
— 
18,015 
16,512 
19,764 
56,944 
55,858 
64,985 
1,449 
1,581 
1,976 
Expenses 
Exploration (note 15) 
3 
5 
5 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
Purchases of crude oil and products 
7,367 
6,636 
7,971 
49,856 
47,886 
55,569 
916 
997 
1,330 
Production and manufacturing 
4,644 
4,917 
5,491 
1,741 
1,702 
1,640 
197 
260 
273 
Selling and general 
— 
— 
— 
706 
693 
653 
92 
89 
85 
Federal excise tax and fuel charge 
— 
— 
— 
2,531 
2,399 
2,177 
4 
3 
2 
Depreciation and depletion 
1,747 
1,680 
1,673 
181 
183 
179 
15 
15 
18 
Non-service pension and postretirement benefit 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
Financing (note 12) 
4 
7 
5 
— 
— 
1 
— 
— 
— 
Total expenses 
13,765 
13,245 
15,145 
55,015 
52,863 
60,219 
1,224 
1,364 
1,708 
Income (loss) before income taxes 
4,250 
3,267 
4,619 
1,929 
2,995 
4,766 
225 
217 
268 
Income tax expense (benefit) (note 3) 
988 
755 
974 
443 
694 
1,144 
54 
53 
64 
Net income (loss) 
3,262 
2,512 
3,645 
1,486 
2,301 
3,622 
171 
164 
204 
Cash flows from (used in) operating activities 
4,664 
3,100 
5,834 
1,049 
608 
4,415 
211 
53 
276 
Capital and exploration expenditures (c) 
1,078 
1,108 
1,128 
572 
472 
295 
30 
23 
10 
Property, plant and equipment 
Cost 
47,920 
46,776 
45,784 
7,887 
7,368 
6,926 
1,015 
1,018 
995 
Accumulated depreciation and depletion 
(21,658) (19,936) (18,835) 
(4,430) 
(4,301) 
(4,143) 
(743) 
(757) 
(741) 
Net property, plant and equipment (d) 
26,262 
26,840 
26,949 
3,457 
3,067 
2,783 
272 
261 
254 
Total assets 
28,042 
28,718 
28,830 
11,624 
10,114 
9,277 
474 
475 
491 
Corporate and other 
Eliminations 
Consolidated 
millions of Canadian dollars 
2024 
2023 
2022 
2024 
2023 
2022 
2024 
2023 
2022 
Revenues and other income 
Revenues (a) (b) 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
51,359 
50,702 
59,413 
Intersegment sales 
— 
— 
— 
(24,962) (23,125) (27,134) 
— 
— 
— 
Investment and other income (note 8, 18) 
86 
143 
79 
— 
— 
— 
173 
267 
257 
86 
143 
79 
(24,962) (23,125) (27,134) 
51,532 
50,969 
59,670 
Expenses 
Exploration (note 15) 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
3 
5 
5 
Purchases of crude oil and products 
— 
— 
— 
(24,955) (23,120) (27,128) 
33,184 
32,399 
37,742 
Production and manufacturing 
17 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
6,599 
6,879 
7,404 
Selling and general 
154 
80 
150 
(7) 
(5) 
(6) 
945 
857 
882 
Federal excise tax and fuel charge 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
2,535 
2,402 
2,179 
Depreciation and depletion 
40 
29 
27 
— 
— 
— 
1,983 
1,907 
1,897 
Non-service pension and postretirement benefit 
3 
82 
17 
— 
— 
— 
3 
82 
17 
Financing (note 12) 
37 
62 
54 
— 
— 
— 
41 
69 
60 
Total expenses 
251 
253 
248 
(24,962) (23,125) (27,134) 
45,293 
44,600 
50,186 
Income (loss) before income taxes 
(165) 
(110) 
(169) 
— 
— 
— 
6,239 
6,369 
9,484 
Income tax expense (benefit) (note 3) 
(36) 
(22) 
(38) 
— 
— 
— 
1,449 
1,480 
2,144 
Net income (loss) 
(129) 
(88) 
(131) 
— 
— 
— 
4,790 
4,889 
7,340 
Cash flows from (used in) operating activities 
69 
(37) 
(59) 
(12) 
10 
16 
5,981 
3,734 
10,482 
Capital and exploration expenditures (c) 
187 
175 
57 
— 
— 
— 
1,867 
1,778 
1,490 
Property, plant and equipment 
Cost 
1,226 
1,038 
863 
— 
— 
— 
58,048 
56,200 
54,568 
Accumulated depreciation and depletion 
(410) 
(371) 
(343) 
— 
— 
— 
(27,241) (25,365) (24,062) 
Net property, plant and equipment (d) 
816 
667 
520 
— 
— 
— 
30,807 
30,835 
30,506 
Total assets 
2,962 
2,366 
5,312 
(164) 
(474) 
(386) 
42,938 
41,199 
43,524 
87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 (a) Includes export sales to the United States of $10,300 million (2023 - $8,982 million, 2022 - $12,394 million). 
(b) Revenues include both revenue within the scope of ASC 606 and outside the scope of ASC 606. Trade receivables in "Accounts 
receivable – net" reported on the Consolidated balance sheet include both receivables within the scope of ASC 606 and outside the 
scope of ASC 606. Revenue and receivables outside the scope of ASC 606 primarily relate to physically settled commodity contracts 
accounted for as derivatives. Contractual terms, credit quality and type of customer are generally similar between contracts within the 
scope of ASC 606 and those outside it. 
Revenues 
millions of Canadian dollars 
2024 
2023 
2022 
Revenue from contracts with customers 
40,901 
44,465 
52,265 
Revenue outside the scope of ASC 606 
10,458 
6,237 
7,148 
Total 
51,359 
50,702 
59,413 
(c) 
Capital and exploration expenditures (CAPEX) include exploration expenses, additions to property, plant and equipment, additions to 
finance leases, additional investments and acquisitions and the company’s share of similar costs for equity companies. CAPEX 
excludes the purchase of carbon emission credits. 
(d) Includes property, plant and equipment under construction of $3,632 million (2023 - $3,251 million, 2022 - $2,676 million). 
(e) In 2024, benzene and aromatic solvents are reported under the Downstream segment, whereas in 2023, they were reported under the 
Chemicals segment. The company has determined that the impact of this change is not material; therefore, the comparative periods 
have not been recast. 
Note 3. Income taxes 
millions of Canadian dollars 
2024 
2023 
2022 
Current income tax expense (benefit) 
1,586 
1,556 
2,228 
Deferred income tax expense (benefit) 
(137) 
(76) 
(84) 
Total income tax expense (benefit) 
1,449 
1,480 
2,144 
Statutory corporate tax rate (percent) (a) 
24.1 
24.1 
24.1 
Increase (decrease) resulting from: 
Other (b) 
(0.9) 
(0.9) 
(1.5) 
Effective income tax rate (percent) 
23.2 
23.2 
22.6 
(a) Includes federal tax rate of 15 percent and combined provincial tax rate of 9.1 percent. 
(b) Other primarily relates to prior year adjustments, disposals, investment tax credits and re-assessments. In 2022, the company's sale of 
its interests in XTO Energy Canada decreased the effective income tax rate by 1.3 percent. 
Deferred income taxes are based on differences between the accounting and tax values of assets and liabilities. 
These differences in value are re-measured at each year-end using the tax rates and tax laws expected to apply 
when those differences are realized or settled in the future. Components of deferred income tax liabilities and 
assets as at December 31 were: 
millions of Canadian dollars 
2024 
2023 
2022 
Depreciation and amortization 
5,267 
5,366 
5,388 
Successful drilling and land acquisitions 
236 
237 
236 
Pension and benefits 
(15) 
(168) 
(105) 
Asset retirement obligation 
(686) 
(655) 
(529) 
Capitalized interest 
185 
155 
127 
LIFO inventory valuation 
(468) 
(406) 
(454) 
Tax loss carryforwards 
(66) 
(69) 
(84) 
Valuation allowance 
66 
69 
73 
Other 
(35) 
(60) 
(53) 
Net deferred income tax liabilities 
4,484 
4,469 
4,599 
88 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Unrecognized tax benefits 
Unrecognized tax benefits reflect the difference between positions taken or expected to be taken on income tax 
returns and the amounts recognized in the financial statements. 
The following table summarizes the movement in unrecognized tax benefits: 
millions of Canadian dollars 
2024 
2023 
2022 
Balance as of January 1 
47 
60 
47 
Additions based on current year’s tax position 
2 
7 
12 
Additions for prior years’ tax positions 
— 
— 
10 
Settlements with tax authorities 
(15) 
(20) 
(9) 
Balance as of December 31 
34 
47 
60 
The unrecognized tax benefit balances shown above predominantly relate to tax positions that would reduce the 
company’s effective tax rate if the positions are favourably resolved. Unfavourable resolution of these tax 
positions generally would not increase the effective tax rate. The 2024, 2023 and 2022 changes in 
unrecognized tax benefits did not have a material effect on the company’s net income or cash flow. The 
company’s tax filings from 2018 to 2024 are subject to examination by the tax authorities. Tax filings from 2009 
to 2018 have open objections and therefore are also subject to examination by the tax authorities. The Canada 
Revenue Agency has made certain adjustments to the company’s filings. Management has evaluated these 
adjustments and is formally disputing those matters to which the company disagrees. Many of these 
outstanding matters will not be resolved until after 2025. The impact on unrecognized tax benefits and the 
company’s effective income tax rate from these matters is not expected to be material. 
Resolution of the related tax positions could take many years to complete. It is difficult to predict the timing of 
resolution for tax positions since such timing is not entirely within the control of the company. 
The company classifies interest on income tax related balances as interest expense or interest income and 
classifies tax related penalties as operating expense. 
Unrecognized tax benefits are not classified as future commitments because the company does not expect 
there will be any cash impact from the final settlements as sufficient funds have been deposited with the 
Canada Revenue Agency. 
Note 4. Employee retirement benefits 
Retirement benefits, which cover almost all retired employees and their surviving spouses, include pension 
income and certain health care and life insurance benefits. They are met through funded registered retirement 
plans and through unfunded supplementary benefits that are paid directly to recipients. 
Pension income benefits consist mainly of company-paid defined benefit plans that are based on years of 
service and final average earnings. The company shares in the cost of health care and life insurance benefits. 
The company’s benefit obligations are based on the projected benefit method of valuation that includes 
employee service to date and present compensation levels, as well as a projection of salaries to retirement. 
The expense and obligations for both funded and unfunded benefits are determined in accordance with 
accepted actuarial practices and U.S. GAAP. The process for determining retirement-income expense and 
related obligations includes making certain long-term assumptions regarding the discount rate, rate of return on 
plan assets and rate of compensation increases. The obligation and pension expense can vary significantly with 
changes in the assumptions used to estimate the obligation and the expected return on plan assets. 
89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
            
 
 
        
 
           
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
            
 
 
        
 
           
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 The benefit obligations and plan assets associated with the company’s defined benefit plans are measured on 
December 31. 
Other postretirement 
Pension benefits 
benefits 
2024 
2023 
2024 
2023 
Assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at 
December 31 (percent) 
Discount rate 
4.70 
4.60 
4.70 
4.60 
Long-term rate of compensation increase 
4.00 
4.00 
4.00 
4.00 
millions of Canadian dollars 
Change in benefit obligation 
Benefit obligation at January 1 
8,154 
7,374 
581 
589 
Service cost 
186 
162 
13 
12 
Interest cost 
365 
373 
25 
28 
Actuarial loss (gain) (a) 
(88) 
514 
(29) 
(14) 
Amendments 
— 
184 
(78) 
— 
Benefits paid (b) 
(486) 
(453) 
(36) 
(34) 
Benefit obligation at December 31 
8,131 
8,154 
476 
581 
Accumulated benefit obligation at December 31 
7,385 
7,449 
(a) Actuarial loss (gain) primarily driven by changes in the year-end discount rate. 
(b) Benefit payments for funded and unfunded plans. 
The discount rate for the purpose of calculating year-end postretirement benefits plan obligation is determined 
by using the Canadian Institute of Actuaries recommended spot yield curve for high-quality, long-term Canadian 
corporate bonds with an average maturity (or duration) approximating that of the liabilities. For the 
measurement of the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation, the assumed health care cost trend rates 
start with 6.08 percent in 2025 and gradually decline to 3.57 percent by 2040 and beyond. 
Other postretirement 
Pension benefits 
benefits 
millions of Canadian dollars 
2024 
2023 
2024 
2023 
Change in plan assets 
Fair value at January 1 
8,054 
7,541 
Actual return (loss) gain 
805 
785 
Company contributions 
150 
148 
Benefits paid (a) 
(452) 
(420) 
Other 
(4) 
— 
Fair value at December 31 
8,553 
8,054 
Plan assets in excess of (less than) projected benefit 
obligation at December 31 
Funded plans 
853 
335 
Unfunded plans 
(431) 
(435) 
(476) 
(581) 
Total (b) 
422 
(100) 
(476) 
(581) 
(a) Benefit payments for funded plans only. 
(b) Fair value of assets less projected benefit obligation shown above. 
Funding of registered retirement plans complies with federal and provincial pension regulations, and the 
company makes contributions to the plans based on an independent actuarial valuation. In accordance with 
authoritative guidance relating to the accounting for defined pension and other postretirement benefits plans, 
the overfunded or underfunded status of the company’s defined benefit postretirement plans was recorded as 
an asset or liability in the Consolidated balance sheet, and the changes in that funded status in the year in 
which the changes occurred was recognized through other comprehensive income. 
90 

 
            
 
 
        
 
           
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
       
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
       
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
Other postretirement 
Pension benefits 
benefits 
millions of Canadian dollars 
2024 
2023 
2024 
2023 
Amounts recorded in the Consolidated balance sheet 
consist of: 
Other assets, including intangibles - net 
853 
335 
— 
— 
Current liabilities 
(33) 
(34) 
(28) 
(28) 
Other long-term obligations 
(398) 
(401) 
(448) 
(553) 
Total recorded 
422 
(100) 
(476) 
(581) 
Amounts recorded in accumulated other comprehensive 
income consist of: 
Net actuarial loss (gain) 
237 
724 
(110) 
(89) 
Prior service cost 
373 
400 
(78) 
— 
Total recorded in accumulated other 
comprehensive income, before-tax 
610 
1,124 
(188) 
(89) 
The company establishes the long-term expected rate of return on plan assets by developing a forward-looking 
long-term return assumption for each asset class, taking into account factors such as the expected real return 
for the specific asset class and inflation. A single, long-term rate of return is then calculated as the weighted 
average of the target asset allocation percentages and the long-term return assumption for each asset class. 
The 2024 long-term expected return of 5.6 percent used in the calculations of pension expense compares to an 
actual rate of return of 5.1 percent and 6.0 percent over the last 10- and 20-year periods respectively, ending 
December 31, 2024. 
Other postretirement 
Pension benefits 
benefits 
2024 
2023 
2022 
2024 
2023 
2022 
Assumptions used to determine net periodic 
benefit cost for years ended December 31 (percent) 
Discount rate 
4.60 
5.10 
3.00 
4.60 
5.10 
3.00 
Long-term rate of return on funded assets 
5.60 
4.80 
4.30 
— 
— 
— 
Long-term rate of compensation increase 
4.00 
4.00 
4.00 
4.00 
4.00 
4.00 
millions of Canadian dollars 
Components of net periodic benefit cost 
Service cost 
186 
162 
280 
13 
12 
23 
Interest cost 
365 
373 
295 
25 
28 
24 
Expected return on plan assets 
(454) 
(373) 
(412) 
— 
— 
— 
Amortization of prior service cost 
27 
19 
17 
— 
— 
— 
Amortization of actuarial loss (gain) 
48 
44 
84 
(8) 
(9) 
9 
Net periodic benefit cost 
172 
225 
264 
30 
31 
56 
Changes in amounts recorded in accumulated other 
comprehensive income 
Net actuarial loss (gain) 
(439) 
102 
(522) 
(29) 
(14) 
(248) 
Amortization of net actuarial (loss) gain included in 
net periodic benefit cost 
(48) 
(44) 
(84) 
8 
9 
(9) 
Prior service cost 
— 
184 
— 
(78) 
— 
— 
Amortization of prior service cost included in net 
periodic benefit cost 
(27) 
(19) 
(17) 
— 
— 
— 
Total recorded in other comprehensive income 
Total recorded in net periodic benefit cost and 
other comprehensive income, before-tax 
(514) 
(342) 
223 
448 
(623) 
(359) 
(99) 
(69) 
(5) 
26 
(257) 
(201) 
91 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 Costs for defined contribution plans, primarily the employee savings plan, were $47 million in 2024 (2023 - $44 
million, 2022 - $43 million). 
A summary of the change in accumulated other comprehensive income is shown in the table below: 
Total pension and other 
postretirement benefits 
millions of Canadian dollars 
2024 
2023 
2022 
(Charge) credit to other comprehensive income, before-tax 
613 
(218) 
880 
Deferred income tax (charge) credit (note 17) 
(150) 
53 
(215) 
(Charge) credit to other comprehensive income, after-tax 
463 
(165) 
665 
The company’s investment strategy for pension plan assets reflects a long-term view, a careful assessment of 
the risks inherent in plan assets and liabilities and broad diversification to reduce the risk of the portfolio. The 
pension plan assets are primarily invested in passive global equity and domestic fixed income index funds to 
diversify risk while minimizing costs. The fixed income funds are largely invested in investment-grade corporate 
and government debt securities with interest rate sensitivity designed to approximate the interest rate sensitivity 
of plan liabilities. The target asset allocation for the pension plan is reviewed periodically and set based on 
considerations such as risk, diversification, liquidity, and funding level. The target asset allocation for equity 
securities is 30 percent with the remainder in fixed-income securities. 
The fair value measurement levels are accounting terms that refer to different methods of valuing assets. The 
terms do not represent the relative risk or credit quality of an investment. 
The 2024 fair value of the pension plan assets, including the level within the fair value hierarchy, is shown in the 
table below: 
Fair value measurements at December 31, 2024, using: 
millions of Canadian dollars 
Total 
Level 1 
Level 2 
Level 3 
Net Asset 
Value 
Asset class 
Equity securities 
Canadian 
— 
— 
Non-Canadian 
Debt securities - Canadian 
2,584 
2,584 
Corporate 
Government 
Asset backed 
1,220 
4,400 
4 
1,220 
4,400 
4 
Other 
18 
18 
Equities – Venture capital 
Real Estate 
134 
154 
134 
154 
Cash 
39 
3 
36 
Total plan assets at fair value 
8,553 
3 
8,550 
92 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
                  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 The 2023 fair value of the pension plan assets, including the level within the fair value hierarchy, is shown in the 
table below: 
Fair value measurements at December 31, 2023, using: 
Net Asset 
millions of Canadian dollars 
Total 
Level 1 
Level 2 
Level 3 
Value 
Asset class 
Equity securities 
Canadian 
— 
— 
Non-Canadian 
2,347 
2,347 
Debt securities - Canadian 
Corporate 
1,193 
1,193 
Government 
4,251 
4,251 
Asset backed 
— 
— 
Other 
5 
5 
Equities – Venture capital 
124 
124 
Real Estate 
93 
93 
Cash 
41 
7 
34 
Total plan assets at fair value 
8,054 
7 
8,047 
A summary of pension plans with accumulated benefit obligation and projected benefit obligation in excess of 
plan assets is shown in the table below: 
Pension benefits 
millions of Canadian dollars 
2024 
2023 
For funded pension plans with projected benefit 
obligation in excess of plan assets: (a) 
Projected benefit obligation 
— 
— 
Fair value of plan assets 
— 
— 
Projected benefit obligation less fair value of plan assets 
— 
— 
For unfunded pension plans covered by book reserves: 
Projected benefit obligation 
431 
435 
Accumulated benefit obligation 
386 
395 
(a) In 2024 and 2023, the fair value of plan assets exceeded the projected benefit obligation for both the company sponsored plan and its 
proportionate share of a joint venture sponsored plan. 
Cash flows 
Benefit payments expected in: 
Other postretirement 
millions of Canadian dollars 
Pension benefits 
benefits 
2025 
490 
29 
2026 
490 
29 
2027 
490 
32 
2028 
490 
31 
2029 
490 
31 
2030 - 2034 
2,450 
154 
In 2025, the company expects to make cash contributions of about $160 million to its pension plans. 
93 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
        
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 Note 5. Other long-term obligations 
millions of Canadian dollars 
2024 
2023 
Employee retirement benefits (a) (note 4) 
846 
954 
Asset retirement obligations and other environmental liabilities (b) (c) 
2,641 
2,564 
Share-based incentive compensation liabilities (note 7) 
119 
90 
Operating lease liability (note 13) 
144 
111 
Other obligations 
120 
132 
Total other long-term obligations 
3,870 
3,851 
(a) Total recorded employee retirement benefits obligations also included $61 million in current liabilities (2023 - $62 million). 
(b) Total asset retirement obligations and other environmental liabilities also included $291 million in current liabilities (2023 - $235 
million). 
(c) 
For 2024, the asset retirement obligations were discounted at 6 percent (2023 - 6 percent). Asset retirement obligations incurred in 
the current period were level 3 fair value measurements. 
The following table summarizes the activity in the liability for asset retirement obligations: 
millions of Canadian dollars 
2024 
2023 
2022 
Balance as at January 1 
2,703 
2,178 
1,721 
Additions (deductions) 
96 
471 
415 
Accretion 
163 
132 
101 
Settlement 
(129) 
(78) 
(59) 
Balance as at December 31 
2,833 
2,703 
2,178 
Estimated cash payments for asset retirement obligations are $231 million in 2025 and $246 million in 2026. 
94 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
     
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Note 6. Financial and derivative instruments 
Financial instruments 
The fair value of the company’s financial instruments is determined by reference to various market data and 
other appropriate valuation techniques. There are no material differences between the fair value of the 
company’s financial instruments and the recorded carrying value. At December 31, 2024 and December 31, 
2023, the fair value of long-term debt ($3,447 million, excluding finance lease obligations) was primarily a level 
2 measurement. 
Derivative instruments 
The company’s size, strong capital structure and the complementary nature of its business segments reduce 
the company’s enterprise-wide risk from changes in commodity prices, currency rates and interest rates. In 
addition, the company uses commodity-based contracts, including derivatives, to manage commodity price risk 
and to generate returns from trading. Commodity contracts held for trading purposes are presented in the 
Consolidated statement of income on a net basis in the line "Revenues" and in the Consolidated statement of 
cash flows in "Cash flows from (used in) operating activities". The company’s commodity derivatives are not 
accounted for under hedge accounting. 
Credit risk associated with the company’s derivative position is mitigated by several factors, including the use of 
derivative clearing exchanges and the quality of and financial limits placed on derivative counterparties. The 
company maintains a system of controls that includes the authorization, reporting and monitoring of derivative 
activity. 
At December 31, the net notional long/(short) position of derivative instruments was: 
thousands of barrels 
2024 
2023 
Crude 
4,260 
(4,450) 
Products 
(371) 
(490) 
Realized and unrealized gain or (loss) on derivative instruments recognized in the Consolidated statement of 
income is included in the following line on a before-tax basis: 
millions of Canadian dollars 
2024 
2023 
2022 
Revenues 
(69) 
(5) 
148 
The estimated fair value of derivative instruments, and the related hierarchy level for the fair value 
measurement were as follows: 
At December 31, 2024 
millions of Canadian dollars 
Fair value 
Effect of 
Effect of 
Net 
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 
Total 
counterparty
netting 
collateral 
netting 
carrying
value 
Assets 
Derivative assets (a) 
38 
21 
— 
59 
(38) 
— 
21 
Liabilities 
Derivative liabilities (b) 
52 
30 
— 
82 
(38) 
(14) 
30 
(a) Included in the Consolidated balance sheet line: "Materials, supplies and prepaid expenses", "Accounts receivable - net" and "Other 
assets, including intangibles - net". 
(b) Included in the Consolidated balance sheet line: "Accounts payable and accrued liabilities" and "Other long-term obligations". 
95 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
At December 31, 2023 
millions of Canadian dollars 
Fair value 
Effect of 
Effect of 
Net 
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 
Total 
counterparty
netting 
collateral 
netting 
carrying
value 
Assets 
Derivative assets (a) 
28 
18 
— 
46 
(16) 
(12) 
18 
Liabilities 
Derivative liabilities (b) 
16 
31 
— 
47 
(16) 
— 
31 
(a) Included in the Consolidated balance sheet line: "Materials, supplies and prepaid expenses", "Accounts receivable - net" and "Other 
assets, including intangibles - net". 
(b) Included in the Consolidated balance sheet line: "Accounts payable and accrued liabilities" and "Other long-term obligations". 
At December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023, the company had $22 million and $24 million, respectively, of 
collateral under a master netting arrangement not offset against the derivatives on the Consolidated balance 
sheet in "Accounts receivable - net", primarily related to initial margin requirements. 
96 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 Note 7. Share-based incentive compensation programs 
Share-based incentive compensation programs are designed to retain selected employees, reward them for 
high performance and promote individual contribution to sustained improvement in the company’s future 
business performance and shareholder value over the long-term. The nonemployee directors also participate in 
share-based incentive compensation programs. 
Restricted stock units and deferred share units 
Under the restricted stock unit plan, each unit entitles the recipient to the conditional right to receive from the 
company, upon vesting, an amount equal to the value of one common share of the company, based on the five-
day average of the closing price of the company’s common shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange on and 
immediately prior to the vesting dates. For the majority of the units, 50 percent of the units vest on the third 
anniversary of the grant date, and the remainder vest on the seventh anniversary of the grant date. Some 
management, professional, and technical participants will receive awards granted that vest 100 percent after 
three years. The company may also issue units to the chairman, president and chief executive officer where 50 
percent of the units vest on the fifth anniversary of the grant date and the remainder vest on the tenth 
anniversary of the grant date, except that for awards granted prior to 2020, the vesting of the tenth anniversary 
portion is delayed until retirement if later than 10 years. 
The deferred share unit plan is made available to nonemployee directors. The nonemployee directors can elect 
to receive all or part of their eligible directors’ fees in units. The number of units granted is determined at the end 
of each calendar quarter by dividing the dollar amount of the nonemployee director’s fees for that calendar 
quarter elected to be received as deferred share units by the average closing price of the company’s shares for 
the five consecutive trading days ("average closing price") immediately prior to the last day of the calendar 
quarter. Additional units are granted to represent dividends on unexercised units, and are calculated by dividing 
the cash dividend payable on the company’s shares by the average closing price immediately prior to the 
payment date for that dividend and multiplying the resulting number by the number of deferred share units held 
by the recipient, as adjusted for any share splits. Deferred share units cannot be exercised until after 
termination of service as a director, including termination due to death, and must be exercised in their entirety in 
one election no later than December 31 of the year following the year of termination of service. On the exercise 
date, the cash value to be received for the units is determined based on the company’s average closing price 
immediately prior to the date of exercise, as adjusted for any share splits. 
All units require settlement by cash payments with the following exceptions. The restricted stock unit program 
provides that, for units granted to Canadian residents, the recipient may receive one common share of the 
company per unit or elect to receive the cash payment for the units that vest on the seventh year anniversary of 
the grant date. For units where 50 percent vest on the fifth anniversary of the grant date and the remainder vest 
on the tenth anniversary of grant, the recipient may receive one common share of the company per unit or elect 
to receive cash payment for all that vest. 
The company accounts for all units by using the fair-value-based method. The fair value of awards in the form of 
restricted stock and deferred share units is the market price of the company’s stock. Under this method, 
compensation expense related to the units of these programs is measured each reporting period based on the 
company’s current stock price and is recorded in the Consolidated statement of income over the requisite 
service period of each award. 
The following table summarizes information about these units for the year ended December 31, 2024: 
Restricted 
Deferred 
stock units 
share units 
Outstanding at January 1, 2024 
3,913,310 
37,322 
Granted 
968,720 
7,384 
Vested/Exercised 
(636,010) 
— 
Forfeited and cancelled 
(22,950) 
— 
Outstanding at December 31, 2024 
4,223,070 
44,706 
97 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 In 2024, the before-tax compensation expense charged against income for the restricted stock units and 
deferred share units was $116 million (2023 - $52 million, 2022 - $103 million). Income tax benefit recognized in 
income related to this compensation expense for the year was $28 million (2023 - $13 million, 2022 - $25 
million). Cash payments of $74 million were made related to this compensation expense in 2024 (2023 - $68 
million, 2022 - $65 million). 
As of December 31, 2024, there was $208 million of total before-tax unrecognized compensation expense 
related to non-vested restricted stock units based on the company’s share price at the end of the current 
reporting period. The weighted-average vesting period of non-vested restricted stock units is 4.1 years. All units 
under the deferred share programs have vested as of December 31, 2024. 
Note 8. Investment and other income 
Investment and other income includes gains and losses on asset sales as follows: 
millions of Canadian dollars 
2024 
2023 
2022 
Proceeds from asset sales 
25 
86 
904 
Book value of asset sales 
7 
13 
746 
Gain (loss) on asset sales, before tax (a) 
18 
73 
158 
Gain (loss) on asset sales, after tax (a) 
16 
63 
241 
(a) 2022 included a gain of $116 million ($208 million, after tax) from the sale of interests in XTO Energy Canada, which included the 
removal of a deferred tax liability. 
Note 9. Litigation and other contingencies 
A variety of claims have been made against the company and its subsidiaries in a number of lawsuits. 
Management has regular litigation reviews, including updates from corporate and outside counsel to assess the 
need for accounting recognition or disclosure of these contingencies. The company accrues an undiscounted 
liability for those contingencies where the incurrence of a loss is probable and the amount can be reasonably 
estimated. If a range of amounts can be reasonably estimated and no amount within the range is a better 
estimate than any other amount, then the minimum of the range is accrued. The company does not record 
liabilities when the likelihood that the liability has been incurred is probable but the amount cannot be 
reasonably estimated or when the liability is believed to be only reasonably possible or remote. For 
contingencies where an unfavourable outcome is reasonably possible and which are significant, the company 
discloses the nature of the contingency and, where feasible, an estimate of the possible loss. For purposes of 
the company’s contingency disclosures, "significant" includes material matters, as well as other matters which 
management believes should be disclosed. Based on a consideration of all relevant facts and circumstances, 
the company does not believe the ultimate outcome of any currently pending lawsuits against the company will 
have a material adverse effect on the company’s operations, financial condition, or financial statements taken 
as a whole. 
Additionally, the company has other commitments arising in the normal course of business for operating and 
capital needs, all of which are expected to be fulfilled with no adverse consequences material to the company’s 
operations, financial condition, or financial statements taken as a whole. Unconditional purchase obligations, as 
defined by accounting standards, are long-term commitments that are non-cancellable or cancellable only under 
certain conditions and that third parties have used to secure financing for the facilities that will provide the 
contracted goods and services. The company has not entered into any unconditional purchase obligations. 
As a result of the completed sale of the remaining company-owned Esso retail sites, the company was 
contingently liable at December 31, 2024, for guarantees relating to performance under contracts of other third-
party obligations totalling $10 million (2023 - $13 million). 
98 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
        
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 Note 10. Common shares 
At December 31 
thousands of shares 
Authorized 
Outstanding 
2024 
1,100,000 
509,045 
2023 
1,100,000 
535,837 
The most recent 12-month normal course issuer bid program came into effect June 29, 2024, under which 
Imperial continued its existing share purchase program. The program enabled the company to purchase up to a 
maximum of 26,791,840 common shares (5 percent of the total shares on June 15, 2024) which included 
shares purchased under the normal course issuer bid from Exxon Mobil Corporation. As in the past, Exxon 
Mobil Corporation advised the company that it intended to participate to maintain its ownership percentage at 
approximately 69.6 percent. The program completed on December 19, 2024 as a result of the company 
purchasing the maximum allowable number of shares under the program. 
The excess of the purchase cost over the stated value of shares purchased has been recorded as a distribution 
of earnings reinvested. 
The company’s common share activities are summarized below: 
Thousands of 
Millions of 
shares 
dollars 
Balance as at January 1, 2022 
678,080 
1,252 
Purchases at stated value 
(93,927) 
(173) 
Balance as at December 31, 2022 
584,153 
1,079 
Purchases at stated value 
(48,316) 
(87) 
Balance as at December 31, 2023 
535,837 
992 
Purchases at stated value 
(26,792) 
(50) 
Balance as at December 31, 2024 
509,045 
942 
The following table provides the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per common share and the dividends 
declared by the company on its outstanding common shares: 
2024 
2023 
2022 
Net income (loss) per common share – basic 
Net income (loss) (millions of Canadian dollars) 
4,790 
4,889 
7,340 
Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding (millions of shares) 
529.4 
574.8 
640.2 
Net income (loss) per common share (dollars) 
9.05 
8.51 
11.47 
Net income (loss) per common share – diluted 
Net income (loss) (millions of Canadian dollars) 
4,790 
4,889 
7,340 
Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding (millions of shares) 
529.4 
574.8 
640.2 
Effect of employee share-based awards (millions of shares) 
1.2 
1.1 
1.3 
Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding, 
assuming dilution (millions of shares) 
530.6 
575.9 
641.5 
Net income (loss) per common share (dollars) 
9.03 
8.49 
11.44 
Dividends per common share – declared (dollars) 
2.40 
1.94 
1.46 
99 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Note 11. Miscellaneous financial information 
LIFO inventory 
In 2024, net income included an after-tax gain of $61 million (2023 - $5 million gain, 2022 - $62 million gain) 
attributable to the effect of changes in last-in, first-out (LIFO) inventories. The replacement cost of inventories 
was estimated to exceed their LIFO carrying values at December 31, 2024 by about $2.0 billion (2023 - $2.2 
billion). Inventories of crude oil and products at year-end consisted of the following: 
millions of Canadian dollars 
2024 
2023 
Crude oil 
701 
979 
Petroleum products 
513 
579 
Chemical products 
57 
66 
Other 
371 
320 
Total 
1,642 
1,944 
Research and development 
Research expenditures are mainly spent on developing technologies to improve bitumen recovery, reduce costs 
and reduce the environmental impact of upstream operations, including technologies to reduce greenhouse gas 
emissions intensity, supporting environmental and process improvements in the refineries, as well as accessing 
ExxonMobil’s research worldwide. 
The company has scientific research agreements with affiliates of ExxonMobil, which provide for technical and 
engineering work to be performed by all parties, the exchange of technical information and the assignment and 
licensing of patents, and patent rights. These agreements provide mutual access to scientific and operating data 
related to nearly every phase of the petroleum and petrochemical operations of the parties. 
Net research and development costs charged to expenses in 2024 were $118 million (2023 - $84 million, 2022 ­
$74 million). These costs are included in expenses due to the uncertainty of future benefits. 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities 
“Accounts payable and accrued liabilities” included accrued taxes other than income taxes of $524 million at 
December 31, 2024 (2023 - $455 million) and other miscellaneous current liabilities of $739 million at 
December 31, 2024 (2023 - $726 million). 
Government assistance 
In 2022, the company prospectively adopted the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s standard, Government 
Assistance (Topic 832). The standard requires the annual disclosure of certain types of government assistance 
not otherwise covered by authoritative accounting guidance. The company receives allowances from 
governments in the form of emission credits as a result of performing better than facility level expectations for 
emission targets and records these at a nominal amount, generally in "Inventories of crude oil and products" on 
the Consolidated balance sheet. During 2023 and 2024, government assistance was immaterial to the 
company’s financial results. 
100 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Note 12. Financing and additional notes and loans payable information 
millions of Canadian dollars 
2024 
2023 
2022 
Debt-related interest (a) 
192 
203 
111 
Capitalized interest 
(155) 
(141) 
(57) 
Net interest expense 
37 
62 
54 
Other interest 
4 
7 
6 
Total financing 
41 
69 
60 
(a) Includes related party interest with ExxonMobil. 
During the fourth quarter of 2024, the company extended the maturity dates of its two existing $250 million 
committed lines of credit to November 2025 and November 2026, respectively. 
The company has not drawn on any of its outstanding $500 million of available credit facilities. 
At December 31, 2024, the company had no short-term borrowings outstanding. At December 31, 2023, the 
weighted-average interest rate on short-term borrowings outstanding was 4.9 percent. 
101 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Note 13. Leases 
The company generally purchases the property, plant and equipment used in operations, but there are 
situations where assets are leased, primarily storage tanks, rail cars, marine vessels and transportation 
facilities. Right of use assets and lease liabilities are established on the balance sheet for leases with an 
expected term greater than one year, by discounting the amounts fixed in the lease agreement for the duration 
of the lease which is reasonably certain, considering the probability of exercising any early termination and 
extension options. The portion of the fixed payment related to service costs for tankers and finance leases is 
excluded from the calculation of right of use assets and lease liabilities. Usually, assets are leased only for a 
portion of their useful lives and are accounted for as operating leases. In limited situations, assets are leased for 
nearly all of their useful lives and are accounted for as finance leases. In general, leases are capitalized using 
the company’s incremental borrowing rate. 
Variable payments under these lease agreements are not significant. Residual value guarantees, restrictions, or 
covenants related to leases, and transactions with related parties are also not significant. The company’s 
activities as a lessor are not material. 
The table below summarizes the total lease cost incurred: 
2024 
2023 
2022 
Operating 
Finance Operating 
Finance Operating 
Finance 
millions of Canadian dollars 
leases 
leases 
leases 
leases 
leases 
leases 
Operating lease cost 
111 
114 
119 
Short-term and other (net of sublease rental income) 
50 
30 
40 
Amortization of right of use assets 
16 
19 
19 
Interest on lease liabilities 
28 
29 
30 
Total lease cost 
161 
44 
144 
48 
159 
49 
The following table summarizes the amounts related to operating leases and finance leases recorded on the 
Consolidated balance sheet, weighted-average remaining lease term and weighted-average discount rates 
applied at December 31: 
2024 
2023 
millions of Canadian dollars 
Operating
leases 
Finance 
leases 
Operating
leases 
Finance 
leases 
Right of use assets 
Included in Other assets, including intangibles - net 
Included in Property, plant and equipment, less 
accumulated depreciation and depletion 
Total right of use assets 
240 
240 
579 
579 
196 
196 
599 
599 
Lease liability due within one year 
Included in Accounts payable and accrued liabilities 
Included in Notes and loans payable 
Long-term lease liability 
Included in Other long-term obligations 
Included in Long-term debt 
Total lease liability 
100 
144 
244 
— 
18 
— 
545 
563 
87 
111 
198 
— 
21 
— 
564 
585 
Weighted-average remaining lease term (years) 
Weighted-average discount rate (percent) 
5 
4.1 
35 
4.8 
6 
1.9 
36 
4.7 
102 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 The maturity analysis of the company’s lease liabilities as at December 31 are summarized below: 
2024 
millions of Canadian dollars 
Operating
leases 
Finance 
leases 
Maturity analysis of lease liabilities 
2025 
108 
46 
2026 
61 
44 
2027 
20 
43 
2028 
19 
41 
2029 
16 
40 
2030 and beyond 
39 
817 
Total lease payments 
263 
1,031 
Discount to present value 
(19) 
(468) 
Total lease liability 
244 
563 
In addition to the operating lease liabilities in the table immediately above, at December 31, 2024, additional 
undiscounted commitments for leases not yet commenced totalled $56 million (2023 - $54 million). 
Estimated cash payments for operating and finance leases not yet commenced are $52 million in 2025 and $1 
million in 2026. 
The table below summarizes the cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities and the 
right of use assets obtained in exchange for new lease liabilities: 
2024 
2023 
2022 
millions of Canadian dollars 
Operating
leases 
Finance Operating
leases 
leases 
Finance Operating
leases 
leases 
Finance 
leases 
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of 
lease liabilities 
Cash flows from operating activities 
Cash flows from financing activities 
118 
— 
22 
56 
— 
22 
121 
— 
22 
Non-cash right of use assets recorded for lease 
liabilities 
In exchange for lease liabilities during the year 
152 
— 
61 
— 
117 
— 
103 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Note 14. Long-term debt 
At December 31 
millions of Canadian dollars 
Long-term debt (a) (b) 
Finance leases (c) 
Total long-term debt 
2024 
3,447 
545 
3,992 
2023 
3,447 
564 
4,011 
(a) Borrowed under an existing agreement with an affiliated company of ExxonMobil that provides for a long-term, variable-rate, 
Canadian dollar loan from ExxonMobil to the company of up to $7.75 billion at interest equivalent to Canadian market rates. The 
agreement is effective until June 30, 2035, cancellable if ExxonMobil provides at least 370 days advance written notice. 
(b) The weighted-average interest rate on long-term borrowings outstanding, with ExxonMobil, at December 31, 2024 was 3.9 percent 
(2023 - 4.9 percent). 
(c) 
Finance leases are primarily associated with transportation facilities and services agreements. The average imputed interest rate was 
4.8 percent in 2024 (2023 - 4.7 percent). Total finance lease obligations also include $18 million in current liabilities (2023 - $21 
million). Principal payments on finance leases of approximately $18 million on average per year are due in each of the next four years 
after December 31, 2025. 
In June 2024, the company extended the maturity date of its existing long-term, variable-rate, Canadian dollar 
loan from ExxonMobil to June 30, 2035. All other terms and conditions remain unchanged. 
Note 15. Accounting for suspended exploratory well costs 
The company continues capitalization of exploratory well costs when the well has found a sufficient quantity of 
reserves to justify its completion as a producing well and the company is making sufficient progress assessing 
the reserves and the economic and operating viability of the project. The term “project” as used in this report 
can refer to a variety of different activities and does not necessarily have the same meaning as in any 
government payment transparency reports. The company had no capitalized suspended exploratory well costs 
as at December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022. 
Exploration activity involves drilling multiple wells, over a number of years, to fully evaluate a project. The 
company had no projects with exploratory wells costs capitalized as at December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022. 
104 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Note 16. Transactions with related parties 
Revenues and expenses of the company also include the results of transactions with affiliated companies of 
ExxonMobil in the normal course of operations. These were conducted on terms comparable to those which 
would have been conducted with unrelated parties and primarily consisted of the purchase and sale of crude oil, 
natural gas, petroleum and chemical products, as well as technical, engineering and research and development 
costs. Transactions with ExxonMobil also included amounts paid and received in connection with the company’s 
participation in a number of upstream activities conducted jointly in Canada. 
In addition, the company has existing agreements with ExxonMobil: 
a) To provide computer and customer support services to the company and to share common business and 
operational support services that allow the companies to consolidate duplicate work and systems; 
b) To operate certain western Canada production properties owned by ExxonMobil, as well as provide for the 
delivery of management, business and technical services to ExxonMobil in Canada. These agreements are 
designed to provide organizational efficiencies and to reduce costs. No separate legal entities were created 
from these arrangements. Separate books of account continue to be maintained for the company and 
ExxonMobil. The company and ExxonMobil retain ownership of their respective assets, and there is no 
impact on operations or reserves; 
c) To provide for the option of equal participation in new upstream opportunities; and 
d) To enter into derivative agreements on each other’s behalf. 
Certain charges from ExxonMobil have been capitalized; they are not material in the aggregate. 
The amounts of purchases and revenues by Imperial in 2024, with ExxonMobil, were $3,617 million and 
$11,725 million respectively (2023 - $4,026 million and $13,544 million respectively). 
As at December 31, 2024, the company had an outstanding long-term loan of $3,447 million (2023 - $3,447 
million) from ExxonMobil (see note 14, "Long-term debt", and note 12, "Financing and additional notes and 
loans payable information" for further details). The amount of financing costs with ExxonMobil were $161 million 
(2023 - $169 million). 
Imperial has other related party transactions not detailed above in note 16, as they are not significant. 
105 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 Note 17. Other comprehensive income (loss) information 
Changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss): 
millions of Canadian dollars 
2024 
2023 
2022 
Balance at January 1 
(677) 
(512) 
(1,177) 
Postretirement benefits liability adjustment: 
Current period change excluding amounts reclassified 
412 
(206) 
582 
from accumulated other comprehensive income 
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income 
51 
41 
83 
Balance at December 31 
(214) 
(677) 
(512) 
Amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) - before-tax income (expense): 
millions of Canadian dollars 
2024 
2023 
2022 
Amortization of postretirement benefits liability adjustment 
(67) 
(54) 
(110) 
included in net benefit cost (a) 
(a) This accumulated other comprehensive income component is included in the computation of net periodic benefit cost (note 4). 
Income tax expense (credit) for components of other comprehensive income (loss): 
millions of Canadian dollars 
2024 
2023 
2022 
Postretirement benefits liability adjustments: 
Postretirement benefits liability adjustment (excluding amortization) 
134 
(66) 
188 
Amortization of postretirement benefits liability adjustment 
16 
13 
27 
included in net benefit cost 
Total 
150 
(53) 
215 
Note 18. Divestment activities 
Jointly with ExxonMobil Canada, Imperial signed an agreement in the second quarter of 2022 with Whitecap 
Resources Inc. for the sale of its interests in XTO Energy Canada which included assets in the Montney and 
Duvernay areas of central Alberta, for total cash consideration of approximately $1.9 billion ($0.9 billion 
Imperial's share). The transaction closed on August 31, 2022 and the company recognized a gain of 
approximately $0.2 billion, after tax. Imperial’s total assets associated with this transaction included about 
$0.9 billion (about $0.8 billion of property, plant and equipment) and about $0.2 billion total liabilities in the 
Upstream segment. 
106 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Supplemental information on oil and gas exploration and production 
activities (unaudited) 
The information on pages 107 to 108 excludes items not related to oil and natural gas extraction, such as 
administrative and general expenses, pipeline operations, gas plant processing fees and gains or losses on 
asset sales. The company’s 25 percent interest in proved synthetic crude oil reserves in the Syncrude joint 
venture is included as part of the company’s total proved oil and gas reserves and in the calculation of the 
standardized measure of discounted future cash flows, in accordance with U.S. Securities and Exchange 
Commission (SEC) and U.S. Financial Accounting Standards Board rules. Results of operations, costs incurred 
in property acquisitions, exploration and development activities, and capitalized costs include the company’s 
share of Kearl, Syncrude and other unproved mineable acreages in the following tables. 
Results of operations 
millions of Canadian dollars 
2024 
2023 
2022 
Revenue 
Sales to third parties (a) 
7,171 
6,420 
7,154 
Transfers (a) (b) 
3,337 
3,220 
4,182 
10,508 
9,640 
11,336 
Production expenses 
4,769 
5,015 
5,521 
Exploration expenses 
3 
5 
5 
Depreciation and depletion 
1,539 
1,475 
1,467 
Income taxes 
974 
733 
1,030 
Results of operations 
3,223 
2,412 
3,313 
(a) Sales to third parties or transfers do not include the sale of natural gas and natural gas liquids purchased for resale, as well as royalty 
payments or diluent costs. These items are reported gross in note 2 in "Revenues", "Intersegment sales" and in "Purchases of crude 
oil and products". 
(b) Sales of crude oil to consolidated affiliates are at market value, using posted field prices. Sales of natural gas liquids to consolidated 
affiliates are at prices estimated to be obtainable in a competitive, arm’s-length transaction. 
The amounts reported as costs incurred in property acquisitions, exploration and development activities include 
both capitalized costs and costs charged to expense during the year. Costs incurred also include new asset 
retirement obligations established in the current year, as well as increases or decreases to the asset retirement 
obligation resulting from changes in cost estimates or abandonment date. 
Costs incurred in property acquisitions, exploration and development activities 
millions of Canadian dollars 
2024 
2023 
2022 
Property costs (a) 
Proved 
— 
—
— 
Unproved 
— 
—
— 
Exploration costs 
3 
5 
Development costs 
1,171 
1,580 
1,602 
Total costs incurred in property acquisitions, exploration and 
1,174 
1,585 
1,607 
development activities 
(a) "Property costs" are payments for rights to explore for petroleum and natural gas and for purchased reserves (acquired tangible and 
intangible assets such as gas plants, production facilities and producing-well costs are included under "producing assets"). "Proved" 
represents areas where successful drilling has delineated a field capable of production. "Unproved" represents all other areas. 
107 
5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Capitalized costs 
millions of Canadian dollars 
2024 
2023 
Property costs (a) 
Proved 
1,840 
1,840 
Unproved 
492 
493 
Producing assets 
41,034 
39,759 
Incomplete construction 
2,555 
2,683 
Total capitalized cost 
45,921 
44,775 
Accumulated depreciation and depletion 
(21,247) 
(19,568) 
Net capitalized costs 
24,674 
25,207 
(a) "Property costs" are payments for rights to explore for petroleum and natural gas and for purchased reserves (acquired tangible and 
intangible assets such as gas plants, production facilities and producing-well costs are included under "producing assets"). "Proved" 
represents areas where successful drilling has delineated a field capable of production. "Unproved" represents all other areas. 
Standardized measure of discounted future cash flows 
As required by the U.S. Financial Accounting Standards Board, the standardized measure of discounted future 
net cash flows is computed by applying first-day-of-the-month average prices, year-end costs and legislated tax 
rates, and a discount factor of 10 percent to net proved reserves. The standardized measure includes costs for 
future dismantlement, abandonment and remediation obligations. The company believes the standardized 
measure does not provide a reliable estimate of the company’s expected future cash flows to be obtained from 
the development and production of its oil and gas properties or of the value of its proved oil and gas reserves. 
The standardized measure is prepared on the basis of certain prescribed assumptions, including first-day-of­
the-month average prices, which represent discrete points in time and therefore may cause significant variability 
in cash flows from year to year as prices change. 
Standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows related to proved oil and gas reserves 
millions of Canadian dollars 
2024 
2023 
2022 
Future cash flows 
158,677 
158,347 
198,923 
Future production costs 
(88,061) 
(101,640) 
(104,765) 
Future development costs 
(24,792) 
(24,074) 
(23,392) 
Future income taxes 
(10,196) 
(7,016) 
(16,872) 
Future net cash flows 
35,628 
25,617 
53,894 
Annual discount of 10 percent for estimated timing of cash flows 
(17,461) 
(11,615) 
(28,340) 
Discounted future cash flows 
18,167 
14,002 
25,554 
Changes in standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows related to proved oil and gas 
reserves 
millions of Canadian dollars 
2024 
2023 
2022 
Balance at beginning of year 
14,002 
25,554 
14,170 
Changes resulting from: 
Sales and transfers of oil and gas produced, net of production costs 
(6,041) 
(4,918) 
(6,113) 
Net changes in prices, development costs and production costs (a) 
7,134 
(16,908) 
23,215 
Extensions, discoveries, additions and improved recovery, 
— 
58 
664 
less related costs 
Development costs incurred during the year 
1,191 
1,182 
1,160 
Revisions of previous quantity estimates 
1,788 
2,146 
(4,431) 
Accretion of discount 
1,485 
2,535 
1,439 
Net change in income taxes 
(1,392) 
4,353 
(4,550) 
Net change 
4,165 
(11,552) 
11,384 
Balance at end of year 
18,167 
14,002 
25,554 
(a) SEC rules require the company’s reserves to be calculated on the basis of average first-day-of-the-month oil and natural gas prices 
during the reporting year. Future net cash flows are determined based on the net proved reserves as outlined in the "Net proved 
reserves table". 
108 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Net proved reserves (a) 
Liquids (b) 
millions of 
barrels 
Natural gas 
billions of 
cubic feet 
Synthetic 
crude oil 
millions of 
barrels 
Total 
oil-equivalent 
Bitumen 
basis (c) 
millions of 
millions of 
barrels 
barrels 
Beginning of year 2022 
16 
281 
438 
2,216 
2,717 
Revisions 
— 
(41) 
(62) 
(363) 
(432) 
Improved recovery 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(Sale) purchase of reserves in place 
(9) 
(141) 
— 
— 
(32) 
Discoveries and extensions 
— 
2 
— 
67 
67 
Production 
(3) 
(29) 
(23) 
(96) 
(127) 
End of year 2022 
4 
72 
353 
1,824 
2,193 
Revisions 
(2) 
2 
26 
90 
114 
Improved recovery 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(Sale) purchase of reserves in place 
— 
(1) 
— 
— 
— 
Discoveries and extensions 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
Production 
(2) 
(12) 
(25) 
(103) 
(132) 
End of year 2023 
— 
61 
354 
1,811 
2,175 
Revisions 
2 
3 
(35) 
114 
82 
Improved recovery 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(Sale) purchase of reserves in place 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
Discoveries and extensions 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
Production 
(2) 
(11) 
(23) 
(109) 
(136) 
End of year 2024 
— 
53 
296 
1,816 
2,121 
Net proved developed reserves included above, as of 
January 1, 2022 
14 
205 
326 
1,957 
2,331 
December 31, 2022 
4 
60 
248 
1,691 
1,953 
December 31, 2023 
— 
53 
242 
1,706 
1,957 
December 31, 2024 
— 
41 
190 
1,697 
1,894 
Net proved undeveloped reserves included above, as of 
January 1, 2022 
2 
76 
112 
259 
386 
December 31, 2022 
— 
12 
105 
133 
240 
December 31, 2023 
— 
8 
112 
105 
218 
December 31, 2024 
— 
12 
106 
119 
227 
(a) Net reserves are the company’s share of reserves after deducting the shares of mineral owners or governments or both. All reported 
reserves are located in Canada. Reserves of natural gas are calculated at a pressure of 14.73 pounds per square inch at 60°F. 
(b) Liquids include crude, condensate and natural gas liquids (NGLs). NGL proved reserves are not material and are therefore included 
under liquids. 
(c) 
Gas converted to oil-equivalent at six million cubic feet per one thousand barrels. 
The information above describes changes during the years and balances of proved oil and gas reserves at 
year-end 2022, 2023 and 2024. The definitions used are in accordance with the SEC Rule 4-10 (a) of 
Regulation S-X. 
Proved oil and natural gas reserves are those quantities of oil and gas, which, by analysis of geoscience and 
engineering data, can be estimated with reasonable certainty to be economically producible – from a given date 
forward, from known reservoirs, and under existing economic conditions, operating methods and government 
regulations – prior to the time at which contracts providing the right to operate expire. In some cases, 
substantial new investments in additional wells and other facilities will be required to recover these proved 
reserves. 
109 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 In accordance with SEC rules, the year-end reserves volumes, as well as the reserves change categories 
shown in the proved reserves tables are required to be calculated on the basis of average prices during the 12­
month period prior to the ending date of the period covered by the report, determined as an unweighted 
arithmetic average of the first-day-of-the-month price for each month within such period. These reserves 
quantities were also used in calculating unit-of-production depreciation rates and in calculating the standardized 
measure of discounted net cash flow. 
Revisions in previously estimated volumes of proved reserves for existing fields can occur due to the evaluation 
or re-evaluation of already available geologic, reservoir or production data; new geologic, reservoir or 
production data; or changes in the average of first-day-of-the-month oil and natural gas prices and/or costs that 
are used in the estimation of reserves. Revisions can also result from significant changes in either development 
strategy or production equipment and facility capacity. 
In 2022, downward revisions of proved bitumen reserves were driven by a decrease of 0.2 billion barrels at 
Kearl as a result of higher royalty obligations associated with pricing, and a decrease of 0.2 billion barrels at 
Cold Lake due to an updated development plan. An increase to the bitumen reserves of 0.1 billion barrels is 
associated with extensions at Cold Lake for the Grand Rapids Phase 1 SA-SAGD and Leming SAGD projects. 
Downward revisions to proved synthetic crude oil reserves were a result of mine development plan updates and 
higher royalty obligations at Syncrude associated with pricing. Changes to the liquids and natural gas proved 
reserves were primarily a result of the sale of the company’s interest in the Montney and Duvernay 
unconventional assets. 
In 2023, upward revisions of proved bitumen of 0.1 billion barrels were driven by lower royalty obligations 
associated with lower pricing and minor technical revisions at Cold Lake and Kearl. A slight increase in proved 
reserves for synthetic crude oil is associated with lower royalty obligations associated with pricing. Conventional 
proved liquids reserves decreased to zero under existing pricing and operating conditions. 
In 2024, upward revisions of proved bitumen of 0.1 billion barrels were primarily driven by updates to the Kearl 
geological model, Kearl well density, and Cold Lake infill drilling, partially offset by reductions associated with 
higher royalty obligations and Kearl pit limit updates. A decrease to synthetic oil proved reserves is associated 
with regulatory approval for ore sterilization at Syncrude. 
Under the terms of certain contractual arrangements or government royalty regimes, lower prices can also 
increase proved reserves attributable to the company. The company’s operating decisions and its outlook for 
future production volumes are not impacted by proved reserves as disclosed under the SEC definition. 
Net proved reserves are determined by deducting the estimated future share of mineral owners or governments 
or both. For liquids and natural gas, net proved reserves are based on estimated future royalty rates as of the 
date the estimate is made incorporating the applicable governments’ oil and gas royalty regimes. For bitumen, 
net proved reserves are based on the company’s best estimate of average royalty rates over the remaining life 
of each of the Cold Lake and Kearl fields, and they incorporate the Alberta government’s oil sands royalty 
regime. For synthetic crude oil, net proved reserves are based on the company’s best estimate of average 
royalty rates over the remaining life of the project, and they incorporate the Alberta government’s oil sands 
royalty regime. In all cases, actual future royalty rates may vary with production, price and costs. 
Net proved developed reserves are those volumes that are expected to be recovered through existing wells, 
facilities, or mining activities with existing equipment and operating methods or in which the cost of the required 
equipment is relatively minor compared to the cost of a new well or facility. Net proved undeveloped reserves 
are those volumes that are expected to be recovered as a result of future investments to drill new wells, to 
recomplete existing wells and/or to install facilities to collect and deliver the production from existing and future 
wells, facilities, or mining activities. 
110 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Proxy information section 
Table of contents 
Page 
Nominees for director 
112 
Director nominee tables 
112 
Majority voting policy 
116 
Corporate governance disclosure 
117 
Corporate governance at a glance 
118 
Statement of corporate governance practice 
119 
Composition of our board nominees 
119 
Tenure of our board nominees 
120 
Skills and experience of our board members and nominees 
121 
Independence of our board members and nominees 
122 
Committee membership of our board 
123 
Number of meetings 
124 
Attendance of our board members in 2024 
125 
Other public company directorships of our board members and nominees 
126 
Interlocking directorships of our board nominees 
126 
Director qualification and selection process 
127 
Director orientation, education and development 
128 
Board performance assessment 
129 
Board and committee structure 
130 
Director compensation 
140 
Share ownership guidelines of independent directors and chairman, president and chief executive officer 
147 
Ethical business conduct 
148 
Restrictions on insider trading 
149 
Diversity 
149 
Shareholder engagement 
151 
Largest shareholder 
152 
Transactions with Exxon Mobil Corporation 
152 
Company executives and executive compensation 
153 
Named executive officers of the company 
153 
Other executive officers of the company 
154 
Compensation discussion and analysis 
155 
Executive summary 
156 
Compensation design 
157 
Determining compensation 
164 
Other compensation elements 
168 
Risk and governance 
170 
Executive compensation tables 
173 
Appendix 
182 
Appendix A – Board of director and committee charters 
182 
111 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nominees for director 
The director nominee tables on the following pages provide information on the seven nominees proposed for 
election to the board of directors of the company. All of the nominees, with the exception of J.R. Whelan, are 
now directors and have been since the dates indicated. B.W. Corson is a current director, and in connection with 
his upcoming retirement from the company, he has chosen not to stand for re-election. Mr. Whelan is not 
currently a director and is being nominated for election as a director for the first time. 
Included in these tables is information relating to the director nominees’ biographies, independence status, 
expertise, standing committee memberships, attendance, public board memberships and shareholdings in the 
company. The information is as of February 14, 2025, the effective date of this circular, unless otherwise 
indicated. 
For more information on our director nominees, please see the Statement of corporate governance practice 
section. 
Director nominee tables 
DAVID W. CORNHILL 
Calgary, Alberta,
Canada 
Mr. Cornhill is a director of AltaGas Ltd., and is the chairman of the board of directors of TriSummit Utilities Inc. 
(formerly AltaGas Canada Inc.), a privately owned corporation. Mr. Cornhill is a founding shareholder of AltaGas 
(and its predecessors). He was chief executive officer of AltaGas from 1994 to 2016 and served as interim co-
chief executive officer from July to December 2018. Prior to forming AltaGas, Mr. Cornhill served in various 
capacities with Alberta and Southern Gas Co. Ltd, including vice-president, finance and administration, treasurer 
and president and chief operating officer. Mr. Cornhill is an experienced leader in the business community and is 
a strong supporter of communities and community collaboration, investment and enhancement. He is a member 
of the Ivey Advisory Board at Western University. Mr. Cornhill holds a BSc (Hons.) degree and a MBA degree 
from Western University, and he was awarded an honorary Doctor of Laws degree by the University in 2015. 
Board and Standing Committee Membership 
Attendance in 2024 
Voting Results of Last Annual Meeting 
Age: 71 
Lead Director 
Nonemployee
director 
(independent) 
Director since: 
November 29, 2017 
Skills and experience:
Leadership of large
organizations,
Operations/technical,
Project management,
Strategy development,
Environment and 
sustainability,
Audit committee 
financial expert,
Financial expertise,
Executive 
compensation,
Risk management 
Board 
Audit 
Executive resources 
Safety and sustainability 
Nominations and corporate governance 
Finance (Chair) 
8 of 8 (100%) 
6 of 6 (100%) 
Votes For: 475,383,574 (98.17%) 
7 of 7 (100%) 
Votes Against: 8,875,828 (1.83%) 
4 of 4 (100%) 
Total Votes: 484,259,402 
6 of 6 (100%) 
6 of 6 (100%) 
Imperial Oil Limited Ownership and Value of Equity (a) (b) (c) (d) 
IMO Common 
Shares 
(% of class) 
IMO Deferred 
Share Units 
(DSU) 
Total Vested Equity 
Holdings 
(Common + DSU) 
Restricted Stock 
Units 
(RSU) 
Total Holdings* 
(Common + DSU + RSU) 
Holdings as at 
February 14, 2025 (#) 
12,500 
(<0.01%) 
17,226 
29,726 
20,500 
50,226 
Total market value as 
at February 14, 2025
($) 
1,228,125 
1,692,455 
2,920,580 
2,014,125 
4,934,705 
Year over year change 
(#) 
0 
2,009 
2,009 
1,800 
3,809 
*Meets the necessary share ownership requirements 
Public Company Directorships in the Past Five Years* 
Other Positions in the Past Five Years 
(position, date office held and status of employer) 
– AltaGas Ltd. (2010 – present) 
– None 
– AltaGas Canada Inc. (2018 – 2020) 
*no public board interlocks 
112 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IMO 
 
Common 
 
Shares 
 
(% 
 
of class) 
 
IMO 
 
Deferred 
 
Share Units 
(DSU) 
 
Total 
 
Vested 
 
Equity 
Holdings 
 
(Common  + DSU) 
 
Restricted 
 
Stock 
Units 
(RSU) 
 
Total Holdings* 
 
(Common  + 
 
DSU  + RSU) 
 
Holdings 
 
as 
 
at 
 
February 
 
14, 
 
2025 (#) 
0 
2,351 
2,351 
6,600 
8,951 
 
Total 
 
market 
 
value 
 
as 
 
at 
 
February 
 
14, 
 
2025 
($) 
0 
230,986 
230,986 
648,450 
879,436 
 
Year 
 
over 
 
year 
 
change 
(#) 
0 
1,229 
1,229 
3,300 
4,529 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IMO 
 
Common 
 
Shares 
 
(% 
 
of class) 
 
IMO 
 
Deferred 
 
Share Units 
(DSU) 
 
Total 
 
Vested 
 
Equity 
Holdings 
 
(Common  + DSU) 
 
Restricted 
 
Stock 
Units 
(RSU) 
 
Total Holdings* 
 
(Common  + 
 
DSU  + RSU) 
 
Holdings 
 
as 
 
at 
 
February 
 
14, 
 
2025 (#) 
0 
2,351 
2,351 
6,600 
8,951 
 
Total 
 
market 
 
value 
 
as 
 
at 
 
February 
 
14, 
 
2025
($) 
0 
230,986 
230,986 
648,450 
879,436 
 
Year 
 
over 
 
year 
 
change 
(#) 
0 
1,229 
1,229 
3,300 
4,529 
 
*Has  
5 
 
years 
 
from 
 
date 
 
of 
 
appointment 
 
to 
 
meet 
 
the 
 
necessary 
 
share 
 
ownership 
 
requirements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
SHARON R. DRISCOLL 
Vancouver, British
Columbia, Canada 
Age: 63 
Nonemployee
director 
(independent) 
Director since: 
May 2, 2023 
Ms. Driscoll is currently an independent director of Empire Company Limited and a director of Elswood 
Investment Corporation, a privately owned corporation. Prior to her retirement in 2023, Ms. Driscoll held 
executive positions at RB Global Incorporated, including chief financial officer, co-chief executive officer and 
executive vice-president and advisor to the chief executive officer. Prior to joining RB Global, Ms. Driscoll served 
as the executive vice-president and chief financial officer for Katz Group Canada Ltd. from 2013 to 2015 and was 
the senior vice-president and chief financial officer at Sears Canada Inc. from 2008 to 2013. Ms. Driscoll is a 
Chartered Professional Accountant and has a Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) degree from Queen’s University. 
Board and Standing Committee Membership 
Attendance in 2024 
Voting Results of Last Annual Meeting 
Board 
8 of 8 (100%) 
Audit (Chair) 
6 of 6 (100%) 
Votes For: 
482,409,887 (99.62%) 
Executive resources 
7 of 7 (100%) 
Votes Against: 1,848,523 (0.38%) 
Safety and sustainability 
4 of 4 (100%) 
Total Votes: 484,258,410 
Nominations and corporate governance 
6 of 6 (100%) 
Finance 
6 of 6 (100%) 
Imperial Oil Limited Ownership and Value of Equity (a) (b) (c) (d) 
Skills and experience: 
Leadership of large 
organizations, 
Project management, 
Global experience, 
Strategy development,
Environment and 
sustainability, 
Audit committee 
financial expert, 
Financial expertise, 
Executive 
compensation, 
Risk management 
*Has 5 years from date of appointment to meet the necessary share ownership requirements 
Public Company Directorships in the Past Five Years* 
Other Positions in the Past Five Years 
(position, date office held and status of employer) 
– Gildan Activewear Ltd (2023 – 2024) 
– RB Global (formerly Ritchie Bros. Auctioneers Incorporated) 
– Empire Company Limited (2018 – Present) 
Executive vice-president and advisor to CEO (2022 – 2023) 
*no public board interlocks 
– RB Global (formerly Ritchie Bros. Auctioneers Incorporated), Chief 
financial officer (2015 – 2022) 
JOHN N. FLOREN 
Mr. Floren is the former president and chief executive officer of Methanex Corporation, and prior to that 
appointment held the positions of senior vice-president, global marketing and logistics and regional director, 
marketing and logistics, North America. Mr. Floren was an employee of Methanex for approximately 22 years and 
worked in the chemical industry for over 37 years. He currently serves as a director of West Fraser Timber Co. 
Ltd. Mr. Floren holds a Bachelor of Arts in Economics from the University of Manitoba and attended the Harvard 
Business School’s Program for Management Development, the International Executive Program at INSEAD and 
completed the Directors Education Program at the Institute of Corporate Directors. 
Board and Standing Committee Membership 
Attendance in 2024 
Voting Results of Last Annual Meeting 
Board 
8 of 8 (100%) 
Audit 
6 of 6 (100%) 
Votes For: 478,911,169 (98.90%) 
Executive resources 
7 of 7 (100%) 
Votes Against: 5,348,239 (1.10%) 
Safety and sustainability (Chair) 
4 of 4 (100%) 
Total Votes: 484,259,408 
Nominations and corporate governance 
6 of 6 (100%) 
Finance 
6 of 6 (100%) 
Imperial Oil Limited Ownership and Value of Equity (a) (b) (c) (d) 
Oakville, Ontario,
Canada 
Age: 66 
Nonemployee
director 
(independent) 
Director since: 
May 2, 2023 
Skills and experience:
Leadership of large
organizations,
Operations/technical
Project management, 
Global experience,
Strategy development,
Environment and 
sustainability,
Financial expertise,
Government relations 
Information technology/
Cybersecurity oversight 
Executive 
compensation,
Risk management 
Public Company Directorships in the Past Five Years* 
Other Positions in the Past Five Years 
(position, date office held and status of employer) 
– West Fraser Timber Co. Ltd. (2016 – present) 
– Methanex Corporation, President and chief executive officer 
– Methanex Corporation (2013 – 2022) 
(2013 – 2022) 
*no public board interlocks 
113 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
GARY J. GOLDBERG 
Breckenridge,
Colorado, United
States of America 
Age: 66 
Nonemployee
director 
(independent) 
Director since: 
May 2, 2023 
Skills and experience:
Leadership of large 
organizations,
Operations/technical,
Project management, 
Global experience, 
Strategy development,
Environment and 
sustainability,
Financial expertise,
Government relations, 
Executive 
compensation,
Risk management 
Mr. Goldberg has more than 40 years of global experience in the mining industry, including in executive, 
operational and strategic roles, and currently serves as a non-executive director of BHP Group Limited. Mr. 
Goldberg served as the chief executive officer of Newmont Corporation from 2013 to 2019, and prior to that, was 
president and chief executive officer of Rio Tinto Minerals. Mr. Goldberg was also a non-executive director of Port 
Waratah Coal Services Limited and Rio Tinto Zimbabwe, and served as vice-chair of the World Gold Council, 
treasurer of the International Council on Mining and Metals, and chair of the National Mining Association in the 
United States. 
Board and Standing Committee Membe
Board 
Audit 
Executive resources (Chair) 
Safety and sustainability 
Nominations and corporate governance 
Finance 
rship 
Attendance in 2024 
8 of 8 (100%) 
6 of 6 (100%) 
7 of 7 (100%) 
4 of 4 (100%) 
6 of 6 (100%) 
6 of 6 (100%) 
Voting Results of Last Annua
Votes For: 482,277,187 
Votes Against: 1,982,223 (0
Total Votes: 484,259,410 
l Meeting 
(99.59%) 
.41%) 
Imperial Oil Limited Ownership and Value of Equity (a) (b) (c) (d) 
IMO Common 
Shares 
(% of class) 
IMO Deferred 
Share Units 
(DSU) 
Total Vested Equity 
Holdings 
(Common + DSU) 
Restricted Stock 
Units 
(RSU) 
Total Holdings* 
(Common + DSU + RSU) 
Holdings as at 
February 14, 2025 (#) 
0 
2,351 
2,351 
6,600 
8,951 
Total market value as 
at February 14, 2025
($) 
0 
230,986 
230,986 
648,450 
879,436 
Year over year change 
(#) 
0 
1,229 
1,229 
3,300 
4,529 
*Has 5 years from date of appointment to meet the necessary share ownership requirements 
Public Company Directorships in the Past Five Years* 
Other Positions in the Past Five Years 
(position, date office held and status of employer) 
– BHP Group Limited (2020 – present) 
– Newmont Corporation, Executive advisor (2019 – 2020) 
*no public board interlocks 
NEIL A. HANSEN 
The Woodlands,
Texas, United States
of America 
Age: 50 
Non-independent
director 
Director since: 
April 30, 2024 
Skills and experience:
Leadership of large 
organizations,
Project management, 
Global experience, 
Strategy development,
Environment and 
sustainability,
Financial expertise,
Government relations, 
Executive 
compensation,
Risk management 
Mr. Hansen is currently senior vice-president, energy products, for ExxonMobil Product Solutions Company and 
has held that position since April, 2022. He is responsible for the global fuels and aromatics value chains. Mr. 
Hansen has 25 years of financial and commercial experience across ExxonMobil's Upstream and Downstream 
businesses in the Americas, Europe, and Asia Pacific regions. Prior to his current position, Mr. Hansen was vice-
president, fuels for Europe, Africa and Middle East based in Belgium and prior to that was vice-president investor 
relations and corporate secretary at ExxonMobil. 
Board and Standing Committee Membership 
Board 
Executive resources 
Safety and sustainability 
Nominations and corporate governance 
Finance 
Attendance in 2024 
5 of 5 (100%) 
4 of 4 (100%) 
2 of 2 (100%) 
3 of 3 (100%) 
4 of 4 (100%) 
Voting Results of Last Annua
Votes For: 482,509,264 
Votes Against: 1,750,146 (0
Total Votes: 484,259,410 
l Meeting 
(99.64%) 
.36%) 
Imperial Oil Limited Ownership and Value of Equity (a) (b) (c) (d) 
IMO Common 
Shares 
(% of class) 
IMO Deferred 
Share Units 
(DSU) 
Total Vested Equity 
Holdings 
(Common + DSU) 
Restricted Stock 
Units 
(RSU) 
Total Holdings* 
(Common + DSU + RSU) 
Holdings as at 
February 14, 2025 (#) 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
Total market value as 
at February 14, 2025
($) 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
Year over year change 
(#) 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
* No share ownership guidelines apply 
Public Company Directorships in the Past Five Years* 
Other Positions in the Past Five Years 
(position, date office held and status of employer) 
– None 
– Senior vice-president, energy products, ExxonMobil Product 
*no public board interlocks 
Solutions Company, (2022 – present) (Affiliate) 
– Vice-president, fuels, ExxonMobil Fuels & Lubricants Company, 
(2020 – 2022) (Affiliate) 
– Vice-president, investor relations and corporate secretary, Exxon 
Mobil Corporation (2018 – 2020) (Affiliate) 
114 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
MIRANDA C. HUBBS 
Toronto, Ontario,
Canada 
Age: 58 
Nonemployee
director 
(independent) 
Director since: 
July 26, 2018 
Ms. Hubbs is currently an independent director of Nutrien Ltd. and also serves as a director of PSP Investments 
(Public Sector Pension Investment Board), Canadian Investment Regulatory Organization (CIRO) and serves as 
Chair of the board of the Canadian Red Cross. Prior to retirement in 2011, Ms. Hubbs was executive vice-
president and managing director of McLean Budden, one of Canada’s leading investment managers. Ms. Hubbs 
holds a BSc from Western University and an MBA from Schulich School of Business at York University and is a 
CFA charterholder. Ms. Hubbs serves on the ICD Climate Strategy Advisory Board and the Global Risk Institute 
Sustainable Finance Advisory Committee, holds the Fundamentals of Sustainability Accounting credential from 
the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board, and has received her CERT Certificate in Cybersecurity 
Oversight issued by the Software Engineering Institute at Carnegie Mellon University. During her investment 
career, Ms. Hubbs was recognized by Brendan Wood International as one of the Top 50 Portfolio Managers in 
Canada and a TopGun Investment Mind in Oil and Gas (Canada). Ms. Hubbs is a recipient of the King Charles III 
Coronation Medal. 
Board and Standing Committee Membership 
Attendance in 2024 
Voting Results of Last Annual Meeting 
Board 
8 of 8 (100%) 
Audit 
6 of 6 (100%) 
Votes For: 445,297,194 (91.95%) 
Executive resources 
Safety and sustainability 
Nominations and corporate governance (Chair) 
Finance 
7 of 7 (100%) 
4 of 4 (100%) 
6 of 6 (100%) 
6 of 6 (100%) 
Votes Against: 38,962,215 (8.05%) 
Total Votes: 484,259,409 
Imperial Oil Limited Ownership and Value of Equity (a) (b) (c) (d) 
IMO Common 
IMO Deferred 
Total Vested Equity 
Restricted Stock 
Skills and experience: 
Total Holdings* 
Shares 
Share Units 
Holdings 
Units 
Global experience, 
(Common + DSU + RSU) 
(% of class) 
(DSU) 
(Common + DSU) 
(RSU) 
Strategy development, 
Holdings as at 
Environment and 
0 
20,426 
20,426 
19,200 
39,626 
February 14, 2025 (#) 
sustainability,
Audit committee 
Total market value as 
financial expert, 
at February 14, 2025 
0 
2,006,855 
2,006,855 
1,886,400 
3,893,255 
Financial expertise, 
($) 
Information technology/ Year over year change 
0 
1,690 
1,690 
1,800 
3,490 
Cybersecurity oversight (#) 
Executive 
*Meets the necessary share ownership requirements 
compensation,
Risk management 
Public Company Directorships in the Past Five Years* 
Other Positions in the Past Five Years 
(position, date office held and status of employer) 
– Nutrien Ltd. (2018 – present) 
– None 
*no public board interlocks 
JOHN R. WHELAN 
Mr. Whelan is currently senior vice-president, conventional and heavy oil, ExxonMobil Upstream Company, a 
division of Exxon Mobil Corporation, and has held that position since 2022. Throughout his career, he has held 
many engineering, project, operations, commercial and leadership roles located in Canada, Norway, and the U.S. 
with oversight roles spanning the globe. Prior to his current position, Mr. Whelan was ExxonMobil's vice president 
of global heavy oil, and prior to that was Imperial's senior vice president, upstream. Mr. Whelan is originally from 
Newfoundland and Labrador, and he holds a bachelor's degree in mechanical engineering from Memorial 
University in Newfoundland. 
Board and Standing Committee Membership 
Attendance in 2024 
Voting Results of Last Annual Meeting 
Not currently a member of the board or any of its committees 
n/a 
Votes For: 
n/a 
Votes Against: 
n/a 
Total Votes: 
n/a 
Imperial Oil Limited Ownership and Value of Equity (a) (b) (c) (d) 
IMO Common 
Shares 
(% of class) 
IMO Deferred 
Share Units 
(DSU) 
Total Vested Equity 
Holdings 
(Common + DSU) 
Restricted Stock 
Units 
(RSU) 
Total Holdings* 
(Common + DSU + RSU) 
Holdings as at 
February 14, 2025 (#) 
0 
0 
0 
22,000 
22,000 
Total market value as 
at February 14, 2025
($) 
0 
0 
0 
2,161,500 
2,161,500 
Year over year change 
n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
(#) 
*Has 3 years from appointment as chairman and chief executive officer to meet the necessary share ownership requirements 
Public Company Directorships in the Past Five Years* 
Other Positions in the Past Five Years 
(position, date office held and status of employer) 
– None 
– Senior vice-president, conventional and heavy oil, ExxonMobil 
*no public board interlocks 
Upstream Company (2022 – present) (Affiliate) 
– Vice-president, heavy oil, Exxon Mobil Corporation 
(2020 – 2022) (Affiliate) 
– Senior vice-president, upstream, Imperial Oil Limited 
(2017 – 2020) 
Calgary, Alberta,
Canada 
Age: 59 
Non-independent
director 
Director since: 
Not currently a member 
of the board; first 
nomination for election 
as director 
Skills and experience:
Leadership of large
organizations,
Operations/technical,
Project management, 
Global experience,
Strategy development,
Environment and 
sustainability,
Financial expertise,
Government relations, 
Executive 
compensation,
Risk management 
115 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Footnotes to director nominee tables on pages 112 through 115: 
(a) The information includes the beneficial ownership of common shares of Imperial Oil Limited, which information not being within the 
knowledge of the company has been provided by the nominees individually. 
(b) The company’s plan for restricted stock units for nonemployee directors is described on page 143. The company’s plan for deferred 
share units for nonemployee directors is described on page 142. The company’s plan for restricted stock units for selected employees 
is described on page 161. 
(c) 
The numbers for the company’s restricted stock units represent the total of the outstanding restricted stock units received in 2017 
through 2024 and deferred share units received since directors’ appointment. 
(d) The value for Imperial Oil Limited common shares, deferred share units and restricted stock units is based on the closing price for 
Imperial Oil Limited common shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange of $98.25 on February 14, 2025. 
Director and nominee holdings in Exxon Mobil Corporation (a) 
Total Market Value of 
XOM Restricted 
Total Common 
XOM Common 
Common Shares and 
Stock 
Shares and 
Director 
Shares 
Restricted Stock 
(#) 
Restricted Stock 
(#) 
($) 
(b) 
(#) 
(c) 
B.W. Corson (d) 
124,328 
59,700 
184,028 
28,217,526 
N.A. Hansen 
0 
181,600 
181,600 
27,845,234 
J.R. Whelan 
39,926 
83,450 
123,376 
18,917,586 
(a) Holdings as at February 14, 2025. The information includes the beneficial ownership of common shares of Exxon Mobil Corporation, 
which information not being within the knowledge of the company has been provided by the nominees and directors individually. None 
of these individuals own more than 0.01 percent of the outstanding shares of Exxon Mobil Corporation. D.W. Cornhill, S.R. Driscoll, 
J.N. Floren, G.J. Goldberg and M.C. Hubbs do not own common shares or hold restricted stock of Exxon Mobil Corporation. 
(b) The numbers for Exxon Mobil Corporation restricted stock include outstanding restricted stock and restricted stock units granted 
under its restricted stock plan which is similar to the company’s restricted stock unit plan. 
(c) 
The value for Exxon Mobil Corporation common shares and restricted stock is based on the closing price for Exxon Mobil Corporation 
common shares on the New York Stock Exchange of $108.24 U.S., which is converted to Canadian dollars at the daily rate of 
exchange of 1.4166 provided by the Bank of Canada for February 14, 2025. 
(d) B.W. Corson is a current director and has chosen not to stand for re-election. 
Majority voting policy 
In 2022, amendments to the Canada Business Corporations Act came into force implementing majority voting 
requirements for uncontested director elections. These amendments provide for the election of a director only if 
the number of “for” votes represents a majority of the votes cast both “for” and “against” the director. Following 
the implementation of these amendments, the company’s existing majority voting policy was rendered 
redundant and was revoked by the board. 
116 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance disclosure 
Table of contents 
Corporate governance disclosure 
117 
2024 Corporate governance highlights 
117 
Corporate governance at a glance 
118 
Statement of corporate governance practice 
119 
Composition of our board nominees 
119 
Tenure of our board nominees 
120 
Skills and experience of our board members and nominees 
121 
Independence of our board members and nominees 
122 
Committee membership of our board 
123 
Number of meetings 
124 
Attendance of our board members in 2024 
125 
Other public company directorships of our board members and nominees 
126 
Interlocking directorships of our board nominees 
126 
Director qualification and selection process 
127 
Director orientation, education and development 
128 
Board performance assessment 
129 
Board and committee structure 
130 
Director compensation 
140 
Director compensation table 
145 
Outstanding share-based awards and option-based awards for directors 
146 
Incentive plan awards for directors - Value vested or earned during the year 
146 
147 
Share ownership guidelines of independent directors and chairman, president and chief 
executive officer 
Ethical business conduct 
148 
Restrictions on insider trading 
149 
Diversity 
149 
Shareholder engagement 
151 
Largest shareholder 
152 
Transactions with Exxon Mobil Corporation 
152 
2024 Corporate governance highlights 
• Five of seven of our directors, and five of seven of our director nominees are independent and meet the criteria 
for independence set by Canadian securities regulators, the SEC and the NYSE American LLC. 
• The company delivered an extensive orientation program to N.A. Hansen upon his election to the board for the 
first time in 2024. 
• The directors are highly qualified with diversity of gender, background, experience and skill. 
• The company’s independent directors have significant stock ownership requirements, all of which have been met 
(S.R. Driscoll, J.N. Floren and G.J. Goldberg were each elected to the board on May 2, 2023 and are expected to 
meet the share ownership guidelines within five years from the date of their appointment). The independent 
directors collectively have nearly $11.5 million in shareholdings in the company. 
• The independent directors regularly meet in executive sessions without management present. 
• Shares of the company are listed on the TSX and trade on the NYSE American LLC, and our corporate 
governance practices comply with applicable policies and practices of each exchange. 
• 98% average vote in favour for the election of our directors at the 2024 annual meeting. 
• Two of seven or 29% of the director nominees, and 10 of 23 or 43% of the executive officers of the company and 
its major subsidiaries, are women. 
117 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance at a glance 
Controlled company 
Yes 
Size of board 
7 
Number of independent directors 
5 
Women on board (board and nominees) 
2 
Average attendance of directors at board and committee meetings 
100% 
Lead director 
Yes 
In camera sessions of independent directors at every board meeting 
Yes 
Independent status of audit committee 
100% 
Audit committee members financially literate 
All 
Independent status of executive resources committee 
83% 
Independent status of nominations and corporate governance committee 
83% 
Majority of independent directors on all committees 
Yes 
Individual director elections 
Yes 
Average tenure of director nominees (approximate) 
3 years 
Average age of director nominees (approximate) 
62 years 
Mandatory retirement age 
72 years 
Separate board chair and CEO 
No 
Number of board interlocks 
None 
No director serves on more than two boards of another reporting issuer 
Yes 
Share ownership requirements for independent directors 
Yes 
Share ownership requirements for chairman and chief executive officer 
Yes 
Board orientation and education program 
Yes 
Code of business conduct and ethics 
Yes 
Board and committee charters 
Yes 
Position descriptions for the chairman and chief executive officer, lead director and the chair of each 
committee 
Yes 
Skills matrix for directors 
Yes 
Annual board evaluation process 
Yes 
Annual advisory vote on executive compensation 
No 
Dual-class shares 
No 
Change of control agreements 
No 
118 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Statement of corporate governance practice 
The company continually reviews its governance practices and monitors regulatory changes. 
This section provides information pertaining to our board, the committees of the board, ethics, diversity and 
shareholder engagement. The company is committed to high corporate governance standards and best 
practices. The company’s corporate governance policies and practices comply with and in most cases exceed 
the requirements of National Instrument 52-110 Audit Committees (NI 52-110), National Policy 58-201 
Corporate Governance Guidelines (NP 58-201) and National Instrument 58-101 Disclosure of Corporate 
Governance Practices (NI 58-101). The company’s common shares trade on the Toronto Stock Exchange and 
the NYSE American LLC, and our corporate governance practices reflect the standards of these exchanges. In 
accordance with NYSE American LLC requirements for non-U.S. companies, the company is in compliance with 
NYSE American standards in all significant respects except as described on the company’s website at 
www.imperialoil.ca. 
Composition of our board nominees 
Gender
71%
29%
Men
Women
Independence
71%
29%
Independent
Not Independent
Regional association
28.5%
43%
28.5%
Eastern Canada
Western Canada
United States
Other public company board 
experience
71%
29%
Public board 
experience
No public board 
experience
Energy industry experience
43%
57%
Energy industry
 experience
Non-energy industry 
experience
CEO experience
43%
57%
CEO experience
No CEO 
experience
More information on diversity, including on the board and among executive officers of the company, can be 
found at page 149. 
119 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
Tenure of our board nominees 
Our board nominees have varying lengths of tenure providing a blend of 
continuity and renewal that supports effective governance. 
The board charter provides that incumbent directors will not be re-nominated if they have attained the age of 72, 
except under exceptional circumstances and at the request of the chairman. The company does not have term 
limits for independent directors because it values the comprehensive knowledge of the company that long 
serving directors possess and independent directors are expected to remain qualified to serve for a minimum of 
five years. 
The following chart shows the current years of service of the nominees for the board of directors and the year 
they would normally be expected to retire from the board. 
Name of director nominee 
Years of service on the 
board 
Year of expected retirement from 
the board for independent directors 
D.W. Cornhill 
7 years 
2026 
S.R. Driscoll 
2 years 
2034 
J.N. Floren 
2 years 
2031 
G.J. Goldberg 
2 years 
2031 
N.A. Hansen 
1 year 
— 
M.C. Hubbs 
6 years 
2039 
J.R. Whelan (a) 
n/a 
— 
(a) J.R. Whelan is being nominated for election as a director at the annual meeting of shareholders and is not currently a director. 
120 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
Skills and experience of our board members and nominees 
Our directors and nominees bring a wide range of skills, diversity and experience. 
The current directors and director nominees have the experience and expertise required to ensure effective 
oversight, stewardship and governance of the company. The key areas of experience and skills for each of the 
nominees for election as directors can also be found in each of the director nominee tables on pages 112 
through 116 of this circular. 
The table below sets out the diverse skill set required of the board and identifies the particular experience, 
qualifications, attributes, and skills of each director and nominee that led the board to conclude that such person 
should serve as a director of the company. 
D.W. 
Cornhill 
B.W. 
Corson 
(a) 
S.R. 
Driscoll 
J.N. 
Floren 
G.J. 
Goldberg 
N.A. 
Hansen 
M.C. 
Hubbs 
J.R. 
Whelan 
(b) 
Leadership 
of large 
organizations 
Operations / 
technical 
Project 
management 
ü
• 
Global 
experience 
• 
Strategy 
development 
ü
• 
Environment 
and 
sustainability 
Audit committee 
financial expert 
• 
Financial 
expertise 
Government 
relations 
• 
Information 
technology / 
cybersecurity 
oversight 
Executive 
compensation 
ü
• 
Risk 
management 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
(a) B.W. Corson is a current director and has chosen not to stand for re-election at the annual meeting of shareholders. 
(b) J.R. Whelan is not currently a director and is being nominated for election as a director at the annual meeting of shareholders. 
121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Independence of our board members and nominees 
Five out of seven of the director nominees are independent. 
The board is currently composed of seven directors, six of whom will be standing for re-election at the annual 
meeting of shareholders on May 8, 2025. B.W. Corson is a current director and has chosen not to stand for re­
election. J.R. Whelan is not currently a director and is being nominated for election as a director. The majority of 
the nominees (five out of seven) are independent. The independent directors and nominees are not employees 
of the company. 
The board determines independence on the basis of the standards specified by National Instrument 52-110 
Audit Committees (NI 52-110), the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission rules and the listing standards of 
the NYSE American LLC. The board has reviewed relevant relationships between the company and each 
nonemployee director and director nominee to determine compliance with these standards. 
Based on the directors’ responses to an annual questionnaire, the board determined that none of the 
independent directors has any interest, business or other relationship that could or could reasonably be 
perceived to constitute a material relationship with the company. B.W. Corson is a director and chairman, 
president and chief executive officer of the company and is not considered to be independent. In connection 
with his upcoming retirement from the company, Mr. Corson has chosen not to stand for re-election at the 
annual meeting of shareholders on May 8, 2025 and J.R. Whelan is being nominated for election as a director 
for the first time. Mr. Whelan has been appointed as president of the company effective April 1, 2025, as chief 
executive officer effective at the conclusion of the annual meeting, and, provided that Mr. Whelan is elected as a 
director at the meeting, as chairman effective at the conclusion of the meeting. If elected, Mr. Whelan will also 
be a non-independent director. The board believes that both Mr. Corson and Mr. Whelan's extensive knowledge 
of the business of the company and Exxon Mobil Corporation has been and will be beneficial to the other 
directors and their participation enhances the effectiveness of the board. 
N.A. Hansen is also a non-independent director as he is an employee of Exxon Mobil Corporation. Mr. Hansen 
holds the position of senior vice-president, energy products at ExxonMobil Product Solutions Company, a 
division of Exxon Mobil Corporation. The company believes that Mr. Hansen, although deemed non­
independent under the relevant standards by virtue of his employment, can be viewed as independent of the 
company’s management and that his ability to reflect the perspective of the company’s shareholders enhances 
the effectiveness of the board. 
Name of director 
and/or nominee 
Management Independent 
Not 
independent 
Reason for non-independent status 
D.W. Cornhill 
• 
B.W. Corson is a director and chairman, president and 
B.W. Corson (a) 
• 
• 
chief executive officer of Imperial Oil Limited. 
S.R. Driscoll 
• 
J.N. Floren 
ü
G.J. Goldberg 
• 
• 
N.A. Hansen is an employee of Exxon Mobil Corporation. 
N.A. Hansen 
M.C. Hubbs 
• 
If elected, J.R. Whelan will be chairman, president and chief 
J.R. Whelan (b) 
• 
• 
executive officer of Imperial Oil Limited. 
(a) B.W. Corson is a current director and has chosen not to stand for re-election at the annual meeting of shareholders. 
(b) J.R. Whelan is not currently a director and is being nominated for election as a director at the annual meeting of shareholders. 
122 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
Committee membership of our board 
Each standing committee is chaired by a different independent director 
and all of the independent directors are members of each committee. 
The chart below shows the company’s current standing committee memberships and the chair of each 
committee. 
Director 
Nominations 
and corporate 
governance 
committee 
Audit 
committee 
(b) 
Safety and 
sustainability 
committee 
Executive 
resources 
committee 
Finance 
committee 
ü
D.W. Cornhill (c) 
Chair 
B.W. Corson (a) 
— 
—
—
— 
— 
ü
S.R. Driscoll (c) 
Chair 
ü
J.N. Floren 
• 
• 
• 
ü
Chair 
ü
G.J. Goldberg 
Chair 
N.A. Hansen (a) 
—
• 
• 
• 
• 
ü
M.C. Hubbs (c) 
Chair 
(a) Not independent directors. Mr. Corson is a current director and has chosen not to stand for re-election. 
(b) All members of the audit committee are independent and financially literate within the meaning of National Instrument 52-110 Audit 
Committees and the listing standards of the NYSE American LLC. 
(c) 
Audit committee financial experts under U.S. regulatory requirements. 
In addition to its standing committees, the board may establish ad hoc committees or special committees from 
time to time. One special committee, chaired by D.W. Cornhill and consisting of the five independent directors, 
was established in September, 2022 and remained active for the purposes of considering certain matters until it 
was dissolved in February, 2024. 
123 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Number of meetings 
The board meets at least seven times each year to ensure regular oversight and timely decision-making. 
The chart below shows the number of board and standing committee meetings held in 2024. This includes seven 
regular meetings and one additional special meeting of the board. 
Meetings of the board and standing committees in 2024: 
124 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Director 
Board 
Audit 
 
committee 
Executive 
resources 
 
committee 
 
Safety 
 
and 
 
sustainability 
committee 
Nominations 
and 
corporate 
governance 
committee 
 
Finance 
 
committee 
Annual 
meeting 
Total 
Percentage 
 
by 
 
director 
 D.W. 
 Cornhill 
 
8 
 
of 8 
 
6 
 
of 6 
 
7 
 
of 7 
 
4 
 
of 4 
6 of 6 
 
6 
 
of 6 
(chair) 
 
1 
 
of 1 
 
38 
 
of 38 
100% 
 B.W. 
 Corson 
 
8 
 
of 8 
(chair) 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
1 of 1 
 
9 
 
of 9 
100% 
 M.R. 
 
 
Crocker (a) 
  
3 
 
of 3 
— 
 
3 
 
of 3 
 2 of 2 
3 of 3 
  
2 
 
of 2 
  
1 
 
of 1 
 
14 
 
of 14 
100% 
 S.R. 
 
 
Driscoll 
8 of  
8 
6 of  
6 
(chair) 
 
7 
 
of 7 
 
4 
 
of 4 
6 of 6 
6 of 6 
1 of 1 
38 
 
of 38 
100% 
 J.N. 
 Floren 
8 of 8 
6 of 6 
7 of 7 
4 of 4 
(chair) 
 
6 of 6 
6 of 6 
1 of 1 
38 of 38 
100% 
 G.J. 
 Goldberg 
8 of 8 
6 of 6 
7 of 7 
(chair) 
4 of 4 
6 of 6 
6 of 6 
1 of 1 
38 of 38 
100% 
 N.A. 
 Hansen (b) 
 5 of 5 
— 
4 of 4 
 2 of 2 
3 of 3 
4 of 4 
 1 of 1 
19 of 19 
100% 
 M.C. 
 Hubbs 
8 of 8 
6 of 6 
7 of 7 
4 of 4 
6 of 6 
(chair) 
6 of 6 
1 of 1 
38 of 38 
100% 
 Percentage 
 by committee 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
232 of 
232 
Overall 
attendance 
100% 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Attendance of our board members in 2024 
100% board and standing committee meeting attendance from all members. 
The following chart provides a summary of the attendance record of each of the directors and nominees in 
2024. The attendance record of each director nominee is also set out in their biographical information within the 
nominee section. The attendance chart also provides an overall view of the attendance per standing committee. 
Senior management directors and other members of management periodically attend standing committee 
meetings at the request of the committee chair. 
(a) M.R. Crocker did not stand for reelection in 2024 and resigned from the board and its committees on April 30, 2024. 
(b) N.A. Hansen was elected to the board and its committees on April 30, 2024. 
125 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other public company directorships of our board members and nominees 
No director or nominee serves on more than two boards of another reporting issuer. 
The following table shows which directors and nominees serve on the boards of other reporting issuers and the 
committee memberships in those companies. 
Name of 
director or 
nominee 
Other reporting issuers of 
which director or nominee 
is also a director 
Type of company 
Stock 
symbol:
Exchange 
Committee appointments 
Diversified energy 
Environment, health and safety 
D.W. Cornhill 
AltaGas Ltd. 
ALA:TSX 
company 
committee 
B.W. Corson (a) 
—
— 
—
— 
Audit committee (chair), 
Nominating committee, and 
S.R. Driscoll 
Empire Company Limited 
Food retailing 
EMP.A:TSX 
Corporate governance and social 
responsibility committee 
Health, safety and environment 
committee (chair), Human 
Basic Materials-
J.N. Floren 
West Fraser Timber Co. Ltd 
WFG:TSX 
resources and compensation 
Forest Products 
committee, and Governance and 
nominating committee 
Basic Materials-
Sustainability committee and 
G.J. Goldberg 
BHP Group Limited 
Other industrial 
BHP:ASX 
Nomination and governance 
Metals and mining 
committee 
N.A. Hansen 
— 
—
—
— 
Human resources and 
Fertilizer 
NTR:TSX, 
compensation committee and 
M.C. Hubbs 
Nutrien Ltd. 
manufacturing 
NYSE 
Safety and sustainability 
committee (chair) 
J.R. Whelan (b) 
— 
—
—
— 
(a) B.W. Corson is a current director and has chosen not to stand for re-election at the annual meeting of shareholders. 
(b) J.R. Whelan is not currently a director and is being nominated for election as a director at the annual meeting of shareholders. 
Interlocking directorships of our board nominees 
As of the date of this proxy circular, there are no interlocking public company directorships among the 
nominees. 
126 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Director qualification and selection process 
Our board of directors is composed of individuals with diverse qualifications ensuring 
the skills needed to oversee the company's operations and drive long-term success. 
The nominations and corporate governance committee is responsible for identifying and recommending new 
candidates for board nomination. The committee identifies candidates from a number of sources, including 
executive search firms and referrals from existing directors. The process for selection is described in paragraph 
11(a) of the Board of Directors Charter found in Appendix A of this circular. The committee will consider potential 
future candidates as required. 
In considering the qualifications of potential nominees for election as directors, the nominations and corporate 
governance committee considers the work experience and other areas of expertise of the potential nominees, 
with the objective of providing for diversity among the nonemployee directors. The following key criteria are 
considered to be relevant to the work of the board of directors and its committees: 
Work experience 
• 
Experience in leadership of businesses or other large organizations (Leadership of large organizations) 
• 
Operations/technical experience (Operations / technical) 
• 
Project management experience (Project management) 
• 
Experience in working in a global work environment (Global experience) 
• 
Experience in development of business strategy (Strategy development) 
• 
Experience with environmental, health, community relations and/or safety policy, practices and 
management (Environment and sustainability) 
Other expertise 
• 
Audit committee financial expert (also see the financial expert section in the audit committee table 
starting on page 136) 
• 
Expertise in financial matters (Financial expertise) 
• 
Expertise in managing relations with government (Government relations) 
• 
Expertise in information technology and cybersecurity oversight (Information technology / cybersecurity 
oversight) 
• 
Expertise in executive compensation policies and practices (Executive compensation) 
• 
Expertise in oversight of risk management policies and practices (Risk management) 
The nominations and corporate governance committee may consider the following additional factors in 
assessing potential nominees: 
• 
possessing expertise in any of the following areas: law, science, marketing, administration, social/ 
political environment or community and civic affairs; 
• 
individual competencies in business and other areas of endeavour in contributing to the collective 
experience of the directors; and 
• 
providing diversity of age, regional association, gender and other diversity elements (including 
Aboriginal peoples, persons with disabilities and members of visible minorities). 
The nominations and corporate governance committee assesses the work experience and other expertise each 
existing director possesses and whether the candidate is able to fill any gaps in such experience, expertise and 
diversity of age, regional association, gender and other diversity elements. More detailed information on 
diversity of the board can be found at page 149. Consideration is also given to whether candidates possess the 
ability to contribute to the broad range of issues with which the board and its committees must deal, are able to 
devote the necessary amount of time to prepare for and attend board and committee meetings and are free of 
any potential legal impediment or conflict of interest. 
Candidates are expected to remain qualified to serve for a minimum of five years and independent directors are 
expected to achieve ownership of no less than 16,500 common shares, deferred share units and restricted 
stock units within five years of becoming an independent director. 
When the committee is recommending candidates for re-nomination, it assesses such candidates against the 
criteria for re-nomination as set out in paragraph 11(b) of the Board of Directors Charter found in Appendix A of 
this circular. Candidates for re-nomination are expected not to change their principal position, the thrust of their 
involvement or their regional association in a way that would significantly detract from their value as a director of 
the corporation. They are also expected to continue to be compatible with the criteria that led to their selection 
127 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
as nominees. Under exceptional circumstances, the nominations and corporate governance committee, on the 
request of the chairman, may continue to support the nomination of a director who has attained the mandatory 
retirement age. 
In 2024 and 2025, the nominations and corporate governance committee, together with the executive resources 
committee, carried out a succession process that led to the nomination and appointment of J.R. Whelan as the 
successor to B.W. Corson. The chief executive officer succession process was led jointly by the chair of the 
nominations and corporate governance committee, the chair of the executive resources committee, the lead 
director and the chairman, president and chief executive officer, Mr. Corson. A shortlist of potential candidates 
was developed and Mr. Whelan was selected as the preferred candidate to succeed Mr. Corson. The board and 
separately, the five independent directors, interviewed Mr. Whelan. The independent directors unanimously 
agreed to convey their support to the board regarding Mr. Whelan's nomination and appointments. In February 
2025, the board approved the nomination of Mr. Whelan for director at the annual meeting of shareholders on 
May 8, 2025, the appointment of Mr. Whelan as president effective April 1, 2025 and as chief executive officer 
effective at the conclusion of such meeting and (provided that Mr. Whelan is elected as a director) as chairman 
effective at the conclusion of such meeting. 
Director orientation, education and development 
The company regularly provides in-depth presentations to the directors on relevant 
and emerging issues and encourages continuing education opportunities. 
The corporate secretary organizes an orientation program for all new directors. In a series of meetings over 
several days, new directors are briefed by staff and functional managers on all significant areas of the 
company’s operations, industry specific topics, risk oversight and regulatory issues. New directors are also 
briefed on significant company policies, organizational structure, security, information technology management 
and on critical planning and reserves processes. They also receive key governance and disclosure documents 
and a comprehensive board manual which contains a record of historical information about the company, by­
laws, company policies, the charters of the board and its committees, other relevant company business 
information, information on directors’ duties and additional board related activities and calendars. Shortly after 
his election to the board, N.A. Hansen completed an extensive orientation program with the company’s 
corporate secretary and senior managers of various departments. Mr. Hansen participated in comprehensive 
onboarding sessions, including in-depth reviews of the company’s history, culture, practices, businesses and 
operations, risk framework, and ethics and other foundational policies, and in-depth reviews of legal and 
regulatory requirements, the Canadian climate framework, the company's emissions profile, emissions-related 
targets and plans for achieving such targets, and energy industry dynamics in general. With J.R. Whelan being 
nominated for election for the first time this year, the corporate secretary will coordinate an orientation shortly 
after his election to the board. 
Board and committee members participate in continuing education and maintain oversight over company 
operations through regular presentations by management, which focus on providing and discussing more in-
depth information about key aspects of the business. Subject to exceptional circumstances, each year the board 
has an extended meeting that focuses on a particular area of the company’s operations and includes a visit to 
one or more of the company’s operating sites or a site of relevance. These site visits help directors better 
understand the strengths and business opportunities unique to various operations and markets across the 
country, and enhance the board’s perspective of the integrated nature of the company’s business. In 2024, the 
board visited the Cold Lake upstream facility in Cold Lake, Alberta, Canada, for a tour of the oil sands facilities 
and presentations specific to the operations. 
One way in which the board and its committees exercise oversight is through regularly receiving and discussing 
presentations and updates that focus on performance, strategy and opportunities for the business. In 2024, 
director oversight included regular reviews of upstream and downstream operations, performance, plans and 
strategies, risk management and business controls, safety, environmental performance and sustainability, 
climate strategy, and board engagement relating to the Kearl environmental protection order. 
128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recognizing the importance of oversight relating to cybersecurity and artificial intelligence, the board also 
reviewed and considered presentations relating to information technology and cybersecurity strategies to 
assess the security and integrity of the company's information, systems and assets, including risks relating to 
the use of artificial intelligence technologies by the company and others. The board also reviewed presentations 
on the company’s risk assessment processes for forced labour and child labour in its supply chain. 
With strong market conditions and business performance throughout the year, the board focused on strategic 
direction, operational priorities, capital allocation and prioritizing shareholder returns. This included reviews and 
approval of renewal and acceleration of the company's normal course issuer bid. 
The board also maintained oversight over the company’s various environmental, social and governance 
initiatives throughout the year. There was a continued focus by the board on the company’s progress with 
emissions reduction initiatives, including the company’s continued participation in the Pathways Alliance and 
setting and tracking emissions reduction goals. The board also undertook reviews of disclosure and emissions 
performance, safety performance, Canada climate policy updates and a review of the company's regulatory 
compliance framework and management system. Please see the Risk oversight section for more information on 
the board’s role in relation to the environment. 
Members of ExxonMobil’s management also provide reviews of various aspects of ExxonMobil’s global 
business. In 2024, the directors considered presentations on ExxonMobil’s global internal audit process and 
strategy, cybersecurity, ExxonMobil’s corporate strategy, and its Global Outlook. 
Prior to each board meeting, members of the board receive and review an extensive package of materials that 
provides a comprehensive summary on each agenda item to be discussed. Similarly, the committee members 
also receive and review a comprehensive summary on each agenda item to be discussed by that particular 
committee. Informational communications and other written publications or reports of interest to the directors 
are also forwarded routinely. 
The board members are canvassed as to whether there are any additional topics relevant to the board or to a 
specific committee that they would like to see addressed, and management schedules presentations covering 
these areas for discussion. In addition, at every meeting the board receives an extensive update from the 
chairman, president and chief executive officer on business environment trends, relevant geopolitical activities, 
federal government priorities, key provincial issues and competitor activities, as appropriate. 
Directors are encouraged to participate in other continuing education programs and events to ensure their skills 
and knowledge remain current. In 2024, one or more directors participated in continuing education provided by 
third parties pertaining to, among other things, board oversight of climate governance and the energy transition, 
cybersecurity, board strategy, and accounting and financial courses. Furthermore, the board recognizes the 
importance of the company's relationships with Indigenous communities and acknowledges the calls to action of 
the Truth and Reconciliation Commission of Canada, and all of the independent directors have completed the "4 
Seasons of Reconciliation" course provided by the Indigenous Continuing Education Centre of the First Nations 
University of Canada. 
Board performance assessment 
Our board conducts regular performance assessments to ensure 
effective governance and continuous improvement. 
The board and its committees, as well as the performance of the directors, are assessed on an annual basis. 
For 2024, the directors engaged in a performance assessment with the lead director and with the chairman, 
president and chief executive officer, which includes discussion and evaluation of the board and each 
committee’s effectiveness in various areas. The lead director and the chairman, president and chief executive 
officer also each meet regularly with directors individually to discuss any outstanding issues. The nominations 
and corporate governance committee discuss a summary of these assessment outcomes in the first quarter of 
each year. 
129 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Board and committee structure 
The structure of the company’s board and its committees helps the directors to 
effectively oversee the company’s operations and make informed decisions. 
Leadership structure 
The company has chosen to combine the positions of chairman, president and chief executive officer. The 
board believes the interests of all shareholders are best served at the present time through a leadership model 
with a combined chairman and chief executive officer position and an independent lead director selected by and 
from the independent directors. 
Through more than 41 years of experience with ExxonMobil and Imperial, the current chief executive officer 
possesses an in-depth knowledge of the evolving energy industry supply and demand fundamentals and the 
array of challenges to be faced by the company. The board believes that the extensive experience and other 
insights put the chief executive officer in the best position to provide broad leadership for the board as it 
considers strategy and exercises its fiduciary responsibilities. Further, the board has demonstrated its 
commitment and ability to provide independent oversight of management. The position description of the chief 
executive officer is fully described in paragraph 14(a) of the Board of Directors Charter attached as Appendix A. 
In February 2024, the board established a lead director position to further enhance independent board 
leadership. D.W. Cornhill was appointed lead director. Prior to the formation of the lead director position, D.W. 
Cornhill provided leadership for the independent directors in his capacity as chair of the executive sessions of 
the board. It is normally expected that the same director will serve as lead director for a minimum of two years. 
The duties and responsibilities of the lead director include: 
• 
act as liaison with the chairman, in consultation with the other directors, (provided however that each 
director will also be afforded direct and complete access to the chairman at any time as such director 
deems necessary or appropriate); 
• 
calls, chairs and sets agendas for executive sessions of the independent directors; 
• 
provides feedback to the chairman; 
• 
chairs meetings of the board in the absence of the chairman; 
• 
reviews and approves the schedule and agenda for all board and committee meetings and reviews 
associated materials distributed to the directors; 
• 
advises the chairman as to the quality, quantity and timeliness of information flows; 
• 
working together with the chairman, oversees the annual performance evaluation of the board; and 
• 
working together with the chair of the executive resources committee, oversees the annual performance 
review of the chief executive officer. 
Compensation for the lead director is determined by the board on the recommendation of the nominations and 
corporate governance committee and will be reviewed annually. Presently, the board has established the 
compensation for acting as lead director at $45,000 per year. The position description of the lead director is fully 
described in paragraph 8 of the Board of Directors Charter attached as Appendix A. 
Independent director executive sessions 
The executive sessions of the board are in camera meetings of the independent directors and are held in 
conjunction with every board meeting. These meetings are held in the absence of management. The 
independent directors held eight executive sessions in 2024, chaired by the lead director. The purposes of the 
executive sessions of the board include the following and are more fully described in paragraph 10 of the Board 
of Directors Charter attached as Appendix A: 
• 
raising substantive issues that are more appropriately discussed in the absence of management; 
• 
discussing the need to communicate to the chairman of the board any matter of concern raised by any 
committee or director; 
• 
addressing issues raised but not resolved at meetings of the board and assessing any follow-up needs 
with the chairman of the board; 
• 
discussing the quality, quantity, and timeliness of the flow of information from management that is 
necessary for the independent directors to effectively and responsibly perform their duties, and advising 
the chairman of the board of any changes required; and 
• 
seeking feedback about board processes. 
130 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In camera sessions of the board committees 
Various committees also regularly hold in camera sessions without management present. The audit committee 
regularly holds private sessions of the committee members as well as private meetings of the committee with 
each of the external auditor, the internal auditor and senior management as part of every regularly scheduled 
committee meeting. 
Committee structure 
The board has created five standing committees to help carry out its duties. Each committee is chaired by a 
different independent director and all of the independent directors are members of each committee. N.A. 
Hansen is also a member of each committee, with the exception of the audit committee, which is composed 
entirely of independent directors. 
Board committees work on key issues in greater detail than would be possible at full board meetings, allowing 
directors to more effectively discharge their stewardship responsibilities. The independent chairs of the five 
committees are able to take a leadership role in executing the board’s responsibility with respect to a specific 
area of the company’s operations falling within the responsibility of the committee he or she chairs. The board 
and each committee have a written charter that can be found in Appendix A of this circular. The charters set out 
the purpose, structure, position description for the chair, and the responsibility and authority of that committee, 
and are reviewed and approved by the board annually. 
In addition to its standing committees, the board may establish ad hoc committees or special committees from 
time to time. 
131 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk oversight 
The board and its committees are responsible for overseeing the company’s risk management 
framework, crucial for ensuring the organization’s stability and long-term success. 
The company is governed by a comprehensive and well-established risk management system, and the 
company’s success in managing risk over time has been achieved through emphasis on execution of this 
disciplined management framework. 
The company’s risk management system includes a process for identifying, prioritizing, measuring, and 
managing the principal risks across the company, as well as assessing the company’s response to these risks. 
The system is implemented at multiple levels of the business through various policies, guidelines, processes 
and systems, including: 
• 
energy outlook scenarios; 
• 
strategic planning; 
• 
risk management guidelines; 
• 
code of ethics and standards of business conduct; 
• 
delegation of authority guidelines; 
• 
credit risk assessment guidelines; 
• 
controls and operations integrity management systems; 
• 
capital project management systems; 
• 
IT risk management (including information technology, systems and cybersecurity including in respect 
of artificial intelligence); 
• 
guidelines for the management and protection of information; and 
• 
business continuity plans. 
For a discussion on the company’s risk management in relation to executive compensation, see the 
Compensation discussion and analysis section. 
132 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The chairman, president and chief executive officer is charged with identifying the company’s principal risks and 
ensuring appropriate systems are in place to manage these risks. The company incorporates external input in 
the identification and assessment of risks, including engaging directly with a variety of external stakeholders and 
communities, including policy makers, investors, customers, regulators, academics, Indigenous peoples, non­
governmental organizations and industry associations on issues and opportunities of relevance to the company. 
These risks included energy transition risks, operational risks, environmental and sustainability risks, and policy 
risks. 
The board of directors is responsible for reviewing the principal risks and overseeing the implementation of the 
risk management system, with the various committees assisting in risk oversight for issues that fall under their 
responsibility. This integrated risk management approach facilitates recognition and oversight of risk. For 
example, the audit committee oversees the company’s system of internal accounting and financial controls, the 
executive resources committee oversees the compensation programs and practices in relation to risk 
management, and the finance committee oversees risk management in connection with capital allocation and 
expenditures. 
The safety and sustainability committee oversees the policies and practices that manage environment, health, 
safety and security risk. The committee regularly engages with senior management on climate matters and our 
environmental practices and performance, including reviews of, and briefings from subject-matter experts on, 
compliance with legislation and the assessment of public policy impacts on corporate performance, health and 
safety systems and performance, new technology developments, and the risks, actions and disclosure 
associated with climate change and the energy transition. In 2024, this included an in-depth review of the 
company’s regulatory compliance framework and management processes through its operations integrity 
management system and of the company's environmental performance and focus areas including in respect of 
progressive reclamation, decommissioning and remediation, water conservation and use, air quality 
improvement, waste management and land use and biodiversity. Additionally, the committee and board provide 
oversight over the company's emission reduction goals and performance. 
The board of directors evaluates climate change risk in the context of overall enterprise risk, including other 
operational, strategic, and financial risks. Imperial's board is actively engaged and committed to overseeing the 
company's efforts as it pursues a strategy that is resilient to a wide range of potential pathways for society’s 
energy transition while continuing to grow shareholder value. 
133 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
The board and its committees carry out their risk oversight responsibility through regular reviews and 
assessments. Topic-specific assessments, such as for compliance programs, controls, stewardship of business 
performance, regulatory changes, the company’s energy outlook, and climate risk and sustainability are 
conducted regularly and as necessary. The board carefully considers various factors and risks in connection 
with specific proposals for capital expenditures, budget additions and strategic initiatives, as well as in 
evaluating strategic plans. Members of the board ask questions of management to ensure risks are identified, 
assessed, mitigated, and monitored. Each typical year, the board also visits one or more of the company’s 
operating sites or locations of importance for the company to better understand issues associated with the 
company’s business. 
In the annual planning process, consideration is given to a diverse set of risks and other factors that may 
influence future energy supply and demand trends, including technological advancements, regulation and 
government policies, climate change, greenhouse gas restrictions, and other general economic conditions. It 
also takes into account emerging industry and economic conditions and market and government policy 
uncertainties in developing its strategic plans and longer-term price views. Further, the board is responsible for 
ensuring the company’s strategic planning process is effective, and in doing so regularly reviews the process, 
key issues and various alternatives for future strategy development to inform updates. Business plans and 
strategies are reviewed on an annual basis and approved by the board. 
The tables on the following pages provides additional oversight and other information about the board and its 
five standing committees: 
134 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Board of directors 
The board of directors is responsible for the stewardship of 
the corporation. The stewardship process is carried out by 
the board directly or through one or more of the committees 
of the board. The formal mandate of the board can be found 
within the Board of Directors Charter in Appendix A of this 
circular. The board is satisfied that its activities over the year 
have fulfilled its mandate. 
(as shown in photo from left to right) 
● M.C. Hubbs 
● N.A. Hansen 
● G.J. Goldberg 
Directors 
● B.W. Corson (chair) 
● S.R. Driscoll 
● J.N. Floren 
● D.W. Cornhill 
Eight meetings of the board of directors were held in 2024, which included one special meeting of 
Number of 
the board. The independent directors hold executive sessions of the board in conjunction with 
meetings 
every board meeting. These meetings are held in the absence of management. The independent 
directors held eight executive sessions in 2024. 
Board 
highlights in 
2024 
● Regularly discussed industry activity, market updates and company initiatives. 
● Regularly discussed operational and project updates, including active oversight of the 
company’s response to the Kearl environmental protection order. 
● Regularly discussed risk management and business controls environment. 
● Regularly reviewed information technology, systems and cybersecurity strategies (including 
trends, risks, preparedness, mitigation, response, system improvements and business 
continuity strategies) to assess the security and integrity of the company’s information, 
systems and assets. 
● Discussed comprehensive company strategy for all business lines, including a focus on 
capital allocation and discipline. 
● Implemented various mechanisms for enhancing shareholder returns, such as increasing the 
dividend, and renewing and accelerating the company’s normal course issuer bid program. 
● Provided oversight in support of safety, environmental performance and sustainability. 
● Regularly discussed climate change policies, risks, opportunities and the company’s climate 
strategy, including the company’s continued membership in the Pathways Alliance. 
● Carried out a site visit to the company’s Cold Lake facilities. 
● Reviewed various stages of company projects such as Strathcona renewable diesel, Cold 
Lake Grand Rapids, Leming SAGD redevelopment, and Enhanced Bitumen Recovery 
Technology (EBRT) pilot. 
The company’s financial, execution and operational risk rests with management and the company 
is governed by well-established risk management systems. The board of directors are 
responsible for reviewing the company’s principal risks and overseeing the implementation of the 
appropriate systems to manage these risks. The board carefully considers these risks in 
evaluating the company’s strategic plans and specific proposals for capital expenditures and 
budget additions. It also approves and monitors compliance with the code of ethics and business 
conduct, and ensures that executive officers create a culture of integrity throughout the company. 
The board reviews the company’s information technology, systems and cybersecurity to ensure 
they adequately protect corporate information and assets. 
Role in risk 
oversight 
Disclosure 
policy 
Independence 
The company is committed to full, true and plain public disclosure of all material information in a 
timely manner, in order to keep security holders and the investing public informed about the 
company’s operations. The full details of the corporate disclosure policy can be found on the 
company’s internet site at www.imperialoil.ca. 
The current board of directors is composed of seven directors, the majority of whom (five of 
seven) are independent. The five independent directors are not employees of the company. 
135 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Audit committee 
The role of the audit committee includes selecting and overseeing the independent auditor, reviewing the scope and results 
of the audit conducted by the independent auditor, and assisting the board in overseeing the integrity of the company’s 
financial statements. In addition, the committee’s role includes overseeing the company’s compliance with legal and 
regulatory requirements and the quality and effectiveness of internal controls, approving any changes in accounting 
principles and practices, and reviewing the results of monitoring activity under the company’s business ethics compliance 
program. The formal mandate of the committee can be found within the Audit Committee Charter in Appendix A of this 
circular. The committee is satisfied that its activities over the year have fulfilled its mandate. 
● S.R. Driscoll (chair) 
● J.N. Floren 
Committee 
● M.C. Hubbs (vice-chair) 
● G.J. Goldberg 
members 
● D.W. Cornhill 
Six meetings of the audit committee were held in 2024. The committee members met in camera 
without management present at all regularly scheduled meetings and separately with the internal 
Number of 
auditor and the external auditor at all regularly scheduled meetings. A pre-audit meeting also 
meetings 
occurs prior to every regularly scheduled audit committee meeting with the chair of the audit 
committee and the chief financial officer and both the internal and external auditors. 
Committee 
highlights in 
2024 
● Reviewed and recommended for approval the interim and full year financial and operating 
results. 
● Reviewed and assessed the company’s system of internal controls and auditing procedures, 
and the results of the internal auditor’s audit program. 
● Reviewed and assessed the external auditor plan, performance and fees. 
● Reviewed evolving regulations and reporting obligations. 
● Reviewed the committee’s mandate and completed the committee self-assessment. 
● Performed external auditor performance evaluation. 
● Ensured the effectiveness of controls and procedures and integrity of financial statements was 
maintained. 
● Oversaw update of financial system of record, leveraging best-in-class financial consolidation 
and reporting tools. 
Financial expertise 
The company’s board of directors has determined that D.W. Cornhill, S.R. Driscoll and M.C. 
Hubbs meet the definition of “audit committee financial expert”. The U.S. Securities and Exchange 
Commission has indicated that the designation of an audit committee financial expert does not 
make that person an expert for any purpose, or impose any duties, obligations or liability on that 
person that are greater than those imposed on members of the audit committee and board of 
directors in the absence of such designation or identification. All members of the audit committee 
are financially literate within the meaning of National Instrument 52-110 Audit Committees and the 
listing standards of the NYSE American LLC. 
The audit committee also has an important role in risk oversight. The audit committee oversees 
risks associated with financial and accounting matters, including compliance with legal and 
regulatory requirements, and the company’s financial reporting and internal controls systems. In 
addition, it reviews the scope of PricewaterhouseCoopers’ audit in light of risks associated with 
the energy industry, the regulatory environment and company-specific financial audit risks. The 
committee also reviews financial statements and internal and external audit results, and any 
changes proposed to accounting principles and practices. 
Role in risk 
oversight 
The audit committee is composed entirely of independent directors. All members met board 
approved independence standards, as that term is defined in National Instrument 52-110 Audit 
Independence 
Committees, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission rules and the listing standards of the 
NYSE American LLC. 
136 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Executive resources committee 
The executive resources committee is responsible for corporate policy on compensation and for specific decisions on the 
compensation of the chief executive officer and key senior executives and officers reporting directly to that position. In 
addition to compensation matters, the committee is also responsible for succession plans and appointments to senior 
executive and officer positions, including the chief executive officer. The formal mandate of the committee can be found 
within the Executive Resources Committee Charter in Appendix A of this circular. The committee is satisfied that its activities 
over the year have fulfilled its mandate. 
● G.J. Goldberg (chair) 
● J.N. Floren 
● D.W. Cornhill (vice-chair) 
● N.A. Hansen 
Committee 
● S.R. Driscoll 
● M.C. Hubbs 
members 
None of the members of the executive resources committee currently serves as a chief executive 
officer of another company. 
Number of 
Seven meetings of the executive resources committee were held in 2024. 
meetings 
● Evaluated performance and approved compensation for CEO and other executive officers. 
Committee 
● Approved overall compensation budget and incentive program for the company. 
highlights in 
● Reviewed a number of workforce and organizational changes. 
2024 
● Continued focus on succession planning for senior management positions. 
Committee 
members 
relevant skills 
and experience 
All committee members had extensive and lengthy experience in managing and implementing 
their respective companies’ compensation policies and practices in their past role as chief 
executive officers or members of senior management. D.W. Cornhill, S.R. Driscoll, J.N. Floren 
G.J. Goldberg and M.C. Hubbs serve or have served on compensation committees of one or 
more public companies. Accordingly, committee members are able to use this experience and 
knowledge derived from their roles with other companies in judging the suitability of the 
company’s compensation policies and practices. 
Role in risk 
The executive resources committee oversees the compensation programs and practices that are 
oversight 
designed to encourage appropriate risk assessment and risk management. 
Independence 
The members of the executive resources committee are independent, with the exception of N.A. 
Hansen, who is not considered to be independent under the rules of the U.S. Securities and 
Exchange Commission, Canadian securities rules and the rules of the NYSE American LLC due 
to his employment with Exxon Mobil Corporation. However, the Canadian Coalition for Good 
Governance’s policy, “Governance Differences of Equity Controlled Corporations”, views Mr. 
Hansen as a related director and independent of management and who may participate as a 
member of the company’s executive resources committee. Mr. Hansen’s participation helps to 
ensure an objective process for determining compensation of the company’s officers and directors 
and assists the deliberations of this committee by bringing the views and perspectives of the 
majority shareholder. 
137 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Safety and sustainability committee 
The role of the safety and sustainability committee is to oversee and monitor the company’s policies and practices in matters 
of the environment, health, safety, security and sustainability. The committee monitors the company’s compliance with 
legislative, regulatory and corporate standards in these areas, and reviews trends and current and emerging public policy. It 
also assesses the potential impacts of public policy, climate change, and stakeholder and Indigenous relations on corporate 
performance, and oversees the company's community investment activities including charitable donations. 
The committee evaluates safety and environmental performance, incidents and trends on a regular basis to ensure the 
company’s focus on the safety of its employees, contractors and stakeholders and on operating in an environmentally 
responsible manner. It also provides oversight over sustainability and climate risk, including regular reviews and assessment 
of sustainability performance and initiatives, as well as climate risk within the company’s risk management system and the 
strategies to address these risks. The formal mandate of the committee can be found within the Safety and Sustainability 
Committee Charter in Appendix A of this circular. The committee is satisfied that its activities over the year have fulfilled its 
mandate. 
● J.N. Floren (chair) 
● S.R. Driscoll 
Committee 
● G.J. Goldberg (vice-chair) 
● N.A. Hansen 
members 
● D.W. Cornhill 
● M.C. Hubbs 
Number of 
Four meetings of the safety and sustainability committee were held in 2024. 
meetings 
● Personnel and process safety systems performance and incident review. 
● Environmental performance review (emissions, wildlife, waste, water) including ongoing 
oversight and guidance related to the Kearl environmental protection order. 
● Emergency preparedness and security incident review. 
● Updates on material Canadian policy developments. 
Committee 
● In 2024, the company committed $19.2M through community benefits agreements to 
highlights in 
Indigenous communities across Canada. 
2024 
● The company surpassed $6 billion in spending with Indigenous businesses since 2008, and 
achieved the highest annual business spend in 2024 ($925M). 
● In 2024, Imperial hosted the first ever National Gathering in Cold Lake, Alberta which brought 
together Indigenous employees and allies from across the company to come together, share 
experiences, mentor and support each other. 
Role in risk 
oversight 
The safety and sustainability committee reviews and monitors the company’s policies and 
practices in matters of environment, health, personnel and process safety and security, which 
policies and practices are intended to mitigate and manage risk in these areas. This includes 
specific reviews with respect to climate risk and the company’s strategies to address these risks. It 
also includes pandemic and emergency response and continuity planning, in relation to health 
pandemics and epidemics. The committee receives regular reports from management on these 
matters. 
The members of the safety and sustainability committee are independent, with the exception of 
Independence 
N.A. Hansen. 
138 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nominations and corporate governance committee 
The role of the nominations and corporate governance committee is to oversee issues of corporate governance as they 
apply to the company, including the overall performance of the board, review potential nominees for directorship and review 
the charters of the board and any of its committees. The formal mandate of the committee can be found within the 
Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee Charter in Appendix A of this circular. The committee is satisfied that its 
activities over the year have fulfilled its mandate. 
● M.C. Hubbs (chair) 
● S.R. Driscoll 
Committee 
● J.N. Floren (vice-chair) 
● G.J. Goldberg 
members 
● D.W. Cornhill 
● N.A. Hansen 
Number of 
Six meetings of the nominations and corporate governance committee were held in 2024. 
meetings 
● Approval of the statement of corporate governance practices. 
● Engagement in board and committee self-assessment. 
Committee 
● Review of director compensation principles. 
highlights in 
● Recommendation to establish the lead director position. 
2024 
● Recommendation for changes to board and committee charters to reflect mandates of those 
committees. 
Role in risk 
The nominations and corporate governance committee oversees risk by implementing an effective 
oversight 
program for corporate governance, including board composition and succession planning. 
Independence 
The members of the nominations and corporate governance committee are independent, with the 
exception of N.A. Hansen, who is not considered to be independent under the rules of the U.S. 
Securities and Exchange Commission, Canadian securities rules and the rules of the NYSE 
American LLC due to his employment with Exxon Mobil Corporation. However, the Canadian 
Coalition for Good Governance’s policy, “Governance Differences of Equity Controlled 
Corporations”, views Mr. Hansen as a related director and independent of management and who 
may participate as a member of the company’s nominations and corporate governance 
committee. Mr. Hansen’s participation helps to ensure an objective nominations process and 
assists the deliberations of this committee by bringing the views and perspectives of the majority 
shareholder. 
Finance committee 
The role of the finance committee is to provide oversight and guidance regarding the corporation’s capital structure/capital 
allocation, financial policies, practices and strategies. The formal mandate of the committee can be found within the Finance 
Committee Charter in Appendix A of this circular. The committee is satisfied that its activities over the year have fulfilled its 
mandate. 
● D.W. Cornhill (chair) 
● G.J. Goldberg 
Committee 
● S.R. Driscoll (vice-chair) 
● N.A. Hansen 
members 
● J.N. Floren 
● M.C. Hubbs 
Number of 
Six meetings of the finance committee were held in 2024. 
meetings 
● Review and recommendation of the company’s corporate and finance plans. 
Committee 
● Review and recommendation of dividend declarations. 
highlights in 
● Review and recommendation of share buyback program. 
2024 
● Review and recommendation of the company's pension plan asset allocation. 
The finance committee oversees risk by implementing and overseeing effective policies, practices 
Role in risk 
and procedures, and by carefully considering various risk and other factors in connection with 
oversight 
specific proposals for capital expenditures, budget additions and strategic initiatives and plans. 
Independence 
The members of the finance committee are independent, with the exception of N.A. Hansen. 
139 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Director compensation 
Director compensation discussion and analysis 
The compensation offered to our nonemployee directors has both a cash and an equity component 
with long vesting periods to attract and retain qualified directors while aligning their 
interests with those of the shareholders. 
Nonemployee director compensation levels are reviewed by the nominations and corporate governance 
committee each year, and resulting recommendations are presented to the full board for approval. The 
committee relied on an internally-led assessment to provide competitive compensation and market data for 
directors’ compensation, which assisted the committee in making a compensation recommendation for the 
company’s directors. The internally-led assessment included a review of data from benchmark companies, 
with this data being provided by an independent external consultant. The internal assessment maintained the 
compensation design philosophy, objectives and principles, and was consistent with previous methodology 
used in this analysis. 
Nonemployee directors receive compensation consisting of cash and restricted stock units. Since 1999, the 
nonemployee directors have been able to receive all or part of their cash directors’ fees (including 
compensation for acting as lead director) in the form of deferred share units. The purpose of the deferred 
share unit plan for nonemployee directors is to provide them with additional motivation to promote sustained 
improvement in the company’s business performance and shareholder value by allowing them to have all or 
part of their directors’ fees tied to the future growth in value of the company’s common shares. The deferred 
share unit plan is described in more detail on page 142. 
Employees of the company or Exxon Mobil Corporation receive no extra pay for serving as directors. 
140 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Compensation decision making process and considerations 
The nominations and corporate governance committee relies on market comparisons with a group of major 
Canadian companies with national and international scope and complexity. The company draws its 
nonemployee directors from a wide variety of industrial sectors and, as such, a broad sample is appropriate 
for this purpose. The nominations and corporate governance committee does not target any specific 
percentile among comparator companies at which to align compensation for this group. 
The comparator companies included in the benchmark sample are: 
– 
Energy: Canadian Natural Resources Limited, Cenovus Energy Inc., Enbridge Inc., Ovintiv Inc., 
Parkland Fuel Corporation, Suncor Energy Inc., and TC Energy Corporation 
– 
Non-energy: Air Canada, BCE Inc., Canadian National Railway Company, Nutrien Ltd., Royal Bank of 
Canada, Teck Resources Limited, and TELUS Corporation 
Hedging policy 
Company policy prohibits all employees, including executives, and directors, from being a party to derivative 
or similar financial instruments, including puts, calls, or other options, future or forward contracts, or equity 
swaps or collars, with respect to the company or Exxon Mobil Corporation stock. 
For a discussion on the process by which the compensation of the company’s executive officers is 
determined, see the Compensation discussion and analysis section starting on page 155. 
Compensation details 
Board retainer 
The compensation of the nonemployee directors consists of a cash retainer and a grant of restricted stock 
units, and is assessed annually. The last adjustment to director compensation was in 2021, when the 
nominations and corporate governance committee proposed, and the board approved, an increase to the 
annual grant of restricted stock units from 3,000 to 3,300 while maintaining the annual retainer for board 
membership at $110,000. In February 2024, the role of lead director was created and additional compensation 
for the director serving in this position was set at $45,000 annually. 
In October 2024, the committee recommended and the board approved maintaining the current compensation 
for non-employee directors. This includes an annual cash retainer of $110,000 and a grant of 3,300 restricted 
stock units. The additional annual cash retainer for the lead director remains at $45,000. 
141 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
The following table summarizes the compensation terms for the nonemployee directors in 2024: 
Director compensation 
Annual retainer terms: 
Cash compensation for all non-employee directors: (a) 
Board membership 
$110,000 
Committee chair 
None 
Cash compensation for lead director: (b) 
Lead director 
$45,000 
Equity based compensation: 
3,300 units 
Restricted stock units 
(50% vests on each of the 5th and 10th anniversary dates 
of the grant) 
(a) The nonemployee directors may elect to take all or a portion of the cash compensation in the form of deferred share units. 
Nonemployee directors who are elected or appointed to the board during the year receive the full restricted stock unit grant and a 
pro-rated cash retainer based on the appointment or election date. 
(b) The lead director may elect to take all or a portion of the lead director cash compensation in the form of deferred share units. 
In addition to compensation for board membership, the board determines the compensation for special 
committee membership when the committee is established. There was no cash retainer in connection with the 
special committee that was in place until February 2024. 
Equity based compensation 
Deferred share units 
In 1999, an additional form of long-term incentive compensation (“deferred share units”) was made available 
to nonemployee directors. Nonemployee directors may elect to receive all or a portion of their cash 
compensation in the form of deferred share units. 
The following table shows the portion of the retainer each nonemployee director elected to receive in cash 
and deferred share units in 2024. 
Director 
Election for 2024 director compensation 
in cash 
(%) 
Election for 2024 director compensation in 
deferred share units 
(%) 
D.W. Cornhill (a) 
0 
100 
S.R. Driscoll 
0 
100 
J.N. Floren 
0 
100 
G.J. Goldberg 
0 
100 
M.C. Hubbs 
0 
100 
(a) D.W. Cornhill was appointed as lead director in 2024 and has elected to receive his director fees and lead director fees in deferred 
share units. 
142 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
The number of deferred share units granted to a nonemployee director is determined at the end of each 
calendar quarter for that year, according to the following calculation: 
(i) the dollar amount of the nonemployee director’s fees for that calendar quarter that the director elected 
to receive as deferred share units; divided by 
(ii) the average of the closing price of the company’s shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange for the five 
consecutive trading days (“average closing price”) immediately prior to the last day of that calendar 
quarter. 
Those deferred share units are granted effective the last day of that calendar quarter. 
A nonemployee director is also granted additional deferred share units to represent dividends on unexercised 
deferred share units. These additional units are granted on the dividend payment dates for the company’s 
common shares, according to the following calculation: 
(i) the cash dividend payable for a common share of the company divided by the average closing price 
immediately prior to the payment date for that dividend; multiplied by 
(ii) the number of unexercised deferred share units held by the nonemployee directors on the dividend 
record date. 
Deferred share units cannot be exercised until after termination of service as a director, including termination 
due to death, and must be exercised in their entirety in one election no later than December 31 of the year 
following the year of termination of service. On the exercise date, the cash value to be received for the units is 
determined based on the company’s average closing price immediately prior to the date of exercise. 
Restricted stock units 
In addition to the cash fees described above, the company pays a significant portion of director compensation 
in restricted stock units to align director compensation with the long-term interests of shareholders. The 
restricted stock unit plan is described in more detail beginning on page 161. 
The number of restricted stock units granted annually was increased in 2016 from 2,000 units to 2,600 units, 
in 2018 to 3,000 units, and in 2021 to 3,300 units. Up until 2015, the vesting period for restricted stock units 
was 50 percent vesting on the third anniversary of the grant date (received in cash) and the remaining 50 
percent vesting on the seventh anniversary of the grant date (with an option to receive in cash or common 
shares). In 2016, in order to better align the long-term financial interests of the directors with those of the 
shareholders, the vesting period was increased such that 50 percent vests on the fifth anniversary of the grant 
date and the remaining 50 percent vests on the tenth anniversary of the grant date. For all the units to be 
vested, directors may elect to receive one common share for each unit or a cash payment for the units. The 
vesting periods are not accelerated upon separation or retirement from the board, except in the event of 
death. 
In contrast to the forfeiture provisions for restricted stock units held by employees of the company, the 
restricted stock units awarded to nonemployee directors are not subject to risk of forfeiture at the time a 
director leaves the company’s board. This provision is designed to reinforce the independence of these board 
members. However, while on the board and for a 24-month period after leaving the company’s board, 
restricted stock units may be forfeited if the nonemployee director engages in direct competition with the 
company or otherwise engages in any activity detrimental to the company. The board agreed that the word 
“detrimental” shall not include any actions taken by a nonemployee director or former nonemployee director 
who acted in good faith and in the best interest of the company. 
Prior to vesting of the restricted stock units, the nonemployee directors receive amounts equivalent to the 
cash dividends paid to holders of common shares. The amount is determined for each cash dividend payment 
date by the following calculation: 
(i) the cash dividend payable for a common share; multiplied by 
(ii) the number of unvested restricted stock units held by the nonemployee directors on the dividend 
record date. 
Other reimbursement 
Nonemployee directors are also reimbursed for travel and other expenses incurred for attendance at board 
and committee meetings. 
143 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Director 
(a) 
Annual 
 
retainer for 
board 
membership 
($) 
(b) 
Restricted 
stock 
units 
(RSU) 
(#) 
Total 
fees 
 
paid in 
cash 
($) 
(c) 
 
Total value 
 
of deferred 
share units 
(DSU) 
($) 
(d) 
 
Total value 
 
of restricted 
 
stock units 
(RSU) 
($) 
(e) 
 
All other 
compen-
sation 
($) 
(f) 
Total 
 
 
compensation 
($) 
 
D.W. Cornhill 
155,000 
3,300 
— 
155,000 
330,957 
80,474 
566,431 
S.R Driscoll 
110,000 
3,300 
— 
110,000 
330,957 
9,855 
450,812 
 
J.N. Floren 
110,000 
3,300 
— 
110,000 
330,957 
9,855 
450,812 
 
G.J. Goldberg 
110,000 
3,300 
— 
110,000 
330,957 
9,855 
450,812 
 
M.C. Hubbs 
110,000 
3,300 
— 
110,000 
330,957 
85,717 
526,674 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Components of director compensation 
The following table sets out the details of compensation paid to the nonemployee directors in 2024. 
(a) As directors employed by the company or Exxon Mobil Corporation in 2024, B.W. Corson and N.A. Hansen did not receive 
compensation for acting as directors. 
(b) "Annual retainer for board membership" includes the cash compensation for both board membership and lead director for D.W. 
Cornhill. 
(c) 
“Total fees paid in cash” is the portion of the “Annual retainer for board membership” that the director elected to receive as cash. 
This amount is reported as “Fees earned” in the Director compensation table on page 145. 
(d) “Total value of deferred share units” is the portion of the “Annual retainer for board membership” that the director elected to receive 
as deferred share units, as set out in the previous table on page 142. This amount plus the “Total value of restricted stock units” 
amount is shown as “Share-based awards” in the Director compensation table on page 145. 
(e) The values of the restricted stock units shown are the number of units multiplied by the closing price of the company’s shares on 
the date of grant, December 4, 2024 ($100.29). 
(f) 
Amounts under “All other compensation” consist of dividend equivalent payments on unvested restricted stock units, the value of 
additional deferred share units granted in lieu of dividends on unvested deferred share units, and the value of premiums paid by the 
company for accidental death and dismemberment (AD&D) insurance. In 2024, D.W. Cornhill received $42,110 in dividend 
equivalent payments on restricted stock units, additional deferred share units valued at $38,232 in lieu of dividends on deferred 
share units and insurance premiums of $132. In 2024, S.R Driscoll received $5,940 in dividend equivalent payments on restricted 
stock units, additional deferred share units valued at $3,783 in lieu of dividends on deferred share units and insurance premiums of 
$132. In 2024, J.N. Floren received $5,940 in dividend equivalent payments on restricted stock units, additional deferred share 
units valued at $3,783 in lieu of dividends on deferred share units and insurance premiums of $132. In 2024, G.J. Goldberg 
received $5,940 in dividend equivalent payments on restricted stock units, additional deferred share units valued at $3,783 in lieu 
of dividends on deferred share units and insurance premiums of $132. In 2024, M.C. Hubbs received $39,120 in dividend 
equivalent payments on restricted stock units, additional deferred share units valued at $46,465 in lieu of dividends on deferred 
share units, and insurance premiums of $132. 
144 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Director compensation table 
The following table summarizes the compensation paid, payable, awarded or granted for 2024 to each of the 
nonemployee directors of the company. 
Share-
Option-
Non-equity 
Fees 
Pension 
All other 
Name 
based 
based 
incentive plan 
Total 
earned 
value 
compensation 
(a) 
awards 
awards 
compensation 
($) 
($)(b) 
($) 
($) (d) 
($) (c) 
($) 
($) 
D.W. Cornhill 
— 
485,957 
— 
— 
— 
80,474 
566,431 
S.R. Driscoll 
— 
440,957 
— 
— 
— 
9,855 
450,812 
J.N. Floren 
— 
440,957 
— 
— 
— 
9,855 
450,812 
G.J. Goldberg 
— 
440,957 
— 
— 
— 
9,855 
450,812 
M.C. Hubbs 
— 
440,957 
— 
— 
— 
85,717 
526,674 
(a) As directors employed by the company or Exxon Mobil Corporation in 2024, B.W. Corson and N.A. Hansen did not receive 
compensation for acting as directors. 
(b) Represents all fees awarded, earned, paid or payable in cash for services as a director. The nonemployee directors are able to 
receive all or part of their directors’ fees in the form of deferred share units. 
(c) 
Represents the value of the restricted stock units (calculated by multiplying the number of units by the closing price of the 
company’s shares on the date of grant), plus the value of deferred share units (calculated by the portion of the “Annual retainer for 
board membership” that the director elected to receive as deferred share units as noted on page 142). 
(d) Amounts under “All other compensation” consist of dividend equivalent payments on unvested restricted stock units, the value of 
additional deferred share units granted in lieu of dividends on unvested deferred share units, and the value of premiums paid by the 
company for accidental death and dismemberment (AD&D) insurance. In 2024, D.W. Cornhill received $42,110 in dividend 
equivalent payments on restricted stock units, additional deferred share units valued at $38,232 in lieu of dividends on deferred 
share units and insurance premiums of $132. In 2024, S.R Driscoll received $5,940 in dividend equivalent payments on restricted 
stock units, additional deferred share units valued at $3,783 in lieu of dividends on deferred share units and insurance premiums of 
$132. In 2024, J.N. Floren received $5,940 in dividend equivalent payments on restricted stock units, additional deferred share 
units valued at $3,783 in lieu of dividends on deferred share units and insurance premiums of $132. In 2024, G.J. Goldberg 
received $5,940 in dividend equivalent payments on restricted stock units, additional deferred share units valued at $3,783 in lieu 
of dividends on deferred share units and insurance premiums of $132. In 2024, M.C. Hubbs received $39,120 in dividend 
equivalent payments on restricted stock units, additional deferred share units valued at $46,465 in lieu of dividends on deferred 
share units, and insurance premiums of $132. 
Five-year look back at total compensation paid to nonemployee directors 
Year 
Amount 
($) 
2020 
1,073,527 
2021 
1,557,202 
2022 
2,153,807 
2023 
2,294,893 
2024 
2,445,541 
145 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding share-based awards and option-based awards for directors 
The following table sets forth all outstanding awards held by nonemployee directors of the company as at 
December 31, 2024 and does not include common shares owned by the director. 
Option-based awards 
Share-based awards 
Name 
(a) 
Number of 
securities 
underlying 
unexercised 
options 
(#) 
Option 
Option 
exercise 
expiration 
price 
date 
($) 
Value of 
unexercised 
in-the­
money 
options 
($) 
Number of 
shares or 
units 
of shares that 
have not 
vested 
(#) (b) 
Market or 
payout value 
of share-
based 
awards that 
have not 
vested 
($) (c) 
D.W. Cornhill 
— 
— 
— 
— 
37,726 
3,342,146 
S.R. Driscoll 
—
—
—
— 
8,951 
792,969 
J.N. Floren 
— 
— 
— 
— 
8,951 
792,969 
G.J. Goldberg 
—
—
—
— 
8,951 
792,969 
M.C. Hubbs 
— 
— 
— 
— 
39,626 
3,510,467 
(a) As directors employed by the company or Exxon Mobil Corporation in 2024, B.W. Corson and N.A. Hansen did not receive 
compensation for acting as directors. 
(b) Represents restricted stock units and deferred share units held as of December 31, 2024. 
(c) 
Value is based on the closing price of the company’s shares on December 31, 2024 ($88.59). 
Incentive plan awards for directors - Value vested or earned during the year 
The following table sets forth the value of the awards that vested or were earned by each nonemployee 
director of the company in 2024. 
Name 
(a) 
Option-based awards – 
Share-based awards – 
Non-equity incentive plan 
Value vested during the 
Value vested during the 
compensation – Value 
year 
year 
earned during the year 
($) 
($) (b) 
($) 
D.W. Cornhill 
— 
154,164 
— 
S.R. Driscoll 
— 
— 
— 
J.N. Floren 
— 
— 
— 
G.J. Goldberg 
— 
— 
— 
M.C. Hubbs 
— 
154,164 
— 
(a) As directors employed by the company or Exxon Mobil Corporation in 2024, B.W. Corson and N.A. Hansen did not receive 
compensation for acting as directors. 
(b) Represents restricted stock units granted in 2019, which vested in 2024. Value is based on the average of the weighted-average 
price (as determined by the Toronto Stock Exchange) of common shares of the company on the vesting date and the four 
consecutive trading days immediately prior to the vesting date. 
146 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Share ownership guidelines of independent directors and chairman, president and chief 
executive officer 
Share ownership guidelines are established to align interests with those of shareholders, 
thereby promoting the creation of long-term value. 
Independent directors are required to hold the equivalent of at least 16,500 shares of Imperial Oil Limited, 
including common shares, deferred share units and restricted stock units, within five years from the date of 
joining the board. 
The chairman, president and chief executive officer has separate share ownership requirements and must, 
within three years of his appointment, acquire shares of the company, including common shares and restricted 
stock units, of a value of no less than five times his base salary. 
The board of directors believes that these share ownership guidelines result in an alignment of the interests of 
board members with the interests of all other shareholders. As of the date of this circular, the independent 
directors currently have holdings of 116,705 shares which meets the required guideline. 
Minimum share ownership 
Time to fulfill 
requirement 
Chairman, president and chief executive 
5 x base salary 
Within 3 years of appointment 
officer 
Independent directors 
16,500 shares 
Within 5 years of initial appointment 
The chart below shows the shareholdings of the independent directors and the chairman, president and chief 
executive officer of the company as of February 14, 2025, the record date of the management proxy circular. 
Amount 
Total 
acquired 
holdings 
Market 
since last 
(includes 
value of 
Minimum 
Minimum 
Director 
common shares, 
Director 
report 
total 
shareholding requirement 
deferred share 
since 
(February 16, 
units and 
holdings 
requirement 
met 
2024 to 
restricted stock 
February 14, 
(a) ($) 
2025) (#) 
units) (#) 
D.W. Cornhill 
November 29, 2017 
3,809 
50,226 
4,934,705 
16,500 
Yes 
B.W. Corson 
September 17, 2019 
62,100 
472,500 
46,423,125 
Five times base 
salary 
Yes 
S.R. Driscoll 
May 2, 2023 
4,529 
8,951 
879,436 
16,500 
Yes (b) 
J.N. Floren 
May 2, 2023 
4,529 
8,951 
879,436 
16,500 
Yes (b) 
G.J. Goldberg 
May 2, 2023 
4,529 
8,951 
879,436 
16,500 
Yes (b) 
M.C. Hubbs 
July 26, 2018 
3,490 
39,626 
3,893,255 
16,500 
Yes 
Total accumulated holdings (#) and 
589,205 
57,889,393 
value of directors’ holdings ($) 
(a) The amount shown in the column “Market value of total holdings” is equal to the “Total holdings” multiplied by the closing price of the 
company’s shares on the proxy circular record date February 14, 2025 ($98.25). 
(b) S.R. Driscoll, J.N. Floren and G.J. Goldberg were elected to the board on May 2, 2023 and are expected to meet the share ownership 
guidelines for independent directors of 16,500 shares within the required five years from such date. 
For information relating to compensation of the company’s named executive officers, see the Compensation 
discussion and analysis section starting on page 155. 
147 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ethical business conduct 
The company is committed to high ethical standards through its policies and practices. 
The company’s directors, officers and employees are responsible for developing, approving and implementing 
plans and actions designed to achieve corporate objectives. In doing so, they are expected to observe the 
highest standards of integrity in the conduct of the company’s business, with the methods employed to attain 
results being as important as the results themselves. 
The board has adopted a written code of ethics and business conduct (the “Code”) which can be found on the 
company’s website at https://www.imperialoil.ca/investors/corporate-governance/ethics-and-standards­
of-business-conduct and on SEDAR+ at www.sedarplus.ca, including any applicable amendments. The 
Code applies to each of the company’s directors, officers and employees, and consists of the ethics policy, the 
conflicts of interest policy, the corporate assets policy, the directorships policy and the procedures and open 
door communication. No person in the company has the authority to make exceptions or grant waivers with 
respect to its foundational policies. There have been no material change reports filed in the past 12 months 
pertaining to conduct of a director or executive officer that constitute a departure from the Code. In addition, the 
directors of the company must comply with the conflict of interest provisions of the Canada Business 
Corporations Act, as well as the relevant securities regulatory instruments, in order to ensure that the directors 
exercise independent judgment in considering transactions and agreements in respect of which such director 
has a material interest. 
Under the company’s procedures and open door communication, employees are encouraged and expected to 
refer suspected violations of the law, company policy or internal controls and procedures by various means, 
including to their supervisors or the company’s ethics advisor, controller or internal auditor. Imperial also has an 
ethics “hotline” that is operated by a third-party service provider and offers confidential, anonymous reporting 24 
hours a day, seven days a week. Suspected violations involving a director or executive officer, as well as any 
concern regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters are to be referred directly to the internal auditor. 
The audit committee initially reviews all issues involving directors or executive officers, and then refers all issues 
to the board of directors. In the alternative, employees may also address concerns to individual nonemployee 
directors or to nonemployee directors as a group. No action may be taken or threatened against employees for 
asking questions, voicing concerns, or making complaints or suggestions in good faith. 
Management provides the board of directors with a review of corporate ethics and conflicts of interest on an 
annual basis. The company’s internal auditors audit each business line’s compliance with the program and 
report to the audit committee. Directors, officers and employees review the company’s standards of business 
conduct (which includes the Code) on an annual basis, with independent directors and employees being 
required to sign a declaration confirming that they have read and are familiar with the standards of business 
conduct. In addition, every two years a business practices review is conducted in which managers review the 
standards of business conduct with all employees in their respective work units. 
The board, through its audit committee, examines the effectiveness of the company’s internal control processes 
and management information systems. The board consults with the external auditor, the internal auditor and the 
management of the company to ensure the integrity of the systems. 
There are a number of structures and processes in place to facilitate the functioning of the board independently 
of management. The board has a majority of independent directors. Each committee is chaired by a different 
independent director and all of the independent directors are members of each committee. The audit committee 
is composed entirely of independent directors. Each other committee is composed entirely of the independent 
directors and N.A. Hansen, who is an employee of Exxon Mobil Corporation and although deemed non­
independent under the relevant standards by virtue of his employment, is viewed as independent of the 
company’s management. 
The agendas of each of the board and its committees are not set by management alone, but by the board as a 
whole and by each committee. A significant number of agenda items are mandatory and recurring. Board 
meetings are scheduled at least one full year in advance. Any director may call a meeting of the board or a 
meeting of a committee of which the director is a member. There is a board-prescribed flow of financial, 
operating and other corporate information to all directors. The board may also utilize ad hoc or special 
committees when considering various matters. 
148 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
The independent directors conduct executive sessions in the absence of members of management, which are 
held in conjunction with every board meeting. Eight executive sessions were held in 2024. The executive 
sessions of the board are chaired by the lead director. 
The company’s delegation of authority guide provides that certain matters of the company are reviewed by 
functional contacts within ExxonMobil. The company’s employees are regularly reminded that they are expected 
to act in the best interests of the company, and are reminded of their obligation to identify any instances where 
the company’s general interest may not be consistent with ExxonMobil’s priorities. If such situations occur, 
employees are expected to escalate such issues with successive levels of the company’s management. Final 
resolution of any such issues is made by the company’s chairman, president and chief executive officer. 
Restrictions on insider trading 
Commitment to stringent safeguards with trading restrictions and reporting for company insiders. 
Structures and processes are in place to caution, track and monitor reporting insiders, nonemployee directors 
and key employees with access to sensitive information with respect to personal trading in the company’s 
shares. The company's Code of Ethics and its Insider Trading and Blackout Guidelines prohibit all directors, 
officers and employees of the company, as well as the company itself, from securities transactions (including 
transactions involving the purchase, sale and/or other disposition of the company's shares or securities of other 
issuers) based on material, non-public information learned through their positions with the company. The 
company believes that this policy is reasonably designed to promote compliance with applicable insider trading 
laws, rules and regulations. The company also has guidelines regarding processes and procedures relating to 
corporate disclosure, insider trading, and trading bans that are applicable to all directors, officers and 
employees. 
Nonemployee directors are required to pre-clear any trades in the company’s shares. Reporting insiders are 
required to give advance notice to the company of any sale of the company’s shares and advise the company 
within five days of any purchase of the company’s shares. Reporting insiders are required, under securities 
regulations, to publicly disclose all transactions in the company’s shares on the System for Electronic Disclosure 
by Insiders (SEDI). 
From time to time, the company advises its directors and officers, and those of Exxon Mobil Corporation, and 
employees in certain positions, not to trade in the company’s shares. Trading bans occur in connection with the 
directors’ pending consideration of the financial statements of the company, including the unaudited financial 
statements for each quarter, and in connection with undisclosed pending events that constitute material 
information about the business affairs of the company. 
Diversity 
The company has a long history of valuing diversity on the board and in its executive management. 
Board diversity 
The company has a longstanding commitment to diversity amongst its directors. Imperial has had at least one 
woman on its board continuously since 1977, and 40 percent of the board's independent directors are women. 
The company does not have a formal written policy relating to the identification and nomination of directors who 
are women, Aboriginal peoples, persons with disabilities or members of visible minorities (the “designated 
groups”, as defined under the Employment Equity Act (Canada)), and has not adopted a target regarding 
members of the designated groups on its board. With the objective of fostering a diversity of expertise, 
viewpoint and competencies, the board charter provides that the nominations and corporate governance 
committee may consider a number of factors, including gender and membership in other designated groups, in 
assessing potential nominees. 
149 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Designated 
 
group (a) 
Number 
Percent 
(%) 
Women 
 
2 
 
of  
7 
 
(board 
 
and nominees) 
29 
 
2 
 
of  
5 
 
(independent directors) 
40 
Aboriginal peoples 
0 of 7 
0 
 
Persons 
 
with disabilities 
0 of 7 
0 
 
Members 
 
of 
 
visible minorities 
0 of 7 
0 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The nominations and corporate governance committee assesses the work experience, other expertise, 
individual competencies and diversity of age, regional association and the designated groups that each existing 
director possesses and whether each nominee is able to fill any gaps amongst the existing directors. 
Additionally, the committee may consider any other factors that it believes to be relevant. The company does 
not believe that any one of these dimensions should be considered in isolation and without due regard to all of 
the other factors, in determining the ability of potential directors to contribute to the work of the board of 
directors. 
The board considers diversity through the annual nomination process, board assessment and other 
discussions. The board and the nominations and corporate governance committee also specifically consider 
diversity through targeted director recruitment processes. 
As of the date of this proxy circular, the number and percentage of directors and nominees who are members of 
the designated groups are: 
(a) Defined under the Employment Equity Act (Canada) 
The above diversity disclosure relies on voluntary self-identification by directors and nominees, and therefore 
only represents the information of individuals who have chosen to self-identify. The information has not been 
independently verified by the company. The board nominee composition charts on page 119 show the diversity 
of our board nominees with respect to gender, experience and regional association, but do not reflect 
membership in other designated groups. 
Executive officer diversity 
The company believes inclusion and diversity are key competitive strengths that are critical to maintaining the 
company’s position as an industry leader. To ensure commitment at all levels of the company, inclusion and 
diversity, anti-harassment and equal employment opportunity performance is stewarded annually to the 
company’s senior management. There is an in-depth succession planning process, which includes the 
consideration of various aspects of diversity, as well as plans to address gaps, if any, for key positions. 
The company’s internal training programs emphasize the value of collaboration, appreciating differences and 
sustaining an inclusive work environment, keeping inclusion and diversity top-of-mind with all employees. 
Imperial also values external perspective and expertise. The company supports educational development and 
recruiting practices that facilitate the employment of Indigenous peoples, and in 2021 achieved Silver 
Certification in the Progressive Aboriginal Relations (PAR) program managed by the Canadian Council for 
Aboriginal Business. Imperial maintains a supportive work environment through a range of development and 
networking programs, including employee-led diversity networks that are focused on common interests. These 
programs are conducted in both virtual and in-person formats to reach a broad range of employees. 
In considering potential nominees for executive officer appointments, the executive resources committee 
considers diversity of gender and the other designated groups, work experience, other expertise, individual 
competencies and other dimensions of diversity. The company has not adopted a target regarding members of 
the designated groups in executive officer positions. The company does not believe that any one of these 
dimensions should be considered, without due regard to all of these other factors, in determining the ability of 
potential nominees to fill executive officers positions. 
150 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of the date of this proxy circular, the number and percentage of executive officers of the company and its 
major subsidiaries who are members of the designated groups are: 
Designated group (a) 
Number 
Percent 
(%) 
Women 
10 of 23 
43 
Aboriginal peoples 
0 of 23 
0 
Persons with disabilities 
0 of 23 
0 
Members of visible minorities 
3 of 23 
13 
(a) Defined under the Employment Equity Act (Canada) 
The above diversity disclosure relies on voluntary self-identification by executive officers, and therefore only 
represents the information of individuals who have chosen to self-identify. The information has not been 
independently verified by the company. 
Shareholder engagement 
Shareholder engagement strategy focuses on wide-ranging dialogue between shareholders and management. 
Understanding investor interests and concerns and obtaining their feedback is central to the company's 
shareholder engagement program. This critical input not only informs how the company interacts and 
communicates, but also helps identify what areas require additional focus to demonstrate ongoing progress and 
performance. 
The company’s senior management regularly meet with institutional investors and shareholders through 
industry conferences, roadshows and company hosted investor events. In 2024, these events were largely held 
as in-person engagements. Pertinent materials from these hosted events are available on the company’s 
website. 
The company also hosts regular quarterly earnings calls in connection with earnings releases, and archives of 
these calls (including transcripts) are available on the company’s website for one year after each call. These 
calls allow the company to provide more insight and context regarding the company’s performance, as well as 
directly address questions from the investment community. 
The company took a number of steps to ensure active engagement through the annual meeting that was held in 
a virtual only format. Shareholders had the opportunity to attend and ask questions in real time (either 
personally or by appointing a proxyholder), and the company encouraged engagement from shareholders prior 
to the event. This format allowed shareholders to attend the meeting, ask questions and provide direct feedback 
to management, when they may not otherwise have been able to attend in person. The webcast and 
presentation materials from the annual general meeting, along with the outcome of the voting on each 
resolution, are available on the company’s website for one year. 
The company annually solicits questions and comments from shareholders through the annual meeting of 
shareholders. The comments received are reviewed by senior management providing them with an indication of 
areas of interest to our shareholders, and those requiring a response are answered individually. In addition, the 
company’s Investor Relations team responds to shareholder queries throughout the year, and proactively 
reaches out to shareholders to obtain their views on matters identified broadly by shareholders, including with 
respect to environment, social and governance topics, as well as optimal engagement approaches. In 2024, 
shareholder engagement and discussion involved a broad range of topics including capital allocation strategy, 
corporate guidance and operational performance, company growth plans, emission reduction plans and the 
Pathways Alliance, and corporate strategy including with respect to the energy transition. Investor perspectives 
were a factor considered in decision making, and investor feedback was incorporated into company disclosure 
improvement efforts. 
151 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Communicating with the board 
Shareholders, employees and others can contact the board directly by writing to: 
Chair of the Board of Directors 
c/o Corporate Secretary 
Imperial Oil Limited 
505 Quarry Park Blvd SE 
Calgary, AB, Canada T2C 5N1 
Largest shareholder 
Exxon Mobil Corporation is the majority shareholder of the company, holding 69.6% of the company’s shares. 
To the knowledge of the directors and executive officers of the company, the only shareholder who, as of 
February 14, 2025, owned beneficially, or exercised control or direction over, directly or indirectly, more than ten 
percent of the outstanding common shares of the company, is Exxon Mobil Corporation, 22777 Springwoods 
Village Parkway, Spring, Texas, 77389-1425, which owns beneficially 354,294,928 common shares, 
representing approximately 69.6 percent of the outstanding voting shares of the company. As a consequence, 
the company is a “controlled company” for purposes of the listing standards of the NYSE American LLC and a 
“majority controlled company” for purposes of the TSX Company Manual. 
Transactions with Exxon Mobil Corporation 
The company has written procedures and controls that require any transactions between the company and 
ExxonMobil and its subsidiaries to be reviewed by controllers, tax, treasurers and legal to ensure that each 
agreement meets the company’s policies and procedures, is fair, and complies with legal and tax requirements. 
These agreements may also be subject to review by the chairman, president, and chief executive officer. Annual 
training is provided for key individuals to ensure awareness of the requirements for identifying related party 
transactions, and procedures are in place to ensure reporting of these transactions is complete and accurate. 
Related party transactions with ExxonMobil and its subsidiaries are analyzed and reviewed by management on 
a quarterly basis to understand any significant variances from period to period, and reviewed with the board of 
directors on an annual basis. 
On June 24, 2024, the company implemented a new 12-month “normal course issuer bid” share purchase 
program, allowing the company to purchase up to a maximum of 26,791,840 shares during the period June 29, 
2024 to June 28, 2025. The program ended on December 19, 2024 upon the company purchasing the 
maximum allowable number of shares, with 8,144,739 common shares purchased on the open market and a 
corresponding 18,647,101 common shares purchased from ExxonMobil to maintain its shareholding at 
approximately 69.6 percent. 
The amounts of purchases and revenues by the company and its subsidiaries for other transactions in 2024 
with ExxonMobil and its affiliates were $3,617 million and $11,725 million, respectively. These transactions were 
conducted on terms as favourable as they would have been with unrelated parties, and primarily consisted of 
the purchase and sale of crude oil, natural gas, petroleum and chemical products, as well as technical, 
engineering and research and development costs. Transactions with ExxonMobil also included amounts paid 
and received in connection with the company’s participation in a number of upstream activities conducted jointly 
in Canada. In addition, the company has existing agreements with affiliates of ExxonMobil to provide 
information technology and customer support services to the company and to share common business and 
operational support services to allow the companies to consolidate duplicate work and systems. The company 
has a contractual agreement with an affiliate of ExxonMobil in Canada to operate certain western Canada 
production properties owned by ExxonMobil. There are no asset ownership changes. The company and that 
affiliate also have a contractual agreement to provide for equal participation in new upstream opportunities. 
As at December 31, 2024, the company had an outstanding loan of $3,447 million under an existing agreement 
with an affiliated company of ExxonMobil that provides for a long term, variable rate loan from ExxonMobil to the 
company of up to $7.75 billion (Canadian) at market interest rates. The agreement is effective until June 30, 
2035, cancellable if ExxonMobil provides at least 370 days advance written notice. 
152 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Company executives and executive compensation 
Named executive officers of the company 
The named executive officers of the company at year end 2024 are listed below, all of whom remain in their positions 
as of February 14, 2025. In connection with his upcoming retirement from the company, B.W. Corson has resigned as 
president effective April 1, 2025, and has resigned as chairman and chief executive officer effective at the conclusion 
of the annual meeting of shareholders on May 8, 2025. The board has appointed J.R. Whelan as president of the 
company effective April 1, 2025, as chief executive officer effective at the conclusion of the annual meeting of 
shareholders on May 8, 2025, and, provided that Mr. Whelan is elected as a director at such meeting, as chairman 
effective at the conclusion of such meeting. 
Bradley W. Corson, 63 
Calgary, Alberta, Canada 
Position held (date office held): 
Chairman, president and chief executive officer 
(2020 – Present) 
Other positions in the past five years (position, date office held and status of employer): 
President 
(2019 – 2020) 
Daniel E. Lyons, 62 
Calgary, Alberta, Canada 
Position held (date office held): 
Senior vice-president, finance and administration, and controller 
(2018 – Present) 
Other positions in the past five years (position, date office held and status of employer): 
No other positions in the last five years 
Cheryl L. Gomez-Smith, 56 
Calgary, Alberta, Canada 
Position held (date office held): 
Senior vice-president, upstream 
(2024 – Present) 
Other positions in the past five years (position, date office held and status of employer): 
Director, safety and risk, global operations and sustainability, Exxon Mobil Corporation 
(2019 – 2024) (affiliate) 
Jim E. Burgess, 50 
Position held (date office held): 
Calgary, Alberta, Canada 
Treasurer 
(2024 – Present) 
Other positions in the past five years (position, date office held and status of employer): 
Global process manager, Financial close, consolidation and external reporting, ExxonMobil Global 
Business Solutions 
(2023 – 2024) (affiliate) 
Enterprise consolidation and external reporting manager, ExxonMobil Global Business Solutions 
(2023 – 2023) (affiliate) 
Business services manager and controller, North Asia, ExxonMobil (China) Investment Co. Ltd. 
(2019 – 2023) (affiliate) 
Ian R. Laing, 51 
Calgary, Alberta, Canada 
Position held (date office held): 
Vice-president, general counsel and corporate secretary 
(2020 – Present) 
Other positions in the past five years (position, date office held and status of employer): 
Assistant general counsel, downstream and corporate departments and corporate secretary 
(2019 – 2020) 
153 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Other executive officers of the company 
In addition to the named executive officers listed on the previous page, the following individuals are executive 
officers of the company as of February 14, 2025. 
Sherri L. Evers, 48 
Calgary, Alberta, Canada 
Position held (date office held): 
Senior vice-president, sustainability, commercial development and product solutions 
(2023 – Present) 
Other positions in the past five years (position, date office held and status of employer): 
Vice-president, commercial and corporate development 
(2021 – 2023) 
Fuels manager, Central and Eastern Canada, fuels and lubricants 
(2018 – 2020) 
Constance D. Gemmell, 58 
Calgary, Alberta, Canada 
Position held (date office held): 
Director, corporate tax 
(2018 – Present) 
Other positions in the past five years (position, date office held and status of employer): 
No other positions in the past five years 
Christopher S. Leyerzapf, 49 
Calgary, Alberta, Canada 
Position held (date office held): 
Assistant controller 
(2023 – Present) 
Other positions in the past five years (position, date office held and status of employer): 
Upstream controller 
(2021 – 2023) 
Upstream business analysis and reporting manager 
(2019 – 2021) 
Jonathan D. Morgan, 43 
Position held (date office held): 
Sarnia, Ontario, Canada 
Vice-president, chemicals and Sarnia site complex manager 
(2025 – Present) 
Other positions in the past five years (position, date office held and status of employer): 
Baton Rouge polyolefins plant manager, product solutions, Baton Rouge chemical plant, Exxon 
Mobil Corporation 
(2022 – 2024) (affiliate) 
Mont Belvieu plastics plant process manger, Mont Belvieu chemical plant, Exxon Mobil 
Corporation 
(2019 – 2022) (affiliate) 
Rhonda G. Porter, 50 
Calgary, Alberta, Canada 
Position held (date office held): 
Vice-president, human resources 
(2024 – Present) 
Other positions in the past five years (position, date office held and status of employer): 
Human resources manager, upstream and ExxonMobil Canada 
(2020 – 2024) 
154 

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Executive compensation 
Compensation discussion and analysis 
Executive Summary 
156 
Letter to shareholders 
156 
Compensation design 
157 
Approach to executive compensation 
157 
Strong governance practices 
157 
Overview 
158 
Accountability and performance 
159 
Long-term award program 
161 
Bonus program 
163 
Salary program 
163 
Determining compensation 
164 
Annual benchmarking 
164 
2024 business performance 
165 
Performance graph 
166 
2024 compensation actions 
167 
Other compensation elements 
168 
Retirement plans 
168 
Award vesting and share utilization 
169 
Granting practices 
169 
Amendments 
169 
Risk and governance 
170 
Executive stock ownership 
170 
Forfeiture provisions 
170 
Clawback policies 
170 
Anti-hedging policy 
170 
Severance agreements 
171 
Change-in-control 
171 
Definitions and frequently used terms 
172 
Executive compensation tables 
173 
Summary compensation table 
173 
Outstanding equity awards 
175 
Incentive plan awards – Value vested or earned 
176 
Equity compensation plan information 
177 
RSUs as a percentage of outstanding shares 
177 
Annual burn rate 
178 
Status of prior long-term incentive plans 
178 
Pension plan benefits 
179 
Other compensation elements 
181 
The compensation and discussion 
analysis and executive compensation 
tables outline Imperial's executive 
compensation program and process for 
determining pay as it applies to the named 
executive officers (NEOs). 
For 2024, named executive officers were: 
Brad W. Corson 
Chairman, president,
and chief executive 
officer 
Daniel E. Lyons 
Senior vice-president,
finance and 
administration, and 
controller 
Cheryl L. Gomez-
Smith 
Senior vice-president, 
upstream 
Jim E. Burgess
Treasurer 
Ian R. Laing
Vice-president, general
counsel and corporate 
secretary 
155 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Executive summary 
Letter to shareholders 
Fellow shareholders: 
The executive resources committee (“committee”) supports the design and resulting pay outcomes of Imperial's 
executive compensation program; we believe that it aligns well with the company’s business model and 
considers the complexity of the business environment in which the company operates. Executive performance 
is evaluated across multiple performance dimensions within the context of the company’s long-term strategy. 
The design of the executive compensation program rewards performance and ensures the goal of maximizing 
long-term shareholder value is achieved and the company is positioned for long-term success. 
Business Perspective 
Imperial's business involves investments that create shareholder value over long periods of time, requiring 
executives to maintain a long-term view when making decisions. The executive compensation program design 
reflects this and has proven to be adaptable to evolving strategic priorities. 
In 2024, Imperial delivered strong business results across a wide range of performance dimensions. Imperial 
demonstrated its commitment to growing shareholder value while delivering affordable and reliable energy for 
societal needs and taking meaningful steps to support the energy transition. The company's disciplined 
approach and focus on cost management allows it to realize the full benefit of market conditions and deliver 
strong financial performance. For more information on the 2024 key business results see page 165. 
Compensation Decisions 
The committee exercises oversight of a compensation program that aligns executives' pay with the results of 
their decisions and the returns of our shareholders over the long term. The program design is aligned with the 
core elements of the majority shareholder's compensation program, and is designed to drive long-term 
accountability, reward the highest standard of performance, and promote retention. 
The compensation discussion and analysis ("CD&A") section that follows describes the compensation program 
for the company's named executive officers and how the program supports the business goals of the company. 
The evolution of pay during 2022-2024 demonstrates the strength of our compensation program design: highly 
performance based, share-denominated, tied to business and individual performance, resulting in greater 
degree of volatility versus benchmark company programs and better aligned with the experience of our long­
term shareholders. 
The committee has reviewed and discussed the CD&A with management of the company. Based on that review 
and discussion, the committee has recommended to the board that the CD&A be included in the company’s 
management proxy circular for the 2025 annual meeting of shareholders and annual report on Form 10-K. On 
behalf of the committee, I encourage you to read the comprehensive disclosure in the CD&A that follows. We 
are committed to overseeing all aspects of the executive compensation program in the best interests of the 
company and all shareholders. 
G.J. Goldberg, 
Members, executive resources committee 
Chair, executive resources committee 
D.W. Cornhill 
S.R. Driscoll 
J.N. Floren 
N.A. Hansen 
M.C. Hubbs 
156 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Compensation design 
Approach to executive compensation 
The decisions that our executives make and the risks they manage play out over multi-year time horizons. 
Executives are required to carefully consider current and future risks, such as those related to the energy 
transition, and to make decisions across a broad range of business environments that generate sustainable 
shareholder value over the long term. 
The company's executive compensation program design aligns executives' pay with the results of their 
decisions and shareholder returns over the long term. The program is designed to drive long-term 
accountability, reward the highest standard of performance, and promote retention. 
Drive long-term accountability 
The company's strategic objectives have been established to drive sustainable value while positioning the 
company for long-term success in a lower-emissions future. These objectives are translated into annual plan 
goals through a comprehensive process which incorporates corporate and functional plans. Goals are 
incorporated in the corporate plan, which is reviewed and approved by the board and provides the framework 
for the company's commitments. 
Reward outstanding performance 
Highly differentiated pay-for-performance is foundational to the company's compensation program design. The 
extent to which executives achieve pre-established goals and deliver on the organization's commitments, 
assessed over near- and long-term horizons, is a key differentiating factor in executives' pay deliberations. 
Performance evaluation directly impacts level of base salary, bonus, and long-term incentive awards. 
Promote retention 
Long-term orientation also underpins how the company develops talent. It begins with recruiting exceptional 
people, and continues with individually planned experiences and training, which leads to broad development 
and a deep understanding of our business across the business cycle. 
The compensation program is designed to attract and retain talent for a career through compensation that is 
market competitive, highly differentiated by individual performance, and promotes retention through long 
restriction periods. 
Supported by strong governance practices 
Key design features that discourage executives from taking inappropriate risk include: 
✓ Extensive stock ownership 
✗ No severance agreements 
✓ Significant pay at risk 
✗ No change-in-control arrangements 
✓ Strong forfeiture provisions 
✗ No guaranteed bonuses 
✓ Clawback policy 
✗ No additional stock grants to balance losses in value 
✓ Anti-hedging policy 
✗ No accelerated vesting at retirement 
✓ Annual assessment of compensation design 
157 

 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview 
Accountability and performance | Pages 159 - 160 
• 
The board reviews and approves corporate goals and objectives annually; integrated into company's plan cycle. 
• 
Goals are cascaded at each level of leadership, tailored for area of responsibility; annual assessment versus planned 
goals results in differentiated pay outcomes. 
Compensation design | Pages 161 - 163 
• 
Named executive officers participate in the same broad-based programs as all other executives. 
• 
Restricted stock units for senior executives represent a higher percentage of total direct compensation1, reflective of 
the impact of their decisions, and resulting in increased pay-at-risk. 
Restricted stock units 
Annual bonus 
Base salary 
Percent of NEO total 
• 
Over 50 percent 
• 
10 to 20 percent 
• 
10 to 30 percent 
direct compensation1 
Intent 
• 
Link pay to returns of 
• 
Link pay to annual 
• 
Provide competitive 
long-term shareholders 
company earnings 
base pay 
performance 
• 
Encourage long-term 
view through the 
• 
Align incentives across 
commodity price cycle 
all functions 
• 
Paid in year of grant 
• 
Bonus award pool 
• 
• 
Key design features 
• 
Granted in the form of 
stock units 
• 
CEO: 50 percent vests in 
5 years from grant date; 
50 percent in 10 years 
• 
All other executives: 50 
percent vests in 3 years 
from grant date; 50 
percent in 7 years 
• 
Long restriction periods 
coupled with performance 
metrics applied at grant 
• 
Significant portion of pay 
at risk of forfeiture for 
extended period of time 
reflective of business 
performance 
Individual award further 
determined by individual 
performance and pay 
grade 
Full award subject to 
clawback 
• 
Increase determined by 
individual performance, 
experience, and pay 
grade 
• 
Ties directly to long-term 
benefits 
Determining compensation 
Annual compensation benchmarking | Page 164 
• 
Focus on a range around the median of compensation benchmark peers, considering scale and complexity, tenure in 
position, individual and business performance. 
Business performance | Page 165 
Performance Dimension 
Measurement 
• 
Progress toward strategic objectives 
– 
Operations performance 
– 
Financial performance 
– 
Energy transition 
– 
Business portfolio 
• 
Demonstrated leadership and accomplishments relative 
to established goals and objectives 
Pay deliberations and decisions | Page 167 
• 
Balances progress toward strategic objectives, business results, individual performance, and competitiveness of pay, 
taking into account experience in position 
1 Refer to definitions and frequently used terms on page 172 
158 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accountability and performance 
The executive compensation program design is aligned with our business model and approach to talent 
development - long-term career oriented, performance differentiated, and adaptable to evolving strategic 
priorities through goal setting. 
Strategic objectives 
The company's long-term strategic objectives center around four key interdependent performance dimensions, 
reflective of the company's priority focus areas. These objectives are fully integrated into the company's plan 
and provide the framework for the organization to deliver on its commitments. 
The strategic objectives have been established to drive sustainable growth in shareholder value while also 
positioning the company for long-term success in a lower-emissions future. 
Long-term strategic objectives 
Operations performance 
Deliver industry-leading performance in safety, environmental performance, and reliability 
Financial performance 
Deliver industry-leading earnings and cash flow growth 
Energy transition 
Reduce GHG emissions intensity at our operated assets and in hard-to-decarbonize sectors 
Business portfolio 
Optimize existing business portfolio, resilient to a transitioning energy system 
Plan goals 
The company's long-term strategic objectives are translated into annual plan goals through a comprehensive 
process that incorporates corporate and functional plans. Plan goals are endorsed by the board. 
A disciplined approach to establishing goals aligns executives to deliver on the company's strategic objectives. 
The CEO is primarily responsible for executing the company's long-term 
strategic objectives, as translated into annual plan goals. CEO goals and 
objectives are inclusive of enterprise-wide initiatives. These include risk 
management, corporate reputation, talent management, research and 
technology, and management of major projects. 
Plan goals and objectives are cascaded throughout the organization, 
tailored to each executive's area of responsibility. 
Goals and objectives are reviewed with senior management annually and 
reinforced through periodic stewardship reviews and the performance 
assessment process. 
Leaders are held accountable to deliver on plan goals and objectives 
across all performance dimensions within the context of the company's 
strategic objectives. This sets a high performance threshold. Where faced 
with trade-offs across different priorities, these are discussed with senior 
management. 
Long-term strategic objectives integrated to annual company plan process, 
corporate goals and objectives approved by the board 
159 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance evaluation 
Chief executive officer 
The committee evaluates the CEO's performance across all performance dimensions within the context of the 
company's long-term strategy and evaluates progress against plan goals and objectives, which are reflective of 
the company's strategic objectives. Financial and operating metrics available at time of review further support 
the committee's assessment. 
Results of the annual performance evaluation inform level of pay, including salary, bonus, and restricted stock 
unit award. Details on pay deliberations can be found on page 167. 
The company's strategic objectives are interdependent, with long-term success determined by delivery in 
each of the strategic objectives. As such, the committee assigns equal weight to each of the four strategic 
objectives. 
Recognizing the complexity and significant uncertainty inherent in a transitioning energy system, the 
committee maintains its focus on balancing the energy transition objectives and meeting society's need for 
affordable products that support modern life. 
Relevant business performance measures include: 
• 
Safety, health, and environmental performance; 
• 
Risk management; 
• 
Total shareholder return; 
• 
Net income; 
• 
Return on average capital employed1; 
• 
Cash flow from operations and asset sales1; 
• 
Operating performance of the upstream, downstream, and chemical businesses; and 
• 
Progress on advancing long-term strategic interests. 
1 Non-GAAP financial measure – see definitions and frequently used terms on page 172 
Progress towards delivering the company's business results and driving the strategic objectives is discussed 
throughout the year in various board and committee reviews. Financial and operating metrics are assessed over 
near- and long-term time horizons, taking into account the broader business environment. See page 165 for 
2024 business performance results. 
Executive officers 
The CEO reviews the performance of all other executive officers, who are responsible to deliver the company's 
business results and drive the strategic objectives, with the board during the annual executive development 
review. Performance is evaluated based on accomplishments versus plan goals and objectives. 
In addition to this formal annual assessment, the board evaluates the performance of all senior executives 
throughout the year during specific reviews and board meetings. 
The committee also takes into account demonstrated leadership in sustaining sound business controls and a 
strong ethical and corporate governance environment. 
The committee does not use quantitative targets or formulas to assess individual performance or determine 
compensation. Formula-based performance assessments and compensation typically require emphasis on two 
or three business metrics. For the company to be an industry leader and effectively manage the technical 
complexity and integrated scope of its operations, senior executives must advance multiple strategies and 
objectives in parallel, versus emphasizing one or two at the expense of others that require equal attention. 
Leaders are held accountable to deliver and are assessed across all performance 
dimensions, balancing short- and long-term priorities 
160 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term award program 
Through long restriction periods, Imperial executives are incentivized to take a long-term view in decision making 
Restricted stock units represent over 50 percent of total direct compensation1, and are intended to link
executive pay to the returns of long-term shareholders and encourage a long-term view through the commodity 
price cycle. 
Restricted stock units granted to the CEO vest 50 percent in 5 years and 50 percent in 10 years. Restricted 
stock units granted to all other executives vest 50 percent in 3 years and 50 percent in 7 years. 
Program design 
Business model alignment 
Long investment lead times and 
complex risk management 
landscape require long-term view 
Shareholder alignment 
Majority of executive pay delivered 
in restricted stock units, aligning 
realized pay level with returns of 
long-term shareholders 
Accountability
Restriction periods and risk of 
forfeiture drive focus on long-term 
shareholder value creation while 
managing risk 
Longest restriction periods in any 
industry 
Applying performance measures at 
grant enables restriction periods of 
up to 10 years 
Highest standards of 
performance 
Performance assessed against 
pre-established goals and 
objectives, results tie directly to 
award level 
Ability to retain key talent 
Executives unable to monetize 
significant portion of pay, creating 
large “buyout" hurdle 
Long restriction periods in line with investment lead times and risk profile 
•
Investment decisions in a capital-intensive industry and management of risk play out over time horizons
often decades in length, through volatile commodity price cycles, requiring executives to maintain a long­
term view when making decisions.
•
Long restriction periods ensure that a significant portion of pay reflects the outcome of these decisions and
aligns with the experience of long-term shareholders.
•
A formula-based program would require a shorter time horizon to set meaningful, credible targets. A shorter-
term program could encourage short-term decision making, which is not aligned with the long investment
lead times and capital-intensive nature of the business.
•
Example below shows net cash flow of a typical Imperial project aligning with the restricted stock program
design for the Imperial CEO. It illustrates that short-term vesting occurs prior to determination of project
financial success or failure and that longer-term vesting better aligns with shareholder returns resulting from
investment decisions.
1 Refer to definitions and frequently used terms on page 172 
161 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Share-denominated basis aligns award values with shareholder outcomes 
• 
Uniquely long restriction periods result in a need to apply performance metrics at grant, versus at vest. 
• 
Restricted stock award grant levels are established based on pay grade and individual performance. 
• 
The executive resources committee does not adjust share grants to offset changes in share price, which 
results in executives seeing a one-for-one change in compensation through share price. 
• 
A share-denominated approach1 coupled with long restriction periods defines the risk/reward profile of 
stock-based performance awards and results in a greater degree of volatility versus alternate programs with 
a dollar-denominated approach.1 
2024 decisions 
• 
As in prior years, and as a matter of principle, the committee did not adjust share grants to offset changes in 
the share price, thus maintaining strong alignment in the experience of our executives and our long-term 
shareholders. 
• 
Award grants for named executive officers reflect individual performance. 
• 
Long-term award value up, reflective of strong stock price, $100.29 at 2024 grant versus $77.12 in 2023, 
and $72.62 in 2022. 
Stock ownership1 
• 
It is Imperial's policy that executives maintain significant stock ownership, with no accelerated vesting at 
retirement. 
• 
The chairman, president and chief executive officer must, within three years of appointment, acquire shares 
of the company, including common shares and restricted stock units, of a value no less than five times base 
salary. B.W. Corson’s 2024 stock ownership, as shown on page 147, exceeds the minimum requirement. 
• 
Long restriction periods result in stock ownership far exceeding ownership guidelines typical among other 
companies across industries. This aligns the interests of our executives with those of long-term 
shareholders and ensures focus on actions that create sustainable shareholder value over the long term. 
• 
At retirement, outstanding shares will continue to vest over a 7 to 10 year period. 
Exxon Mobil Corporation has a plan similar to the company’s restricted stock unit plan, under which grantees 
may receive restricted stock units, referred to herein as Exxon Mobil Corporation restricted stock. B.W. Corson 
holds Exxon Mobil Corporation restricted stock granted in 2018 and previous years, as well as Imperial Oil 
restricted stock units granted since 2019. D.E. Lyons holds Imperial Oil restricted stock units granted since 
2018, and Exxon Mobil Corporation restricted stock granted in 2017 and previous years is fully vested. C.L. 
Gomez-Smith holds Exxon Mobil Corporation restricted stock granted in 2023 and previous years, as well as 
Imperial Oil restricted stock units granted in 2024. 
1 Refer to definitions and frequently used terms on page 172 
162 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bonus program 
Annual bonus program represents 10 to 20 percent of total direct compensation1, and is intended to link 
executive pay to annual company earnings performance. 
Program design 
• 
The committee establishes the overall size of the bonus program. In establishing the annual bonus 
program, the committee: 
• 
considers input from the chairman, president and chief executive officer on performance of the 
company and from the company’s internal compensation advisors regarding compensation trends as 
obtained from external consultants; 
• 
considers the linkage to the majority shareholder’s bonus program given the company’s working interest 
is included in Exxon Mobil Corporation earnings; 
• 
considers annual net income of the company; and 
• 
uses judgment to manage the overall size of the annual bonus program taking into consideration the 
cyclical nature and long-term orientation of the business. 
• 
A bonus award matrix is used to determine individual award levels based on pay grade and individual 
performance. 
• 
Tie to year-over-year change in earnings coupled with individual performance defines the risk/reward profile 
of the bonus program and results in greater degree of volatility versus market practice, aligned with our 
approach to executive compensation as discussed on page 157. 
• 
Bonus delivered in cash in year of grant. 
• 
Full bonus award subject to clawback, see page 170. 
2024 decisions 
• 
2024 bonus program was approved at a lower level than 2023, reflective of year-over-year change in 
earnings performance. 
• 
Individual awards for named executive officers further reflect individual performance. 
Salary program 
Base salary represents 10 to 30 percent of total direct compensation1, and is intended to provide competitive 
base pay and directly affect the level of retirement benefits, as salary is included in benefit formulas. 
The overall size of the program is determined by annual benchmarking. Individual salary increases are the 
result of individual performance, experience, and pay grade. 
2024 decisions 
• 
The committee approved 2025 salary increases for named executive officers consistent with the salary 
program for all executives. 
• 
Individual salary treatments take into account individual performance, level of responsibility and experience, 
and reflect market analysis and competitiveness at the time of the decision in 2024. 
1 Refer to definitions and frequently used terms on page 172 
163 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Determining Compensation 
Annual benchmarking 
The executive resources committee conducts annual benchmarking to assess 
market competitiveness of executive pay and program design 
Compensation benchmarking 
In addition to the assessment of business and individual performance, the committee benchmarks against a 
select group of major Canadian companies on an annual basis. 
Criteria for selecting benchmark companies1 include: 
• 
Canadian companies or Canadian affiliates; 
• 
large operating scope and complexity; 
• 
capital intensive; and 
• 
proven sustainability over time. 
Pay orientation 
In assessing the appropriateness of pay levels, the committee considers scale and complexity, and tenure in 
position as relevant factors. 
The committee focuses on a range around the median of compensation benchmark companies. This provides 
the ability to: 
• 
differentiate compensation based on experience and performance levels among executives; 
• 
minimize the potential for automatic ratcheting-up of compensation that could occur within a narrow 
target among benchmark companies; and 
• 
respond to changing business conditions. 
The elements of Exxon Mobil Corporation compensation program for B.W. Corson, D.E. Lyons, and C.L. 
Gomez-Smith, including salary, annual bonus, and restricted stock units are generally similar to those of the 
company. 
1 Refer to definitions and frequently used terms on page 172 
164 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2024 business performance 
In 2024, Imperial delivered strong business results across a wide range of performance dimensions. 
• 
Delivered strong safety performance and effective enterprise risk management across the organization. 
• 
Received TSX Top 30 recognition based on the company's three-year average dividend-adjusted share price 
performance of 167 percent. 
• 
Recognized as one of Alberta's top employers by Mediacorp Canada Inc. and designated as a 2024 top 
employer for Canadians over 40 and for young people. 
Financial performance 
• 
Exceptional operational performance and reliability drove strong financial results. 
• 
Achieved nearly $4.8 billion of net income and the second highest ever earnings per share of over $9. 
• 
Generated substantial cash with nearly $6.0 billion in cash flow from operating activities. 
• 
Increased quarterly dividend to $0.60 per share in the first quarter, increasing the annual dividend paid for the 
30th consecutive year. The annual dividend paid per share represents a 22 percent increase year over year. 
• 
Total shareholder returns of $3.9 billion; including dividends of $1.2 billion and accelerated share repurchases of 
$2.7 billion as part of the company’s normal course issuer bid. 
Commitment to sustainability 
• 
Pathways Alliance continued to progress early technical work and issued the request for proposals to pipeline 
manufacturers for the proposed transportation pipeline. 
• 
Committed $19.2 million through community benefits agreements to Indigenous communities across Canada. 
• 
Surpassed $6 billion in spending with Indigenous businesses since 2008, and achieved the highest annual 
business spend in 2024. 
• 
Hosted its first-ever National Indigenous Gathering in Cold Lake, an event that brought together Indigenous 
leaders and allies from all areas of the company. 
• 
The Low Carbon Solutions organization continued to evaluate and progress emission-reduction opportunities in 
carbon capture and storage, hydrogen, and lower-emission fuels, as well as lithium to supply the global battery 
and electric vehicle markets. 
Upstream operations performance 
• 
Delivered robust production growth at Kearl and Cold Lake. Achieved Upstream production of 433,000 gross oil-
equivalent barrels per day representing the highest full year production in over 30 years. 
• 
Delivered significantly lower operating costs1 across major Upstream assets. 
• 
Achieved full-year production record at Kearl of 281,000 gross oil-equivalent barrels per day (200,000 barrels 
Imperial’s share). 
• 
Successfully completed first sub 20-day turnaround at Kearl in the second quarter of 2024. 
• 
Expanded market through TMX, secured first sale of Kearl cargo off TMX to Rongsheng China. 
• 
Increased Cold Lake full-year production by nearly 10 percent from 2023 to 148,000 gross oil-equivalent barrels 
per day. 
• 
Achieved a major milestone in the transformation of Cold Lake with industry's first solvent-assisted SAGD 
project at Grand Rapids, starting ahead of schedule in May 2024 and producing 22,000 barrels per day in the 
fourth quarter. 
• 
Completed tie-ins for modules for the Leming SAGD redevelopment project. The project is expected to start up 
in late 2025 with peak production anticipated to be around 9,000 barrels per day. 
• 
Produced 75,000 gross oil-equivalent barrels per day of full-year production at Syncrude. 
• 
Commenced construction of the Enhanced Bitumen Recovery Technology (EBRT) pilot on Imperial's Aspen 
lease with pilot start-up anticipated by 2027. 
Downstream and Chemical operations performance 
• 
Achieved average throughput of 399,000 barrels per day with refinery capacity utilization of 92 percent while 
completing significant turnaround activity. 
• 
Executed turnaround activities at all three refineries ahead of plan and below budget, including Nanticoke's 
most successful large turnaround event in decades. 
• 
Added additional operational flexibility to co-process plant based feedstocks at the Strathcona refinery. 
• 
Construction continued on Canada’s largest renewable diesel facility at the Strathcona refinery. 
• 
Successfully completed proactive replacement of a section from the Winnipeg Products Pipeline, restoring 
pipeline fuel supply in the region. 
• 
Further developed network of renewable diesel blending and offloading distribution terminals, expanding our 
capability to supply lower emission fuel options to our customers. 
• 
Grew branded retail network to 2,600 sites. 
• 
Sustained number one retail market share in Canada2. 
• 
Reliable operational performance supported Chemicals net income of $171 million. 
1 Non-GAAP financial measure – see definitions and frequently used terms on page 172. 
2 Based on Kalibrate survey data for Q4 2024. 
165 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance graph 
The following graph shows changes over the past 5 years in the value of $100 invested in (i) Imperial Oil 
Limited common shares, (ii) the S&P/TSX Composite Index, and (iii) the S&P/TSX Composite Energy Index. 
The S&P/TSX Composite Energy Index is currently comprised of share performance data for 43 oil and gas 
companies including integrated oil companies, oil and gas producers, and oil and gas service companies. 
The year-end values in the graph represent appreciation in share price and the value of dividends executed and 
reinvested. The calculations exclude trading commissions and taxes. Total shareholder returns1 from each 
investment, whether measured in dollars or percent, can be calculated from the year-end investment values 
shown beneath the graph. 
During the past 5 years, the company’s cumulative total shareholder return1 was 197 percent, for an average 
annual return of 24 percent. Total direct compensation1 for named executive officers generally reflects the trend 
in total shareholder returns as the largest single component of executive compensation is awarded in the form 
of restricted stock units with long holding periods. This design reinforces the long-term linkage between 
executive compensation and the shareholding net worth of executives to the return on the company’s stock 
realized by shareholders. 
Five-Year Cumulative Total Shareholder Returns 
(Value of $100 invested on December 21, 2019) 
(a) Effective December 21, 2012, S&P has discontinued the S&P/TSX Equity Energy Index. This has been replaced with the S&P/TSX Composite Energy Index (STENRSR). 
1 Refer to definitions and frequently used terms on page 172 
166 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
2024 compensation actions 
Chief executive officer 
Mr. Corson is responsible for executing the company's long-term strategic objectives while progressing plan 
goals in support of these objectives. 
In 2024, the company delivered strong business results across a wide range of performance dimensions as 
outlined on pages 160, 165 and 166. Under Mr. Corson’s leadership, the company maintained its commitment 
to advantaged long-term investments and actively progressed cost savings. This continues to position the 
company well to capture upside opportunities and provides flexibility to consider further investments as the 
opportunity pipeline matures, technology advances, and markets and policies evolve. 
In acknowledgement of these achievements, the committee awarded total direct compensation of $12.1 million 
CAD. Consistent with our pay philosophy, a significant portion was delivered through restricted stock units with 
5- and 10-year vesting periods, longer than those applied by most companies. The purpose of these long 
vesting periods is to reinforce the long investment lead times in the business and to link a substantial portion of 
Mr. Corson’s shareholding net worth to the performance of the company. As such, the realized value of the long­
term incentive grants may differ from the amounts shown in the summary compensation table, depending on 
company performance at time of future vesting. During these vesting periods, the awards remain at risk of 
forfeiture even after retirement. 
For 2024, the committee approved a salary2 increase of $35,400 USD ($48,491 CAD) to $919,400 USD ($1.26 
million CAD) and an annual bonus2 of $1.26 million USD ($1.73 million CAD), based on his individual 
performance, experience and pay grade. Mr. Corson’s 2024 long-term incentive award of 91,200 restricted 
stock units was granted in the form of Imperial restricted stock units, not Exxon Mobil Corporation restricted 
stock, to reinforce alignment of his interests with that of the company’s shareholders. 
• 
2024 total direct compensation1 up 26.5 percent 
versus 2023 reflective of strong share price and 
increase in exchange rate. 
• 
75 percent of CEO total direct compensation1 
delivered in the form of restricted stock units 
with long restriction periods. 
Other named executive officers 
Within the context of the compensation program structure and performance assessment processes previously 
described, the value of 2024 incentive awards and salary adjustments align with: 
• 
Performance of the company; 
• 
Individual performance and pay grade; 
• 
Long-term strategic plan of the business; and 
• 
Annual compensation of comparator companies. 
Taking all factors into consideration, the committee’s decisions on pay awarded to other named executive 
officers reflect judgment, rather than the application of formulas or targets. The committee approved the 
individual elements of compensation and the total compensation as shown in the summary compensation table. 
1 Refer to definitions and frequently used terms on page 172. Amounts are shown in Canadian dollars. 
2 Refer to footnotes on page 174 for information on compensation paid in U.S. dollars. 
167 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other compensation elements 
Retirement plans 
The company's approach to talent development stems from the need to develop future leaders broadly and 
deeply given the complexity and long-term nature of the business. Retirement plans support the company's 
talent management approach and are designed to attract and retain talent for a career. Retirement plans 
include: 
• 
A company savings plan that is attractive to new hires who can begin building an account balance 
immediately upon achieving eligibility; and 
• 
Defined benefit plans, such as the company's pension plan, that help retain mid- and late-career 
employees until retirement eligibility. These are viewed as the primary vehicle for retirement planning. 
Named executive officers participate in the same savings and pension plan, including supplemental pension 
arrangements outside the registered plan, as other employees. B.W. Corson, D.E. Lyons and C.L. Gomez-
Smith participate in Exxon Mobil Corporation plans. 
Below are brief descriptions of the company's plans. See the Pension Benefits section on page 179 for more 
details. 
Plan 
Description 
Savings plan 
Registered pension 
plan 
Supplemental 
pension 
arrangement 
• 
Employees with more than one year of service may contribute between 1 and 30 
percent of normal earnings via payroll deductions. 
• 
The company provides matching contributions up to 6% which vary depending on 
the amount of employee contributions and which defined benefit pension 
arrangement the employee participates. 
• 
Employee and company contributions can be allocated in any combination to a 
non-registered (tax-paid) account, or a registered (tax-deferred) group retirement 
savings plan (RRSP), subject to contribution limits under the Income Tax Act. 
• 
The company provides a registered defined pension benefit when leaving the 
company if age, service, and other provisions under the plan are met. 
• 
Benefit available in various annuity forms upon retirement. 
• 
Subject to income tax regulations that impose limits on the amounts that can be 
paid from a registered plan. 
• 
Provides for pension benefits accrual only until December 1st in the year the 
employee reaches the age of 71. 
• 
The company does not grant additional pension service credit. 
• 
Addresses any portions of the defined benefit that cannot be paid from the 
registered plan due to income tax regulations. 
• 
Executive officers who receive an annual bonus, can also receive an annual 
supplemental pension benefit resulting from the annual bonus. 
• 
May be taken as a lump sum or an annuity. 
• 
Not payable if an employee resigns or is terminated with cause before reaching 
retirement eligibility. 
168 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Award vesting and share utilization 
The number of common shares of the company issuable under the plan to any insiders (as defined by the 
Toronto Stock Exchange) cannot exceed 10 percent of the issued and outstanding common shares, whether at 
any time, or as issued in any one year. 
The company’s directors and officers as a group hold approximately 21 percent of the unvested restricted stock 
units that give the recipient the right to receive common shares that represent about 0.05 percent of the 
company’s outstanding common shares. Currently, the maximum number of common shares that any one 
person may receive from the vesting of restricted stock units is 88,000 common shares, which is about 0.02 
percent of the outstanding common shares. 
Upon vesting, each restricted stock unit entitles the recipient the right to receive an amount equal to the value of 
one common share of the company, based on the five-day average closing price of the company’s shares on 
the vesting date and the four preceding trading days. Units that vest on the third anniversary of the grant date 
vest as a cash payment. Units that vest on the fifth, seventh, or tenth anniversary of the grant date vest as a 
cash payment, except that for units granted to Canadian residents, the recipient may receive one common 
share per unit or elect to receive a cash payment for the units. During the restricted period, the recipient will also 
receive cash payments equivalent to the cash dividends paid to holders of regular common stock. 
Consistent with the program documentation, the board of directors may amend the plan without shareholder 
approval for RSUs previously issued or to be issued in the future, unless the amendment is with respect to: 
• 
Increasing the shares served for issuance; 
• 
Increasing the vesting price; 
• 
Extending eligibility to participate in the plan to persons not included in the plan; 
• 
Extending the right of a grantee to transfer or assign RSUs; or 
• 
Adjusting the vesting date for any RSUs previously granted. 
In the case of any subdivision, consolidation, or reclassification of the shares of the company or other relevant 
change in the capitalization of the company, the company, at its discretion, may make appropriate adjustments 
in the number of common shares to be issued and the calculation of the cash amount payable per restricted 
stock unit. 
Granting practices 
The executive resources committee ("committee") grants annual incentive awards to the company’s executive 
officers at its regular November meeting. Incentive awards are granted to other eligible employees within the 
parameters of the bonus and restricted stock award ceilings approved by the committee. 
The company’s compensation program does not include granting stock options. No stock options have been 
granted since 2002 and there are no plans to make such grants in the future. 
Amendments 
In 2020, the restricted stock unit plan was amended to update provisions regarding the vesting periods for the 
units granted in 2020 and onwards to the chairman, president and chief executive officer such that 50 percent of 
restricted stock units vest on the fifth anniversary and remaining 50 percent on the tenth anniversary. For 
awards granted prior to 2020, the vesting of the tenth anniversary portion of the award is the later of 10 years or 
retirement. 
As a result of an employee stock program expansion implemented in 2022, the restricted stock unit plan was 
amended to include an additional vesting schedule, in which some non-executive participants will be eligible for 
awards granted that vest 100 percent after 3 years. 
169 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk and governance 
Compensation program underpinned by strong governance practices that discourage inappropriate risk taking 
Executive stock ownership 
Significant pay at risk 
Strong forfeiture provisions 
Clawback policies 
Anti-hedging/derivative policy 
Annual assessment of 
compensation design 
Independent compensation 
consultant 
• Long holding periods on restricted stock units (RSUs) results in executives 
maintaining significant stock ownership during employment and for 7 years 
into retirement, with a longer holding period for the chairman, president and 
chief executive officer up to 10 years into retirement. 
• Uniquely long restriction periods on RSUs substantially increase the 
percentage of career compensation at risk well into retirement. 
• Unvested RSUs cannot be used as collateral for any purpose and cannot be 
assigned. 
• Unvested RSUs are at risk of forfeiture in the event of resignation, termination 
of employment, early retirement and/or detrimental activity, even if such 
detrimental activity occurs or is discovered after retirement. 
• In the event of retirement prior to age 65 but after eligibility for early retirement 
(i.e., at least 55 years of age with at least 10 years of service), the executive 
resources committee, in the case of an executive officer, must approve the 
retention of awards. Forfeiture provisions remain in place until an award has 
vested, including those that vest post retirement. 
• In the event of a material negative restatement of the company's reported 
financial or operating results, the Board is authorized to take actions it deems 
necessary and appropriate, including the recoupment (clawback) of any 
bonus paid to an executive officer. 
• Policies reflect the company's high ethical standards and strict compliance 
with accounting and other regulations applicable to public companies, 
including compliance with Rule 10D-1 of the US Securities Exchange Act of 
1934. 
• Company policy prohibits all employees, including executives, and directors, 
from being a party to a derivative or similar financial instrument, including 
puts, calls, or other options, future or forward contracts, or equity swaps or 
collars, with respect to the company or Exxon Mobil Corporation stock. 
• The executive resources committee ("committee") reviews the effectiveness 
and competitiveness of the compensation program design annually, and 
approves annual compensation recommendations for each named executive 
officer prior to implementation. 
• The committee is responsible for overseeing the compensation program and 
practices that are designed to encourage appropriate risk assessment and 
risk management. For further discussion on the company's risk management 
system and oversight, see "Risk oversight" on page 132. 
• In 2024, the committee did not retain an independent consultant or advisor in 
determining compensation for any of the company’s officers or any other 
senior executives. 
• The company’s management retained an independent consultant to provide 
an assessment of competitive compensation and market data for all salaried 
levels of employees in the company. While providing this data, they did not 
provide individual compensation recommendations or advice for the 
compensation of the chairman, president, and chief executive officer or other 
senior executives. 
170 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
No severance agreements 
No change in control 
arrangements 
No guaranteed bonuses 
No additional stock grants to 
balance losses in value 
No accelerated vesting at 
retirement 
• The company does not have written employment contracts or any other 
agreement with its named executive officers providing for payments on 
change in control or termination of employment. 
• Eliminates any real or perceived "safety net" with respect to job security 
and increases the risk and consequences to the individual for 
performance that does not meet the highest standards. 
• Bonus remains at risk, subject to year-on-year change in performance. 
• Demonstrated by bonus program suspension in 2020; no award granted. 
• The committee sets the size of the restricted stock unit program and does 
not offset a loss or gain in the value of prior restricted stock units by the 
value of current-year grants. 
• Such a practice would minimize the risk/reward profile of stock-based awards 
and undermine the long-term view that executives are expected to adopt. 
• Restricted stock units (RSUs) are not subject to acceleration, not even at 
retirement, except in the case of death. 
• Unvested RSUs cannot be used as collateral for any purpose. 
171 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Definitions and frequently used terms 
Please also refer to the "Frequently used terms" section of the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for 
additional definitions and reconciliation of Non-GAAP financial measures. 
Compensation benchmark companies consist of BCE Inc., Canadian Natural Resources Limited, Canadian 
Pacific Kansas City Limited, Canadian Tire Corporation, Cenovus Energy Inc., CNOOC Petroleum North 
America ULC, ConocoPhillips Canada Limited, Enbridge Inc., General Electric Canada Inc., Gibson Energy 
ULC, Irving Oil Ltd., Johnson & Johnson (Canada) Inc, MEG Energy Corp., Microsoft Canada Inc., NOVA 
Chemicals Corporation, Nutrien Ltd., Ovintiv Inc., Parkland Corporation, Pembina Pipeline Corporation, Pfizer 
Canada ULC, Shell Canada Limited, Suncor Energy Inc., TC Energy Corporation, Teck Resources Limited Inc., 
Valero Energy Inc. and Veren Inc. 
Dollar-denominated approach: annual equity grant is based on target dollar value with underlying units 
adjusted to achieve target value. Market common approach; results in less volatility than a share-denominated 
award. 
Non-GAAP financial measures 
The following definitions are used in the compensation discussion and analysis as several of Imperial’s 
business and financial performance measures. These measures are not prescribed by U.S. Generally Accepted 
Accounting Principles (GAAP). These measures constitute "non-GAAP financial measures" under Securities 
and Exchange Commission Regulation G and Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K, and "specified financial measures" 
under National Instrument 52-112 Non-GAAP and Other Financial Measures Disclosure of the Canadian 
Securities Administrators. Reconciliation of these Non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP 
measure, and other information required by these regulations, have been provided below or is available in the 
"Frequently used terms" section of the company’s most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K. Non-GAAP 
financial measures and specified financial measures are not standardized financial measures under GAAP and 
do not have standardized definitions. As such, these measures may not be directly comparable to measures 
presented by other companies, and should not be considered a substitute for GAAP financial measures. 
• 
Cash flows from (used in) operating activities and asset sales (CFOAS) is the sum of the net cash 
provided by operating activities and proceeds from asset sales reported in the Consolidated statement 
of cash flows. 
• 
Return on average capital employed (ROCE) is a measure of capital productivity, and equals net 
income excluding the after-tax cost of financing divided by total average capital employed. Capital 
employed is property, plant and equipment, and other assets, less liabilities, excluding both short-term 
and long-term debt, including the company’s share of equity company debt. 
• 
Operating costs is a non-GAAP financial measure that is the costs during the period to produce, 
manufacture, and otherwise prepare the company’s products for sale – including energy costs, staffing 
and maintenance costs. It excludes the cost of raw materials, taxes and interest expense and is 
presented on a before-tax basis. 
Share-denominated approach: annual equity grant is based on a fixed number of shares; aligns award values 
with shareholder outcomes. Imperial uses this approach; results in a greater degree of volatility than a dollar-
denominated approach. 
Statements regarding plans, objectives, and other future events or conditions are forward-looking 
statements. See the “Forward-looking statements” section for important additional information about these 
statements, including factors that could cause actual results to differ materially. 
Stock ownership includes common shares and restricted stock units. 
Total direct compensation is compensation granted during the year, including salary, current year bonus, and 
the grant date fair value of restricted stock units. 
Total shareholder return (TSR) measures the change in value of an investment in stock over a specified 
period of time, assuming dividend reinvestment. TSR is subject to many different variables, including factors 
beyond the control of management. 
172 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Executive compensation tables 
Summary compensation table 
The following table shows the compensation for the chairman, president and chief executive officer; the senior 
vice-president, finance and administration, and controller; and the three other most highly compensated 
executive officers of the company who were serving as of the end of 2024. 
The information in the summary compensation table includes the Canadian dollar value of base salaries, cash 
bonus awards, long-term incentive compensation and certain other compensation. 
Non-equity incentive 
Name and principal 
Salary 
position at the end of 
Year 
($) 
2024 
(b) 
Share-
based 
awards 
($) 
(c) 
Option-
based 
awards 
($) 
(d) 
plan compensation 
($) 
Pension 
value 
($) 
(g) 
All other 
compensation 
($) 
(h) 
Total 
compensation 
($) 
(i) 
Annual 
incentive 
plans 
Long-term 
incentive 
plans 
(e) 
(f) 
B.W. Corson (a) 
Chairman, president and 
chief executive officer 
(since January 1, 2020) 
2024 
2023 
2022 
1,259,394 
1,193,135 
1,046,245 
9,146,448 
6,694,016 
6,463,180 
— 
— 
— 
1,728,688 
1,707,371 
2,223,922 
— 
— 
727,427 
1,564,566 
2,461,764 
4,905,567 
3,322,488 
2,775,244 
1,975,182 
17,021,584 
14,831,530 
17,341,523 
D.E. Lyons (a) 
Senior vice-president, 
finance and administration, 
and controller 
(since May 1, 2018) 
2024 
2023 
2022 
821,195 
785,525 
688,388 
3,108,990 
2,390,720 
1,917,168 
— 
— 
— 
693,119 
719,390 
890,089 
— 
— 
298,642 
567,989 
850,549 
1,850,528 
599,556 
1,088,590 
1,798,933 
5,790,849 
5,834,774 
7,443,748 
C.L. Gomez-Smith (a) 
Senior vice-president, 
upstream 
(since May 1, 2024) 
2024 
556,623 
2,096,061 
— 
538,331 
— 
579,914 
1,019,622 
4,790,551 
J.E. Burgess 
Treasurer 
(since July 1, 2024) 
2024 
501,230 
1,584,582 
— 
345,296 
— 
542,500 
158,685 
3,132,293 
I.R. Laing 
Vice-president, general 
counsel and corporate 
secretary 
(since July 1, 2020) 
2024 
479,610 
1,343,886 
— 
292,961 
— 
345,500 
134,067 
2,596,024 
Refer to footnotes starting on page 174. 
Total direct compensation 
The following pro forma table displays total direct compensation, which includes salary, bonus, and stock award 
value. In its pay deliberations, the executive resources committee considers total direct compensation as it 
excludes the volatility that results from changes in pension value and all other compensation. 
Name 
Year 
Salary 
($) 
(b) 
Bonus 
($) 
(e) 
Restricted stock units 
($) 
(c) 
Total direct 
compensation 
($) 
(i) 
2024 
1,259,394 
1,728,688 
9,146,448 
12,134,530 
B.W. Corson (a) 
2023 
1,193,135 
1,707,371 
6,694,016 
9,594,522 
2022 
1,046,245 
2,223,922 
6,463,180 
9,733,347 
2024 
821,195 
693,119 
3,108,990 
4,623,304 
D.E. Lyons (a) 
2023 
785,525 
719,390 
2,390,720 
3,895,635 
2022 
688,388 
890,089 
1,917,168 
3,495,645 
C.L. Gomez-Smith (a) 
2024 
556,623 
538,331 
2,096,061 
3,191,015 
J.E. Burgess 
2024 
501,230 
345,296 
1,584,582 
2,431,108 
I.R. Laing 
2024 
479,610 
292,961 
1,343,886 
2,116,457 
Refer to footnotes starting on page 174. 
173 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Footnotes to summary compensation and total direct compensation tables on page 173 
(a) Affiliate employees. The compensation for B.W. Corson, D.E. Lyons, and C.L. Gomez-Smith is paid directly by Exxon Mobil 
Corporation, with the exception of the compensation related to the vesting of the company’s restricted stock units and dividend 
equivalents on outstanding restricted stock units. They also receive employee benefits under Exxon Mobil Corporation benefit plans, 
and not under the company’s employee benefit plans. The company reimburses Exxon Mobil Corporation for applicable compensation 
paid and employee benefits provided to them. The company does not reimburse Exxon Mobil Corporation for the cost of incentive 
awards granted by Exxon Mobil Corporation. 
(b) Salary. The amounts for each named executive officer on expatriate assignment (B.W. Corson, D.E. Lyons, and C.L. Gomez-Smith) 
are paid in their home country currency, U.S. dollars, but disclosed in Canadian dollars at the average 2024 exchange rate of 1.3698. 
In 2023 and 2022, the average exchange rate was 1.3497 and 1.3013 respectively. Effective January 1, 2025, the annual salary was 
increased for Mr. Corson to $956,200 USD ($1,309,800 CAD). For more detail on the design of the salary program and determinations 
made by the committee in 2024, see page 163. 
(c) 
Share-based awards. The valuation of stock awards in this table represents the grant date fair value, which is equal to the number of 
restricted stock units multiplied by the closing price of the company’s shares on the date of grant. 
Grant Date 
Grant Price ($) 
December 4, 2024 
100.29 
December 4, 2023 
77.12 
December 5, 2022 
72.62 
(d) Option-based awards. The company has not granted stock options since 2002. The stock option plan expired in 2012. 
(e) Bonus. The amounts for each named executive officer represent their cash bonus. B.W. Corson, D.E. Lyons, and C.L. Gomez-Smith 
participate in Exxon Mobil Corporation’s annual cash bonus program, which is similar to the company’s plan and paid in U.S. dollars, 
but disclosed in Canadian dollars. For amounts paid in U.S. dollars, they were converted to Canadian dollars at the average exchange 
rates of 1.3698 for 2024, 1.3497 for 2023, and 1.3013 for 2022. 
(f) 
Long-term incentive plans. The amounts represent earnings bonus units related to prior year grants that paid out in the year. B.W. 
Corson and D.E. Lyons participated in Exxon Mobil Corporation’s program, which was similar to the company’s program, paid in U.S. 
dollars, but disclosed in Canadian dollars. In 2022, under Exxon Mobil Corporation’s program, the maximum settlement value (trigger) 
or cumulative earnings per share was achieved, therefore payments were made. Amounts paid in 2022 in U.S. dollars were converted 
to Canadian dollars at the average exchange rate of 1.3013. Starting 2023, there are no outstanding earnings bonus units and the 
company has no longer granted additional units under the program. 
(g) Pension value. “Pension value” is the “compensatory change” in pensions as of December 31, 2024 as set out in the “Pension plan 
benefits” table on page 179. 
(h) All other compensation. The amounts listed in the “All other compensation” column include dividend equivalent payments on 
restricted stock units granted, savings plans contributions, expatriate assignment costs, parking and perquisites. 
Perquisites. Use of perquisites is very limited, composed of financial planning for senior executives, selective use of club 
memberships primarily for business, and costs associated with participation in Exxon Mobil Corporation's executive life insurance 
benefit plan, as applicable. In 2024, B.W. Corson received $39,769 of senior executive life insurance premiums, $14,932 for financial 
planning services, and $5,817 for club memberships. For all other named executive officers, the aggregate value of perquisites 
received in 2024 was not greater than $50,000 or 10 percent of the named executive officer’s base salary. 
Dividend equivalents. In 2024, the paid dividend equivalents on company restricted stock units were $900,520 for B.W. Corson, 
$253,320 for D.E. Lyons, $125,850 for J.E. Burgess, and $103,790 for I.R. Laing. Dividend equivalent payments on Exxon Mobil 
Corporation’s restricted stock were $314,024 for B.W. Corson, $25,248 for D.E. Lyons and $157,953 for C.L. Gomez-Smith, paid in 
U.S. dollars and converted to Canadian dollars at the average 2024 exchange rate of 1.3698. 
Expatriate assignment costs. For the named executive officers on expatriate assignment (B.W. Corson, D.E. Lyons, and C.L. 
Gomez-Smith), “All other compensation” also includes expatriate assignment costs which consist of expatriate allowances and the net 
effect of tax equalization costs in the year. Tax equalization costs include the net effect of taxes paid by the companies to local taxing 
authorities on behalf of the named executive officer, offset by a withholding from their income that approximates the amount of tax they 
would pay if they had not gone on expatriate assignment. Tax equalization is an integral part of the expatriate relocation program and 
is designed to maintain an individual’s overall tax burden at approximately the same level it would have otherwise been, had they 
remained in their home country. Tax equalization amounts vary from one year to the next and the net impact may be positive or 
negative in the year. 
(i) 
Total compensation. “Total compensation” consists of the total dollar value of “Salary”, “Share-based awards”, “Option-based 
awards”, “Non-equity incentive plan compensation”, “Pension value” and “All other compensation”. "Total direct compensation" is 
compensation granted during the year, including salary, current year bonus, and the grant date fair value of restricted stock units. 
174 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding equity awards 
The following table sets forth all share-based and option-based awards outstanding for each named executive 
officer of the company as at December 31, 2024. 
Option-based awards 
Share-based awards 
Number of 
Value of 
securities 
Option 
unexercised 
Option 
underlying 
exercise 
in-the-
Name 
expiration 
unexercised 
price 
money 
date 
options 
($) 
options 
(#) 
($) 
Number of 
shares or 
units of 
shares that 
have not 
vested 
(#) 
(d) 
Market or 
payout value 
of share-
based 
awards 
that have not 
vested 
($) 
(d) 
Market or 
payout value of 
vested share-
based awards 
not paid out or 
distributed 
($) 
B.W. Corson (a) 
— 
— 
— 
— 
462,500 
40,972,875 
— 
D.E. Lyons (b) 
— 
— 
— 
— 
132,200 
11,711,598 
— 
C.L. Gomez-Smith (c) 
— 
— 
— 
— 
20,900 
1,851,531 
— 
J.E. Burgess 
— 
— 
— 
— 
61,950 
5,488,151 
— 
I.R. Laing 
— 
— 
— 
— 
52,200 
4,624,398 
— 
(a) B.W. Corson was granted restricted stock units from 2019 to 2024 under the company’s plan. With respect to previous years, Mr. 
Corson participated in Exxon Mobil Corporation’s restricted stock plan, which is similar to the company’s restricted stock unit plan. 
Under that plan, Mr. Corson held 59,700 Exxon Mobil Corporation restricted stock valued at $9,240,514 on December 31, 2024, at a 
closing price for Exxon Mobil Corporation shares on December 31, 2024 of $107.57 U.S. dollars, and converted to Canadian dollars at 
the December 31, 2024 close rate of 1.4389 provided by the Bank of Canada. 
(b) D.E. Lyons was granted restricted stock units from 2018 to 2024 under the company’s plan. With respect to previous years, Mr. Lyons 
participated in Exxon Mobil Corporation’s restricted stock plan, which is similar to the company’s restricted stock unit plan. Under that 
plan, Mr. Lyons no longer holds any outstanding restricted stock units. 
(c) 
C.L. Gomez-Smith was granted restricted stock units in 2024 under the company’s plan. With respect to previous years, Ms. Gomez-
Smith participated in Exxon Mobil Corporation’s restricted stock plan, which is similar to the company’s restricted stock unit plan. Under 
that plan, Ms. Gomez-Smith held 33,300 Exxon Mobil Corporation restricted stock valued at $5,154,256 on December 31, 2024, at a 
closing price for Exxon Mobil Corporation shares on December 31, 2024 of $107.57 U.S. dollars, and converted to Canadian dollars at 
the December 31, 2024 close rate of 1.4389 provided by the Bank of Canada. 
(d) Represents the total of the outstanding restricted stock units received from the company plan that have not vested, based on the 
closing price of the company’s shares on December 31, 2024 of $88.59. 
175 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Incentive plan awards – Value vested or earned 
The following table sets forth the value of the incentive plan awards that vested in the year for each named 
executive officer of the company. 
Non-equity incentive plan 
Option-based awards – 
Share-based awards – Value 
compensation – Value earned 
Value vested during the 
vested during the year 
Name 
during the year 
year 
($) 
($) 
($) 
(d) 
(e) 
B.W. Corson (a) 
— 
4,018,542 
— 
D.E. Lyons (b) 
— 
1,345,054 
— 
C.L. Gomez-Smith (c) 
— 
— 
— 
J.E. Burgess 
— 
980,855 
345,296 
I.R. Laing 
— 
766,869 
292,961 
(a) Prior to 2019, Mr. Corson participated in Exxon Mobil Corporation’s restricted stock plan, which is similar to the company’s restricted 
stock unit plan. In 2024, no restrictions lapsed on restricted stock granted under the Exxon Mobil Corporation Plan. B.W. Corson 
participates in Exxon Mobil Corporation’s annual bonus program, which is similar to the company’s annual bonus program. In 2024, 
B.W. Corson received $1,728,688 with respect to the annual cash bonus. All these amounts were paid in U.S. dollars and converted to 
Canadian dollars at the average 2024 exchange rate of 1.3698. 
(b) Prior to 2018, Mr. Lyons participated in Exxon Mobil Corporation’s restricted stock plan, which is similar to the company’s restricted 
stock unit plan. In 2024, restrictions lapsed on 4,800 Exxon Mobil Corporation restricted stock having a value of $774,112 based on the 
average of the high and low sale prices of Exxon Mobil Corporation common shares on the NYSE on the date restrictions lapsed. D.E. 
Lyons participates in Exxon Mobil Corporation’s annual bonus program, which is similar to the company’s annual bonus program. In 
2024, D.E. Lyons received $693,119 with respect to the annual cash bonus. All these amounts were paid in U.S. dollars and converted 
to Canadian dollars at the average 2024 exchange rate of 1.3698. 
(c) 
Although C.L. Gomez-Smith received restricted stock units under the company’s plan in 2024, these restricted stock units have not 
vested. In previous years, Ms. Gomez-Smith participated in Exxon Mobil Corporation’s restricted stock plan, which is similar to the 
company’s restricted stock unit plan. In 2024, restrictions lapsed on 6,600 Exxon Mobil Corporation restricted stock having a value of 
$1,085,605 based on the average of the high and low sale prices of Exxon Mobil Corporation common shares on the NYSE on the 
date restrictions lapsed. C.L. Gomez-Smith participates in Exxon Mobil Corporation’s annual bonus program, which is similar to the 
company’s annual bonus program. In 2024, C.L. Gomez-Smith received $538,331 with respect to the annual cash bonus. All these 
amounts were paid in U.S. dollars and converted to Canadian dollars at the average 2024 exchange rate of 1.3698. 
(d) These values show restricted stock units granted by the company that vested in 2024. The value is based on the five day average 
closing price of the company’s shares, which includes the vesting date and the four preceding trading days. For B.W.Corson, the 
values represent restricted stock units granted in 2019. For D.E. Lyons, the values represent restricted stock units granted in 2021. For 
J.E. Burgess and I.R. Laing, the values represent restricted stock units granted in 2017 and 2021. 
(e) This column represents amounts paid by the company with respect to the annual cash bonus. 
176 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity compensation plan information 
The information shown in the following table represents the common shares of the company that may be issued 
as of the end of 2024 pursuant to compensation plans of the company. 
Number of securities 
Number of securities remaining 
Weighted-average 
to be issued upon 
available for future issuance 
exercise price of 
exercise of 
under equity compensation 
outstanding 
Plan category 
outstanding options, 
plans (excluding securities 
options, 
warrants and rights 
reflected in the first column) 
warrants and rights 
(#) 
(#) 
($) 
(c) 
(c) 
Equity compensation plans 
—
— 
— 
approved by security holders (a) 
Equity compensation plans not 
1,625,170 
— 
8,842,867 
approved by security holders (b) 
Total 
1,625,170 
— 
8,842,867 
(a) The company’s stock option plan expired in 2012. 
(b) This is a restricted stock unit plan, which is described starting on page 161. 
(c) 
The Number of securities to be issued represents the total number of restricted stock units still outstanding (4,223,070) minus the 
outstanding restricted stock units that are only eligible for cash (and not common shares) upon vesting (2,597,900). The Number of 
securities remaining available for future issuance represents the restricted stock units not yet granted (6,244,967) plus the number of 
outstanding restricted stock units that are only eligible for cash (and not common shares) upon vesting (2,597,900). 
RSUs as a percentage of outstanding shares 
The following table provides information on the restricted stock unit plan, expressed as a number and as a 
percentage of the common shares of the company as of the end of 2024. 
Maximum number of 
Total number of 
Total number of restricted 
restricted stock units 
restricted stock units 
stock units available for 
issuable under the plan 
awarded and 
grant 
(b) 
outstanding 
Number (#) 
10,468,037 
4,223,070 
6,244,967 
Percent of outstanding 
2.06 
0.83 
1.23 
common shares (%) (a) 
(a) As of December 31, 2024, the number of common shares outstanding was 509,044,963. 
(b) The maximum number of restricted stock units issuable under the company plan is the number as of December 31, 2023 (10,468,037) 
minus the common shares issued in 2024 pursuant to the vesting of restricted stock units under the plan (0 common shares). 
177 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual burn rate 
The following table provides the annual burn rate associated with the restricted stock unit plan for each of the 
company’s three most recent fiscal years. The annual burn rate is the number of restricted stock units granted 
as a percentage of the weighted-average number of outstanding shares of the company, which provides a 
measure of how quickly a company is using its available shares for incentive purposes. 
Number of restricted stock 
units granted under the plan 
(#) 
(a) 
Weighted-average number of 
securities outstanding 
(#) 
(b) 
Annual burn rate 
(%) 
(c) 
2024 
968,720 
529,434,755 
0.18 
2023 
949,520 
574,750,575 
0.17 
2022 
884,140 
640,160,028 
0.14 
(a) The number of restricted stock units granted under the plan in the applicable fiscal year. 
(b) The weighted-average number of securities outstanding during the period is the number of securities outstanding at the beginning of 
the period, adjusted by the number of securities bought back or issued during the period multiplied by a time-weighting factor. 
(c) 
The annual burn rate percent is calculated as the number of restricted stock units granted under the plan divided by the weighted-
average number of securities outstanding. 
Status of prior long-term incentive compensation plans 
The company’s only long-term incentive compensation plan is the restricted stock unit plan described starting 
on page 161. There are no units outstanding for any historical plan. 
178 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pension plan benefits 
The following table provides information for each named executive officer of the company participating in a 
defined benefit pension plan. Information for named executive officers on assignment from affiliates of the 
company who participate in a plan provided by such affiliates is disclosed in the footnotes. 
Annual benefits 
Opening 
Closing present 
Compensatory 
present value of 
compensatory 
value of defined 
Name 
defined benefit 
benefit obligation 
obligation 
Number of 
years credited 
service (as of 
December 31, 
2024) 
(#) 
(a) 
payable 
($) 
($) 
(d) 
change 
($) 
(e) 
Non-
change 
($) 
(f) 
($) 
(d) 
At year-
end 
(b) 
At age 
65 
(c) 
B.W. Corson 
— 
—
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
D.E. Lyons 
—
—
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
C.L. Gomez-Smith 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
J.E. Burgess 
27.5 
285,000 
436,800 
3,122,300 
542,500 
82,000 
3,746,800 
I.R. Laing 
19.2 
182,200 
325,400 
1,906,800 
345,500 
52,400 
2,304,700 
(a) B.W. Corson, D.E. Lyons, and C.L. Gomez-Smith participate in the Exxon Mobil Corporation defined benefit pension plan including tax-
qualified and non-qualified plans. Benefits under this plan are payable in U.S. dollars and have been converted to Canadian dollars at 
the average 2024 exchange rate of 1.3698. Under this plan, Mr. Corson had 41.5 years of credited service, Mr. Lyons had 34.5 years 
of credited service, and Ms. Gomez-Smith had 34.6 years of credited service. 
(b) For members of the company’s pension plan, the annual benefits include the amount of the accrued annual lifetime pension from the 
company’s registered pension plan and supplemental pension arrangement. Benefits under the supplemental pension arrangement 
can be paid as a lump-sum equivalent upon retirement. For members of Exxon Mobil Corporation’s pension plan, the annual benefits 
include the accrued annual lifetime pension from the tax-qualified and the annual amount calculated under the non-qualified plans. For 
B.W. Corson this value was $2,052,685. For D.E. Lyons this value was $842,972. For C.L. Gomez-Smith this value was $730,652. 
Non-qualified plan benefits are payable only as a lump-sum equivalent upon retirement. 
(c) 
For members of the company’s pension plan, the annual benefits include the amount of the accrued annual lifetime pension from the 
company’s registered pension plan and supplemental pension arrangement that would be earned to age 65 assuming final average 
earnings as at December 31, 2024. Benefits under the supplemental pension arrangement can be paid as a lump-sum equivalent upon 
retirement. For members of Exxon Mobil Corporation’s pension plan, the annual benefits include the annual lifetime pension from the 
tax-qualified and the annual amount calculated under the non-qualified plans that would be earned to age 65 assuming final average 
earnings as at December 31, 2024. For B.W. Corson, this value was $2,144,341. For D.E. Lyons, this value was $909,863. For C.L. 
Gomez-Smith, this value was $914,032. Non-qualified plan benefits are payable only as a lump-sum equivalent upon retirement. 
(d) For members of the company’s pension plan, the opening and closing defined benefit obligation is defined under U.S. Generally 
Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and values are calculated on a basis that is consistent with the valuation that was performed 
for accounting purposes for the company’s plans. The value is calculated based on estimated earnings eligible for pension as 
described previously and Yearly Maximum Pensionable Earnings (YMPE) as defined by the Canada Revenue Agency, projected to 
retirement and pro-rated on service to the date of valuation. Where required, the calculations assume that the Canada Pension Plan 
offset is based on the annual maximum benefit at retirement and the Old Age Security (OAS) offset is based on the OAS benefit at the 
date of valuation, projected to retirement, as applicable. For members of Exxon Mobil Corporation pension plan, the opening and 
closing defined benefit obligation is defined under GAAP and values are consistent with the valuation performed for accounting 
purposes for Exxon Mobil Corporation pension plan. The values are calculated based on estimated earnings eligible for pension as 
described previously. For B.W. Corson, the opening value was $20,224,937 and the closing value was $23,414,758. For D.E. Lyons 
the opening value was $8,644,256 and the closing value was $9,894,120. For C.L. Gomez-Smith, the opening value was $7,363,071 
and the closing value was $8,194,206. 
(e) The value for “Compensatory change” includes service cost for 2024 and the impact of change in earnings on the projected benefit 
obligation. For members of the company’s plan, these values are calculated using the individual’s additional pensionable service in 
2024 and the actual salary and bonus received in 2024. For members of Exxon Mobil Corporation pension plan, these values are 
calculated using the individual’s additional pensionable service in 2024 and earnings as described previously. For B.W. Corson, this 
value was $1,564,566. For D.E. Lyons, this value was $567,989. For C.L. Gomez-Smith, this value was $579,914. 
(f) 
The value for “Non-compensatory change” includes the impact of experience not related to earnings, benefit payments and change in 
measurement assumptions. Additionally, the discount rate used to determine the closing present value of defined benefit obligation at 
the end of 2024 increased to 4.7 percent, from 4.6 percent at the end of 2023, which had a negative impact on the non-compensatory 
change element. For members of Exxon Mobil Corporation's plan, the value for “Non-compensatory change” includes the impact of 
experience not related to earnings or service and the effect of interest based on a discount rate of 5.7 percent at the end of 2024, up 
from 5.3 percent at the end of 2023. For B.W. Corson, this value was $1,625,255. For D.E. Lyons, this value was $681,875. For C.L. 
Gomez-Smith, this value was $251,221. 
179 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Pension plan 
J.E. Burgess participates in the three pension option (3PO) provision of the company's pension plan with some 
accrued service in the 1.6 percent provision. I.R. Laing participates in the 3PO provision. Key features of the 
plan provisions for these executives include: 
Pension plan 
Supplemental pension arrangement (SPA) 
Type 
Registered 
Non-registered 
1.6% provision
calculation 
• 
An annual benefit equal to 1.6 
percent multiplied by final average 
earnings(a) multiplied by years of 
service, with a partial offset for 
applicable government pension 
benefits. 
• 
An option to forego a portion of the 
company's matching contributions 
to the savings plan in order to 
receive an additional 0.4 percent of 
final average earnings. 
• 
Includes any portions of the defined 
pension benefit that cannot be paid from 
the registered plan due to income tax 
regulations. 
• 
Executive officers who receive an annual 
bonus, and meet the criteria of the SPA, 
can also receive an annual benefit of 
1.6% of final average bonus earnings(b) 
multiplied by years of service. 
3PO provision
calculation 
• 
An annual benefit equal to 1.0, 1.5 
or 2.0 percent multiplied by final 
average earnings(a) multiplied by 
years of service. 
• 
Employees may elect to change the 
pension percent multiplier once 
every five years. Company 
contributions to the savings plan 
are integrated with the pension 
multiplier election.(c) 
• 
Includes any portions of the defined 
pension benefit that cannot be paid from 
the registered plan due to income tax 
regulations. 
• 
Executive officers who receive an annual 
bonus, and meet the criteria of the SPA, 
can also receive an annual benefit of 
1.5% of final average bonus earnings(b) 
multiplied by years of service. 
• 
Benefit available in various annuity 
• 
May be taken as a lump sum or an 
Form of payment 
forms upon retirement. 
annuity upon retirement. 
(a) 
Final average earnings consist of base salary over the highest 36 consecutive months in the 10 years of service prior to retirement. 
(b) 
Final average bonus earnings include the average of the annual bonus for the three highest grants of the last five bonus years 
awarded prior to retirement for eligible executives. 
(c) For the 3PO provision, the company contribution to the savings plan is integrated with the pension multiplier election as follows: 
Pension multiplier 
Company savings plan match 
1.5% 
Up to 6% 
1.0% 
Up to 6% and an additional company contribution of 2% 
2.0% 
Forego company matching contribution 
B.W. Corson, D.E. Lyons, and C.L. Gomez-Smith are not participants in the company’s pension plan, but are 
participants in the Exxon Mobil Corporation pension and savings plans. Under the Exxon Mobil Pension Plan 
(EMPP), the pension is payable in U.S. dollars and is calculated based on final average base salary over the 
highest 36 consecutive months in the 10 years of service prior to retirement. They are also eligible for the 
ExxonMobil Supplemental Pension Plan (SPP) for pension benefits that cannot be paid from the EMPP due to 
IRS limitations. The ExxonMobil Additional Payment Plan (APP) provides a pension based on the average 
annual bonus for the three highest grants of the last five awarded prior to retirement. The SPP and APP are paid 
as a lump sum. 
180 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Effect of early retirement or death 
All company pension provisions generally require completion of 10 years of service and attainment of age 55 to 
be eligible for early retirement. For members of Exxon Mobil Corporation’s pension plan, pension provisions 
generally require completion of 15 years of service and attainment of age 55 to be eligible for early retirement. 
The early retirement benefit under the 1.6 percent pension plan provision consists of an annuity benefit that is 
undiscounted for retirement ages of 60 years or over, with a discount of 5 percent for each year under age 60. 
Alternatively, pension will be undiscounted if member attains age 55 and 30 years of service. 
The early retirement benefit under the 3PO pension provision consists of an annuity benefit that is undiscounted 
for retirement ages of 62 years or over, with a discount of 5 percent for each year under age 57 and a discount 
of 3 percent for each year between age 57 and 62. 
In the event of death after pension commencement, a retirement benefit may be payable to the participant’s 
beneficiary, in accordance with pension selection. 
Other compensation elements 
• 
The company does not have written employment contracts or any other 
Termination and 
agreement with its named executive officers providing for payments on change­
change-in-control 
in-control or termination of employment; see page 171. 
• 
All executives employed by the company, including the named executive 
Common programs 
officers, participate in common programs (the same salary, incentive, and 
retirement programs). Compensation is differentiated based on individual 
performance assessment, experience and pay grade. 
• 
All executives on assignment from an affiliate of the company, including the 
named executive officers on assignment from Exxon Mobil Corporation, also 
participate in common programs that are administered by Exxon Mobil 
Corporation or such affiliates. The named executive officers on assignment 
receive restricted stock units from Imperial. 
• 
The executive resources committee (“committee”) reviews and approves annual 
compensation recommendations for each named executive officer prior to 
implementation. 
• 
Named executive officers are eligible to participate in their respective 
Health care benefits 
Company’s health care programs (medical, dental, prescription drug, and vision 
care) on the same basis as other employees; no special provisions apply. 
• 
Tax assistance is provided for employees on expatriate assignment. This 
Tax assistance 
assistance consists primarily of a tax equalization component designed to 
maintain the employees’ overall income tax burden at approximately the same 
level had they remained in their home country. The expatriate relocation 
program is broad-based and applies to all executive, management, professional 
and technical transferred employees. 
Payments in the 
• 
The only event that results in acceleration of vesting for outstanding restricted 
event of death 
stock awards is death. 
• 
Executive’s estate or beneficiaries would be entitled to receive the applicable 
death benefits as described above this table, a distribution of the executive’s 
savings plan balances, and payment of company-provided life insurance. 
181 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Appendix A- Board of director and committee charters 
Board of Directors Charter 
The structure, process and responsibilities of the board of directors of the corporation shall include the 
following items and matters: 
1. Responsibility 
The board of directors shall be responsible for the stewardship of the corporation and provide oversight of 
management of the corporation, aimed at giving effect to the corporation’s strategy and sustainably 
generating long-term value. 
2. Duty of care 
The directors, in exercising their powers and discharging their duties, shall: 
(a) act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the corporation; and 
(b) exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in 
comparable circumstances. 
3. Stewardship process 
In order to carry out their responsibility for stewardship within their duty of care, the directors shall, directly or 
through one or more committees of directors, 
(a) contribute to the formulation of and approve strategic plans on at least an annual basis; 
(b) identify the principal risks of the corporation's business where identifiable and oversee the 
implementation of appropriate systems to manage such risks; 
(c) 
provide oversight regarding succession planning for senior management, including the appointing, 
training and monitoring thereof; 
(d) approve the corporate disclosure guidelines and monitor the external communications of the 
corporation; 
(e) provide oversight regarding the integrity of the corporation's internal control and management 
information systems; 
(f) 
provide oversight regarding the integrity of the corporation's information technology and systems to 
ensure the security and integrity of the corporation’s electronic information, systems and assets; 
(g) consider management's recommendations regarding major corporation decisions and actions, 
which have significant societal implications; 
(h) provide oversight regarding compliance with major corporate policies; 
(i) 
charge the chief executive officer of the corporation with the general management and direction of 
the business and affairs of the corporation; 
(j) 
monitor and assess the performance of the chief executive officer; 
(k) 
satisfy itself as to the integrity of the chief executive officer and other executive officers and ensure 
that the chief executive officer and the other executive officers create a culture of integrity 
throughout the company; 
(l) 
annually review and approve the corporation's code of ethics and business conduct; 
182 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(m) provide oversight regarding compliance with the code of ethics and business conduct, provided 
that any waivers from the code that are granted for the benefit of the issuer's directors or executive 
officers should be granted by the board only; 
(n) determine appropriate measures are in place for receiving feedback from stakeholders; 
(o) annually determine the recommended candidates to stand for election as directors of the 
corporation, and to make appointments of directors to the board to fill open seats between annual 
meetings, including vacancies created by an increase in the authorized number of directors; 
(p) annually review and approve the remuneration of independent directors; 
(q) by appropriate charter resolutions, establish the audit, executive resources, nominations and 
corporate governance, safety and sustainability, and finance committees of the board with specific 
duties defined and the corporation provide each board committee with sufficient funds to discharge 
its responsibilities in accordance with its charter; 
(r) 
determine membership of each committee, including its chair and vice-chair, after receiving the 
recommendation of the nominations and corporate governance committee; 
(s) 
direct the distribution to the board by management of information that will enhance their familiarity 
with the corporation's activities and the environment in which it operates, as set out in section 5; 
(t) 
review the corporation’s process in respect of employee conflicts of interest and directorships in 
non-affiliated commercial, financial and industrial organizations and the disclosures thereof; 
(u) review the mandates of the board and of the committees and their effectiveness at least annually; 
and 
(v) 
undertake such additional activities within the scope of its responsibilities as it may deem 
appropriate. 
4. Range of items to be considered by the board 
The following categories and specific items shall be referred to the board for information or decision on a 
regularly scheduled basis, to the extent appropriate: 
Organization/legal 
• fixing of the number of directors 
• director appointments to fill interim vacancies 
• director slate for election by the shareholders 
• officer appointments 
• board governance processes 
• by-laws and administrative resolutions 
• changes in fundamental structure of the corporation 
• shareholder meeting notice and materials 
• non-employee director compensation 
• policies adopted by the board 
• investigations and litigation of a material nature 
Financial 
• equity or debt financing 
• dividend declarations 
• financial statements and the related management discussion and analysis, annual and 
quarterly 
• status of the corporation's retirement plan and employee savings plan 
Strategic/investment/operating plans/performance 
• near-term and long-range outlooks 
• capital, lease, loan and contributions budgets annually 
• budget additions over $250 million individually 
• quarterly updates of actual and projected capital expenditures 
183 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
• capital expenditures or dispositions in excess of $250 million individually 
• entering into any venture that is outside of the corporation's existing businesses 
• financial and operating results quarterly 
• Canadian and world economic outlooks 
• regional socio-economic reviews 
• corporate reputation reviews 
• risk management reviews 
• climate, environment, and sustainability reviews 
• personnel and process safety systems and performance reviews 
• information technology, systems and cybersecurity 
In addition to the items which are specific to the categories identified above, the chief executive officer shall 
refer to the board for information or decision all other items of corporate significance; and any member of the 
board may request a review of any such item. Items to be referred to the committees of the board are 
specified in their respective charters. 
5. Information to be received by the board 
Material shall be distributed to directors through the office of the corporate secretary. Corporate policies, 
board calendars, contact information and other company processes, are updated on the board portal site and 
accessible to all directors. 
Material under the following general headings, including the specific items listed below and only other similar 
items, shall be distributed to directors on a regular basis: 
Organization/legal 
• articles of incorporation, by-laws and administrative resolutions 
• corporate policies 
• corporate data 
• board and management processes 
• financial and operating report 
• organization outline 
Social/political/economic environment 
• public issues updates 
• economic outlook 
• external communications packages 
• information technology, systems and cybersecurity updates 
Major announcements 
• press releases 
• speeches by management 
• organization changes 
Communications to shareholders 
Other significant submissions, studies and reports 
6. Meetings of the board 
(a) The board normally holds seven (7) regular meetings per year. Additional meetings may be 
scheduled as required to consider the range of items charged for consideration by the board. 
(b) An agenda for each board meeting and briefing materials will, to the extent practicable in light of the 
timing of matters that require board attention, be distributed to each director approximately five to 
seven days prior to each meeting. The chairman, in consultation with the lead director will normally 
set the agenda for board meetings. Any director may request the inclusion of specific items. 
184 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(c) 
It is expected that each director will make every effort to attend each board meeting and each 
meeting of any committee on which he or she serves. Attendance in person is preferred but virtual 
attendance is permitted if necessary. 
(d) Each director should be familiar with the agenda for each meeting, have carefully reviewed all other 
materials distributed in advance of the meeting, and be prepared to participate meaningfully in the 
meeting, and to discuss all scheduled items of business. 
(e) The proceedings and deliberations of the board and its committees are confidential. Each director 
will maintain the confidentiality of information received in connection with his or her service as a 
director, and the chief executive officer, or those whom he or she has designated, will speak for the 
corporation. 
7. Independent directors 
(a) The board shall be composed of a majority of independent directors. The board may also include 
one or more directors who are not independent, but who, as officers of the majority shareholder, 
may be viewed as independent of the company’s management. 
(b) In respect of each director to be appointed to fill a vacancy and each director to be nominated for 
election or re-election by the shareholders, the board shall make an express determination as to 
whether he or she is an independent director and, for a director who may become a member of the 
audit committee, whether he or she is an audit committee financial expert or financially literate. 
(c) 
The term "independent", shall have the meaning as set out in applicable law, including on the basis 
of the standards specified by National Instrument 52-110 Audit Committees, the US. Securities and 
Exchange Commission rules and the listing standards of the NYSE American LLC. 
(d) Independent directors will have full access to senior management of the corporation and other 
employees on request to discuss the business and affairs of the corporation. The board expects 
that there will be regular opportunities for directors to meet with the chief executive officer, and other 
members of management in board and committee meetings and in other formal or informal settings. 
(e) Compensation for independent directors will be determined by the board on the recommendation of 
the nominations and corporate governance committee and will be reviewed annually. Non-
employee director compensation will be set at a level that is consistent with market practice, taking 
into account the size and scope of the corporation’s business and the responsibilities of its directors. 
A substantial portion of the compensation paid to independent directors for service on the board will 
be paid in restricted stock units of the corporation. 
8. Lead Director 
The independent directors will annually select one independent director to serve as lead director. The 
appointment of a lead director is intended to ensure that the board functions with appropriate independence 
and to enhance the company’s corporate governance. It is normally expected that the same director will serve 
as lead director for a minimum of two years. 
The lead director’s duties and responsibilities will include: 
(a) act as liaison with the chairman, in consultation with the other directors, (provided however that 
each director will also be afforded direct and complete access to the chairman at any time as 
such director deems necessary or appropriate); 
(b) calls, chairs and sets agendas for executive sessions of the independent directors; 
(c) 
provides feedback to the chairman; 
(d) chairs meetings of the board in the absence of the chairman; 
(e) reviews and approves the schedule and agenda for all board and committee meetings and 
reviews associated materials distributed to the directors; 
185 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(f) 
advises the chairman as to the quality, quantity and timeliness of information flows; 
(g) working together with the chairman, oversees the annual performance evaluation of the board; 
and 
(h) working together with the chair of the executive resources committee, oversees the annual 
performance review of the CEO. 
Compensation for the lead director will be determined by the board on the recommendation of the 
nominations and corporate governance committee and will be reviewed annually. 
9. Independent legal or other advice 
It is normally expected that information regarding the corporation’s business and affairs will be provided to the 
board by the corporation’s management and staff and by its independent auditors. However, the board and, 
with the approval of the board, any director, may engage independent counsel and other advisors at the 
expense of the corporation. The fees and expenses of any such advisor will be paid by the corporation. 
10. Meetings of the independent directors in the absence of members of management 
(a) Meetings of the independent directors ("executive sessions of the board") shall be held in 
conjunction with all board meetings including unscheduled virtual board meetings. Additional 
executive sessions may be convened by the lead director at his or her discretion and will be 
convened if requested by any other director. Any independent director may raise issues for 
discussion at an executive session. 
(b) The lead director, or in the lead director's absence, an independent director chosen by the 
independent directors, shall preside at executive sessions of the board and ensure that meetings of 
the independent directors are held in accordance with this charter. 
(c) 
The purposes of the executive sessions of the board shall include the following: 
(i) 
to raise substantive issues that are more appropriately discussed in the absence of 
management; 
(ii) 
to discuss the need to communicate to the chairman of the board any matter of concern raised 
by any committee or any director; 
(iii) to address issues raised but not resolved at meetings of the board and assess any follow-up 
needs with the chairman of the board; 
(iv) to discuss the quality, quantity, and timeliness of the flow of information from management that 
is necessary for the independent directors to effectively and responsibly perform their duties, 
and advise the chairman of the board of any changes required; and 
(v) 
to seek feedback about board processes. 
11. Selection and tenure of directors 
The nominations and corporate governance committee shall recommend to the board a slate of director 
candidates for election at each annual meeting of shareholders and shall recommend to the board directors to 
fill vacancies, including vacancies created as a result of any increase of the size of the board. 
The guidelines for selection and tenure of directors shall be as follows: 
(a) Selection 
In considering the qualifications of potential nominees for election as directors, the nominations and 
corporate governance committee considers the work experience and other areas of expertise of the 
potential nominees with the objective of providing for diversity among non-employee directors. The 
following key criteria are considered to be relevant to the work of the board of directors and its committees: 
186 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Work Experience 
• Experience in leadership of businesses or other large organizations (Leadership of large 
organizations) 
• Operations/technical experience (Operations / technical) 
• Project management experience (Project management) 
• Experience in working in a global work environment (Global experience) 
• Experience in development of business strategy (Strategy development) 
• Experience with environmental, health, community relations and/or safety policy, practices and 
management (Environment and sustainability) 
Other Expertise 
• Audit committee financial expert 
• Expertise in financial matters (Financial expertise) 
• Expertise in managing relations with government (Government relations) 
• Expertise in information technology and cybersecurity oversight (Information technology / 
Cybersecurity oversight) 
• Expertise in executive compensation policies and practices (Executive compensation) 
• Expertise in oversight of risk management policies and practices (Risk management) 
In addition, the nominations and corporate governance committee may consider the following additional 
factors: 
• possessing expertise in any of the following areas: law, science, marketing, administration, social/ 
political environment or community and civic affairs; 
• individual competencies in business and other areas of endeavour in contributing to the collective 
experience of the directors; and 
• providing diversity in age, regional association, gender and other diversity elements (including 
Indigenous peoples, persons with disabilities and members of visible minorities). 
The nominations and corporate governance committee shall then assess what work experience and 
other expertise each existing director possesses. The nominations and corporate governance 
committee shall identify individuals qualified to become new board members and recommend to the 
board the new director nominees. In making its recommendations, the nominations and corporate 
governance committee shall consider the work experience and other expertise that the board considers 
each existing director to possess and which each new nominee will bring. The nominations and 
corporate governance committee may also consider the additional factors noted above and any other 
factors which it believes to be relevant. 
A candidate may be nominated for directorship after consideration has been given as to his or her 
degree of compatibility with the following criteria, i.e., as to whether he or she: 
• will not adversely affect the requirements with respect to citizenship and residency for the directors 
imposed by the Canada Business Corporations Act; 
• will not adversely affect the corporation’s status as a foreign private issuer under U.S. securities 
legislation; 
• possesses the ability to contribute to the broad range of issues with which the directors and any 
one or all of the committees of directors must deal; 
• will serve on the boards of other public companies only to the extent that such services do not 
detract from the director’s ability to devote the necessary time and attention as a director; 
• is able to devote the necessary amount of time to prepare for and attend all meetings of the 
directors and committees of directors, and to keep abreast of significant corporate developments; 
187 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
• is free of any present or apparent potential legal impediment or conflict of interest, such as: 
• serving as an employee or principal of any organization presently providing a significant 
level of service to the corporation or which might so provide to the corporation, for 
example, institutions engaged in commercial banking, underwriting, law, management 
consulting, insurance, or trust companies; or of any substantial customer or supplier of 
the corporation; 
• serving as an employee or director of a competitor of the corporation, such as petroleum 
or chemical businesses, or of a significant competitor of corporations represented by a 
director of this corporation; 
• serving as the chief executive officer or a top administrator of an organization that has the 
chief executive officer or a top administrator of this corporation serving as director; 
• 
is expected to remain qualified to serve for a minimum of five years; 
• 
will not, at the time that he or she stands for election or appointment, have attained the age of 72; 
• if an independent director, is, or will become within a period of five years of becoming a director, 
the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of not less than 16,500 common shares, deferred share 
units or restricted stock units of the corporation. 
(b) Tenure 
(i) Re-nomination 
An incumbent director shall be supported for re-nomination as long as he or she: 
• 
does not suffer from any disability that would prevent the effective discharge of his or her 
responsibilities as a director; 
• 
makes a positive contribution to the effective performance of the directors; 
• 
regularly attends directors’ and committee meetings; 
• 
has not made a change with respect to principal position or thrust of involvement or regional 
association that would significantly detract from his or her value as a director of the corporation; 
• 
is not otherwise, to a significant degree, incompatible with the criteria established for use in the 
selection process; 
• 
in a situation where it is known that a director will become incompatible with the criteria 
established for use in the selection process within a three-month period of election, such as 
retirement from principal position at age 65, this information would be included in the 
management proxy circular, and where possible, information regarding the proposed replacement 
would also be included; 
• 
will not, at the time that he or she stands for re-election, have attained the age of 72; however, 
under exceptional circumstances, at the request of the chairman, the nominations and corporate 
governance committee may continue to support the nomination. 
(ii) Resignation 
An incumbent director will resign in the event that he or she: 
• 
experiences a change in circumstances such as a change in his or her principal occupation, 
including an officer of the corporation ceasing to hold that position, but not merely a change in 
geographic location; 
188 

  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
• 
displays a change in the exercise of his or her powers and in the discharge of duties that, in the 
opinion of at least 75 percent of the directors, is incompatible with the duty of care of a director as 
defined in the Canada Business Corporations Act; 
• 
has made a change in citizenship or residency that will adversely affect the requirements for 
directors with respect to those areas imposed by the Canada Business Corporations Act; 
• 
has made a change in citizenship or residency that adversely affects the corporation’s status as a 
foreign private issuer under U.S. securities legislation; 
• 
develops a conflict of interest, such as 
• assuming a position as an employee or principal with any organization providing a 
significant level of service to the corporation, for example, institutions engaged in 
commercial banking, underwriting, law, management consulting, insurance, or trust 
companies; or with any substantial customer or supplier of the corporation; 
• assuming a position as an employee or director of any competitor of the corporation, such 
as petroleum or chemical businesses, or of a competitor of corporations represented by a 
director of this corporation; 
• assuming the position of chief executive officer or a top administrator of an organization 
that has the chief executive officer or a top administrator of this corporation serving as a 
director; 
• becomes unable to devote the necessary amount of time to prepare for and regularly 
attend meetings of the directors and committees of directors, and to keep abreast of 
significant corporate developments, 
and the nominations and corporate governance committee will make a recommendation to the board as to 
whether to accept or reject such resignation. 
12. Election of Directors 
All directors will stand for election at the annual meeting of shareholders. If the majority shareholder’s 
holdings were ever to fall below 50% for any non-contested elections of directors, any director nominee who 
receives a greater number of votes “withheld” from his or her election than votes “for” in such election shall 
tender his or her resignation. Within 90 days after certification of the election results, the board will decide, 
through a process managed by the nominations and corporate governance committee and excluding the 
nominee in question, whether to accept the resignation. Absent a compelling reason for the director to remain 
on the board, the board shall accept the resignation. The board will promptly disclose and, if applicable, the 
reasons for rejecting the tendered resignation. 
13. Director Orientation and Continuing Education 
(a) Orientation 
New non-employee directors will receive a comprehensive orientation from appropriate executives 
regarding the corporation’s business and affairs. 
(b) Continuing Education 
Reviews of aspects of the corporation’s operations will be presented by appropriate employees from time 
to time as part of the agenda of regular board meetings. The board will also normally conduct an on-site 
visit to a location other than the corporation’s headquarters in conjunction with one or more regular board 
meetings every year. 
189 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14. Chairman and chief executive officer 
The board currently believes that it is appropriate and efficient for the corporation’s chief executive officer to 
also act as chairman of the board. However, the board retains the authority to separate those functions if it 
deems such action appropriate in the future. 
(a) Position description 
The chairman and chief executive officer shall: 
• 
plan and organize all activities of the board of directors; 
• 
ensure that the board receives sufficient, timely information on all material aspects of the 
corporation's operations and financial affairs; 
• 
chair annual and special meetings of the shareholders; 
• 
conduct the general management and direction of the business and affairs of the corporation; 
• 
recommend to the board of directors a strategic plan for the corporation's business and, 
when approved by the board of directors, implement this strategic plan and report to the 
board of directors on the implementation of this strategic plan; 
• 
develop and implement operational policies to guide the corporation within the limits 
prescribed by the corporation's by-laws and the directions adopted by the board of directors; 
• 
identify, for review with the board of directors, the principal risks of the corporation's 
business, where identifiable, and develop appropriate systems to manage such risks; 
• 
under the oversight of the board of directors, develop plans for succession planning for 
senior management, including the appointing, training and monitoring thereof, and implement 
those plans; 
• 
ensure compliance with the corporation's code of ethics and business conduct so as to foster 
a culture of integrity throughout the company; and 
• 
ensure effective internal controls and management information systems are in place. 
(b) Minimum shareholding requirements 
The chairman and chief executive officer shall hold, or shall, within three years after his appointment as 
chairman and chief executive officer, acquire shares of the corporation, including common shares and 
restricted stock units, of a value no less than five times his base salary. 
190 

Audit Committee Charter 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1. Purpose of the Committee 
The primary purpose of the audit committee (the "committee") is oversight of financial reporting, compliance 
and controls. The independence of the committee is a critical component of corporate governance as the 
committee holds the board and management accountable and fosters trust and confidence for all 
stakeholders, which is vital for the generation of long-term value. The committee shall assist the board of 
directors (the "board") in fulfilling its responsibility to oversee: 
• 
management's conduct of the corporation's financial reporting process, 
• 
the integrity of the financial statements and other financial information provided by the corporation to 
Canadian securities regulators, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") 
and the public, 
• 
the corporation's system of internal accounting and financial controls, 
• 
the corporation's compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, 
• 
the performance of the corporation's internal audit function, 
• 
the independent auditors' qualifications, performance, and independence, and 
• 
the annual independent audit of the corporation's financial statements. 
The corporation's management is responsible for preparing the corporation's financial statements. The 
independent auditors are responsible for auditing those financial statements. Management, including the 
internal audit function, and the independent auditors, have more time, knowledge, and detailed information 
about the corporation than do committee members. Consequently, in carrying out its oversight responsibilities, 
the committee is not providing any expert or special assurance as to the corporation's financial statements, or 
any professional certification as to the independent auditors' work, including with respect to auditor 
independence. Each member of the committee shall be entitled to rely on the integrity of people and 
organizations from whom the committee receives information and the accuracy of such information, including 
representations by management and the independent auditors regarding non-audit services provided by the 
independent auditors. 
2. Committee Membership 
The committee shall consist of no fewer than three members. Committee members shall be appointed by the 
board from among its independent members who shall serve at the pleasure of the board, but only so long as 
he or she continues to be a director of the corporation and is independent. Each member of the committee 
must satisfy such criteria of independence as the board may establish and such additional regulatory or listing 
requirements as the board may determine to be applicable or appropriate. Each member of the committee 
shall serve only so long as he or she continues to be a director of the corporation and is independent. The 
actual number of members shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the board. 
Accordingly, each member of the committee shall be financially literate within a reasonable period of time after 
appointment to the committee; must be "independent" as defined in the board charter; and may not serve on 
more than two other public company audit committees unless the board determines that such simultaneous 
service would not impair the ability of the member to serve effectively on the committee. In addition, at least 
one member of the committee shall be an "audit committee financial expert" as defined by applicable laws. 
191 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3. Committee Structure and Operation 
The chair and vice-chair of the committee shall be designated by the board from among the members of the 
committee. The committee shall fix its own rules of procedure and shall meet where and as provided by such 
rules or by resolution of the committee. In addition to the regular meeting schedule established by the 
committee, the chair of the committee may call a special meeting at any time. 
The chair, or in that person's absence, the vice-chair or in the vice-chair's absence, an alternate designated by 
the committee, shall: 
(a) preside at committee meetings; 
(b) ensure that meetings of the committee are held in accordance with this charter; and 
(c) review, and modify if necessary the agenda of the meetings of this committee in advance to ensure 
that the committee may effectively carry out its duties. 
A majority of the members of the committee shall constitute a quorum thereof. Every question shall be 
decided by a majority of the votes cast on the question and in the case of an equality of votes, the chair of the 
meeting shall be entitled to a second or casting vote. 
The committee shall designate its secretary. 
Meetings of the committee may be called by any member or by the external auditors of the corporation, and 
notice of every meeting shall be given to the external auditors. 
The external auditors and the internal auditor of the corporation shall report directly to the audit committee. 
The committee shall act only on the affirmative vote of a majority of the members at a meeting or by 
unanimous written consent. 
The committee may establish sub-committees to carry out such duties as the committee may assign. 
4. Committee Activities 
The following shall be the common recurring activities of the committee in carrying out its purposes. These 
activities are set forth as a guide with the understanding that the committee may diverge from this guide as 
appropriate given the circumstances. 
The committee shall: 
(a) recommend the external auditors to be appointed by the shareholders, review and recommend their 
remuneration to the board, approve advances on such remuneration, which shall be paid by the 
corporation, and oversee their work, including the resolution of disagreements between 
management and the external auditor regarding financial reporting. 
(b) approve the proposed current year audit program of the external auditors and assess the results of 
the program after the end of the program period. 
(c) approve in advance any non-audit services that are permitted by applicable law to be performed by 
the external auditors after considering the effect of such services on their independence. 
(d) receive from the external auditors a formal written statement delineating all relationships between 
the external auditor and the corporation consistent with Independence Standards Board Standard 1, 
and shall actively engage in a dialogue with the external auditor with respect to any disclosed 
relationships or services that may impact the objectivity and independence of the external auditor 
and shall recommend that the board take any appropriate action to oversee the independence of 
the external auditor. 
(e) maintain hiring policies for employees and former employees of the independent auditors. 
192 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
(f) establish procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by the 
corporation regarding accounting, internal accounting controls, or auditing matters and the 
confidential, anonymous submission by employees of the corporation of concerns regarding 
questionable accounting or auditing matters. 
(g) approve the proposed current year audit program of the internal auditors and assess the results of 
the program after the end of each quarter. 
(h) review the adequacy of the corporation's system of internal controls and auditing procedures. 
(i) review the accounting and financial reporting processes of the corporation. 
(j) provide oversight regarding the corporation’s tax compliance activities. 
(k) approve changes proposed by management in accounting principles and practices, and review 
changes proposed by the accounting profession or other regulatory bodies which impact directly on 
such principles and practices. 
(l) review the quarterly news release of financial and operating results, the annual and quarterly 
financial statements of the corporation, any accounting items affecting the statements and the 
overall format and content of the statements, and the related management discussion and analysis, 
prior to approval of such news release and financial statements by the board of directors. 
(m) review the results of the corporation's business ethics compliance program. 
(n) review related party transactions to assess the commercial reasonableness of those transactions, 
and to ensure that all such transactions are entered into in compliance with applicable laws and 
regulations. 
(o) provide oversight regarding the corporation’s anonymous ethics hotline. 
(p) review annually a summary of senior management expense accounts. 
(q) evaluate, along with the other members of the board, management, the controller, and the general 
auditor, the qualifications, performance and independence of the independent auditors, including 
the performance of the lead audit partner. 
(r) require attendances at its meetings by members of management, as the committee may direct. 
(s) undertake such additional activities within the scope of its responsibilities as it may deem appropriate. 
5. Committee Evaluation 
The committee will annually complete a self-evaluation of the committee's own performance and effectiveness 
and will consider whether any changes to the committee’s charter are appropriate. 
6. Resources and Authority of the Committee 
The committee has exclusive authority with respect to the retention of the independent auditors described in 
section 4 of this charter. In discharging its oversight role, the committee is empowered to investigate any 
matter brought to its attention with full access to all books, records, facilities, and personnel of the corporation. 
The committee also has the authority to retain outside advisors, including legal counsel, auditors, or other 
experts, as it deems appropriate; to approve the fees and expenses of such advisors; and to incur such other 
ordinary administrative expenses as are necessary or appropriate in carrying out its duties. 
193 

Safety and Sustainability Committee Charter 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1. Purpose of the Committee 
The primary purpose of the safety and sustainability committee (the 'committee') is to provide oversight and 
guidance on matters related to safety, security, health and the environment, with a view to generation of long­
term value. This includes environmental, health, personnel and process safety, security and sustainability 
risks and performance, including the risks associated with climate change. It also includes compliance with 
legislation and the assessment of long term impacts of public policy, climate change, stakeholder and 
Indigenous relations on corporate performance, while fostering long-term sustainability and responsible 
business practices. 
2. Committee Membership 
The committee shall consist of no fewer than three members, to be appointed by the board of directors from 
among (a) the independent directors; and (b) the non-independent directors who are not members of the 
corporation's management, who shall serve at the pleasure of the board, but only so long as he or she 
continues to be a director of the corporation. The actual number of members shall be determined from time to 
time by resolution of the board. Members of the committee should be suitably knowledgeable in matters 
pertaining to public issues. 
3. Committee Structure and Operation 
The chair and vice-chair of the committee shall be designated by the board from among the members of the 
committee. The committee shall fix its own rules of procedure and shall meet where and as provided by such 
rules or by resolution of the committee. 
The chair, or in that person's absence, the vice-chair or in the vice-chair's absence, an alternate designated by 
the committee, shall: 
(a) preside at committee meetings; 
(b) ensure that meetings of the committee are held in accordance with this charter; and 
(c) review, and modify if necessary the agenda of the meetings of this committee in advance to ensure 
that the committee may effectively carry out its duties. 
A majority of the members of the committee shall constitute a quorum thereof. Every question shall be 
decided by a majority of the votes cast on the question and in the case of an equality of votes, the chair of the 
meeting shall be entitled to a second or casting vote. 
The committee shall designate its secretary. 
Meetings of the committee may be called by any member. 
The committee shall act only on the affirmative vote of a majority of the members at a meeting or by 
unanimous written consent. 
The committee may establish subcommittees consisting of one or more members to carry out such duties as 
the committee may delegate. 
4. Committee Activities 
The following shall be the common recurring activities of the committee in carrying out its purpose. These 
activities are set forth as a guide with the understanding that the committee may diverge from this guide as 
appropriate given the circumstances. 
194 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The committee shall: 
(a) provide oversight regarding the effectiveness of the corporation's policies, programs and practices on 
environment, health, safety, security and sustainability, including the impact, risks and disclosure 
associated with climate change and greenhouse gas emissions, and make such recommendations to 
the board with respect thereto as it may deem advisable. 
(b) provide oversight regarding the corporation's compliance with legislative, regulatory and corporation 
standards for environmental, health, safety, security and sustainability practices and matters, 
including the impact, risks and disclosure associated with climate change and greenhouse gas 
emissions, and provide guidance to the board on the results and adequacy thereof. 
(c) provide oversight regarding current and emerging public policy issues relating to matters of 
significance to the corporation, including environment, health, safety, security and sustainability issues 
and the impact, risks and disclosure associated with climate change and greenhouse gas emissions, 
as they may impact the corporation's operations. 
(d) review the impact of proposed legislation relating to matters of significance to the corporation, 
including the impact of the environment, health, safety and security on the operations of the 
corporation and provide guidance to the board and management as to the appropriate response of 
the corporation thereto. 
(e) provide oversight regarding current and emerging issues related to government, stakeholder and 
Indigenous relations. 
(f) provide oversight regarding implementation of the corporation’s Indigenous Relations Principles and 
Guidelines. 
(g) review and provide guidance on the corporation’s overall community investment strategies and 
programs including approval of all grants or contributions for charitable contributions and local 
community contributions in excess of $500,000. 
(h) recommend to the board and management desirable policies and actions arising from its oversight 
and guidance activity. 
(i) require attendances at its meetings by members of management, as the committee may direct. 
(j) undertake such additional activities within the scope of its responsibilities as it may deem appropriate. 
5. Committee Evaluation 
The committee will annually complete a self-evaluation of the committee's own performance and effectiveness 
and will consider whether any changes to the committee’s charter are appropriate. 
6. Resources and Authority of the Committee 
The committee has the authority to retain such outside advisors, including legal counsel or other experts, as it 
deems appropriate, and to approve the fees and expenses of such advisors. 
195 

Executive Resources Committee Charter 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1. Purpose of the Committee 
The primary purpose of the executive resources committee (the “committee”) is to discharge the board of 
directors' (the “board”) responsibilities relating to the evaluation and compensation of the corporation's chief 
executive officer (the “CEO”) and certain other key senior executive management positions reporting directly 
to the CEO, including all officers of the corporation, and to discharge the responsibilities of the committee 
under applicable rules and regulations. The committee also makes recommendations to the board regarding 
succession planning and development for senior executives and positions as needed and makes 
recommendations to the board regarding the appointment of officers. The committee is responsible for 
implementation and oversight of a compensation philosophy and program to incentivize the creation of long­
term value, and to develop appropriate performance-based evaluation for the CEO and senior executives to 
support the corporation’s long-term value creation strategies. 
2. Committee Membership 
The committee shall consist of no fewer than three members, to be appointed by the board of directors from 
among (a) the independent directors; and (b) the non-independent directors who are not members of the 
corporation's management, who shall serve at the pleasure of the board, but only so long as he or she 
continues to be a director of the corporation. The actual number of members shall be determined from time to 
time by resolution of the board. Members of the committee should be suitably knowledgeable in matters 
pertaining to executive compensation. 
3. Committee Structure and Operation 
The chair and vice-chair of the committee shall be designated by the board from among the members of the 
committee. The committee shall fix its own rules of procedure and shall meet where and as provided by such 
rules or by resolution of the committee. 
The chair, or in that person's absence, the vice-chair or in the vice-chair's absence, an alternate designated by 
the committee, shall: 
(a) preside at committee meetings; 
(b) ensure that meetings of the committee are held in accordance with this charter; and 
(c) review, and modify if necessary the agenda of the meetings of this committee in advance to ensure 
that the committee may effectively carry out its duties. 
A majority of the members of the committee shall constitute a quorum thereof. Every question shall be 
decided by a majority of the votes cast on the question and in the case of an equality of votes, the chair of the 
meeting shall be entitled to a second or casting vote. 
The committee shall designate its secretary. 
Meetings of the committee may be called by any member. 
The committee shall act only on the affirmative vote of a majority of the members at a meeting or by 
unanimous written consent. 
The committee may establish subcommittees consisting of one or more members to carry out such duties as 
the committee may delegate. 
4. Committee Activities 
The following shall be the common recurring activities of the committee in carrying out its purposes. These 
activities are set forth as a guide with the understanding that the committee may diverge from this guide as 
appropriate given the circumstances. 
196 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The committee shall: 
(a) review and approve the corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of the CEO. 
(b) review data on competitive compensation practices and review and evaluate policies and programs 
through which the corporation compensates its employees. 
(c) at least annually evaluate the CEO's performance as measured against the goals and objectives 
outlined above. 
(d) approve salaries and other compensation (including supplemental compensation such as cash 
bonuses and incentive bonus units, long-term incentive compensation such as restricted stock units, 
and any other payments for service), for the CEO and other key senior executive management 
positions reporting directly to the CEO, including all officers of the corporation. 
(e) at least annually review succession planning and development strategies for the CEO and key senior 
executive management positions reporting directly to the CEO, including all officers of the corporation. 
(f) review the executive development system to ensure that it foresees the corporation’s senior 
management requirements and provides for early identification and development of key resources. 
(g) make recommendations to the board regarding the appointment of officers. 
(h) review and approve an annual report on compensation for inclusion in the corporation’s management 
proxy circular in accordance with applicable legal requirements. 
(h) make recommendations to the board with respect to incentive compensation plans and equity-based 
plans. 
(i) review proposed terms of any new incentive program and any major amendment of an existing 
program, and make such recommendations to the board with respect thereto as it may deem 
advisable. 
(j) provide oversight regarding risks arising from the corporation's compensation policies and practices 
for employees as required by Canadian securities regulators and stock exchanges on which the 
corporation’s stock trades. 
(k) consider factors that could affect the independence or represent a conflict of interest on the part of 
any compensation consultant, independent legal counsel, or other adviser the committee may retain 
and report thereon as required by Canadian securities regulators and stock exchanges on which the 
corporation’s stock trades. 
(l) administer the company’s Policy for the Recovery of Erroneously Awarded Compensation. 
(m) require attendances at its meetings by members of management, as the committee may direct. 
(n) undertake such additional activities within the scope of its responsibilities as it may deem appropriate. 
5. Committee Evaluation 
The committee will annually complete a self-evaluation of the committee's own performance and effectiveness 
and will consider whether any changes to the committee’s charter are appropriate. 
6. Resources and Authority of the Committee 
The committee and, with the approval of the committee, any member, may engage independent counsel, 
compensation consultants or other advisors at the expense of the corporation. The committee shall be 
directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any independent legal 
counsel, compensation consultant or other advisor retained by the committee. The committee may select 
outside legal counsel, a compensation consultant or other advisor (an “Advisor”) to the committee only after 
taking into consideration all factors relevant to the Advisor’s independence from management, including the 
following: 
197 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
• 
the provision of other services to the corporation by the person that employs the Advisor; 
• 
the amount of fees received from the corporation by the person that employs the Advisor as a 
percentage of such that person’s total revenue; 
• 
the policies and procedures of the person that employs the Advisor that are designed to prevent 
conflicts of interest; 
• 
any business or personal relationship of the Advisor with a member of the committee; 
• 
any stock of the corporation owned by the Advisor; and 
• 
any business or personal relationship of the Advisor or the person employing the Advisor with an 
executive officer of the corporation. 
Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee Charter 
1. Purpose of the Committee 
The primary purpose of the nominations and corporate governance committee (the 'committee') is to monitor 
compliance with good corporate governance standards; to identify individuals qualified to become board 
members; to recommend to the board director nominees for election at the annual meeting of shareholders or 
for election by the board to fill open seats between annual meetings; to recommend to the board committee 
appointments for directors, including appointments as chair and vice-chair of such committees; to review and 
make recommendations to the board regarding non-employee director compensation; and to develop and 
recommend to the board corporate governance guidelines applicable to the corporation. Long term value 
creation requires strong corporate governance to ensure appropriate transparency and accountability. The 
committee aims to build and maintain an engaged and diverse board whose composition is appropriate in light 
of the corporation’s needs and strategy. 
2. Committee Membership 
The committee shall consist of no fewer than three members, to be appointed by the board of directors from 
among (a) the independent directors; and (b) the non-independent directors who are not members of the 
corporation's management, who shall serve at the pleasure of the board, but only so long as he or she 
continues to be a director of the corporation. The actual number of members shall be determined from time to 
time by resolution of the board. Members of the committee should be suitably knowledgeable in matters 
pertaining to corporate governance. 
3. Committee Structure and Operation 
The chair and vice-chair of the committee shall be designated by the board from among the members of the 
committee. The committee shall fix its own rules of procedure and shall meet where and as provided by such 
rules or by resolution of the committee. 
The chair, or in that person's absence, the vice-chair or in the vice-chair's absence, an alternate designated by 
the committee, shall: 
(a) preside at committee meetings; 
(b) ensure that meetings of the committee are held in accordance with this charter; and 
(c) review, and modify if necessary the agenda of the meetings of this committee in advance to ensure 
that the committee may effectively carry out its duties. 
A majority of the members of the committee shall constitute a quorum thereof. Every question shall be 
decided by a majority of the votes cast on the question and in the case of an equality of votes, the chair of the 
meeting shall be entitled to a second or casting vote. 
The committee shall designate its secretary. 
198 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Meetings of the committee may be called by any member. 
The committee shall act only on the affirmative vote of a majority of the members at a meeting or by 
unanimous written consent. 
The committee may establish subcommittees consisting of one or more members to carry out such duties as 
the committee may delegate. 
4. Committee Activities 
The following shall be the common recurring activities of the committee in carrying out its purpose. These 
activities are set forth as a guide with the understanding that the committee may diverge from this guide as 
appropriate given the circumstances. 
The committee shall: 
(a) 
provide oversight regarding issues of corporate governance as they apply to the corporation, 
including the effectiveness of the system of corporate governance, and the board's relationship 
with management, and report to the board on such matters. 
(b) 
provide oversight regarding the annual assessment of the effectiveness and contribution of the 
board, its committees and each individual director. 
(c) 
make recommendations to the board as to the appropriate size of the board with a view to 
facilitating effective decision-making. 
(d) 
review and recommend to the board of directors any modifications to the charters of the board or 
any of its committees. 
(e) 
review qualifications of existing directors and individuals suggested as potential candidates for 
director of the corporation, including candidates suggested by shareholders, and consider for 
nomination any of such individuals who are deemed qualified pursuant to the provisions of the 
board charter. 
(f) 
recommend to the board the nominees to be proposed by the board for election as directors of 
the corporation at the annual meeting of shareholders. 
(g) 
recommend to the board candidates for election as directors of the corporation to fill open seats 
on the board between annual meetings, including vacancies created by an increase in the 
authorized number of directors. 
(h) 
consider resignations tendered by directors in the event of: 
i. 
the majority shareholder’s holdings falling below 50%, for any non-contested election of 
directors in the event a nominee standing for election by shareholders in a non-contested 
election receives a greater number of votes withheld from his or her election than votes 
for such election and, in any such case, refer the matter to the board with the committee's 
recommendation whether such resignation should be accepted, or 
ii. 
a change of circumstance as described in section 10(b)(ii) of the board charter. 
(i) 
review the remuneration of independent directors, including the lead director, and make such 
recommendations to the board with respect thereto as it may deem advisable. 
(j) 
review present plans, programs or arrangements, and any proposed terms of any new plans, 
programs or arrangements, for the benefit of independent directors, and make such 
recommendations to the board with respect thereto as it may deem advisable. 
(k) 
review and recommend to the board guidelines to be adopted relating to tenure of independent 
directors. 
(l) 
provide recommendations to the board concerning committee structure of the board, committee 
operations, committee member qualifications, and committee member appointment. 
(m) 
provide oversight and recommendations regarding director education. 
199 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
(n) 
review any allegation that an executive officer or director may have violated the corporation's 
Standards of Business Conduct and report its findings to the board and the general auditor. 
(o) 
require attendances at its meetings by members of management, as the committee may direct. 
(p) 
undertake such additional activities within the scope of its responsibilities as it may deem 
appropriate. 
5. Committee Evaluation 
The committee will annually complete a self-evaluation of the committee's own performance and effectiveness 
and will consider whether any changes to the committee’s charter are appropriate. 
6. Resources and Authority of the Committee 
The committee has the authority to retain such outside advisors, including legal counsel or other experts, as it 
deems appropriate, and to approve the fees and expenses of such advisors. Without limiting the foregoing, 
the committee will have sole authority to retain and terminate any search firm to be used by the committee to 
identify director candidates and any consultant used by the committee to evaluate non-employee director 
compensation. 
Finance Committee Charter 
1. Purpose of the Committee 
The primary purpose of the finance committee (the ‘committee’) is to provide oversight and guidance 
regarding the corporation’s capital structure/capital allocation, financial policies, practices and strategies. The 
committee is responsible for ensuring that such matters align with the corporation’s strategy and are aimed at 
the generation of long-term value and shall take such action and make such reports and recommendations to 
the board of directors as it deems advisable. 
2. Committee Membership 
The committee shall consist of no fewer than three members, to be appointed by the board of directors from 
among (a) the independent directors; and (b) the non-independent directors who are not members of the 
corporation’s management, who shall serve at the pleasure of the board, but only so long as he or she 
continues to be a director of the corporation. The actual number of members shall be determined from time to 
time by resolution of the board. Members of the committee should be suitably knowledgeable in matters 
pertaining to corporate finance. 
3. Committee Structure and Operation 
The chair and vice-chair of the committee shall be designated by the board from among the members of the 
committee. The committee shall fix its own rules of procedure and shall meet where and as provided by such 
rules or by resolution of the committee. 
The chair, or in that person's absence, the vice-chair or in the vice-chair's absence, an alternate designated by 
the committee, shall: 
(a) preside at committee meetings; 
(b) ensure that meetings of the committee are held in accordance with this charter; and 
(c) review, and modify if necessary the agenda of the meetings of this committee in advance to ensure 
that the committee may effectively carry out its duties. 
A majority of the members of the committee shall constitute a quorum thereof. Every question shall be 
decided by a majority of the votes cast on the question and in the case of an equality of votes, the chair of the 
meeting shall be entitled to a second or casting vote. 
200 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
The committee shall designate its secretary. 
Meetings of the committee may be called by any member. 
The committee shall act only on the affirmative vote of a majority of the members at a meeting or by 
unanimous written consent. 
The committee may establish subcommittees consisting of one or more members to carry out such duties as 
the committee may delegate. 
4. Committee Activities 
The following shall be the common recurring activities of the committee in carrying out its purpose. These 
activities are set forth as a guide with the understanding that the committee may diverge from this guide as 
appropriate given the circumstances. 
The committee shall: 
(a) review, as the committee deems appropriate, the corporation’s capital structure / capital allocation, 
and its financial policies, practices and strategies, which may include the following: 
i. 
financial outlook and financing plan; 
ii. 
dividend policies and share repurchase programs; 
iii. investment of pension assets and the funding of pension obligations; 
iv. capital plan including significant capital appropriations; 
v. issuance of equity or debt securities; and 
vi. significant investments, acquisitions and divestitures by the corporation, including discussion 
of possible mergers and other transactions, and their financial impact. 
(b) require attendances at its meetings by members of management, as the committee may direct. 
(c) undertake such additional activities within the scope of its responsibilities as it may deem appropriate. 
The committee will make such reports and recommendations to the board with respect thereto as it may deem 
advisable. 
5. Committee Evaluation 
The committee will annually complete a self-evaluation of the committee’s own performance and effectiveness 
and will consider whether any changes to the committee’s charter are appropriate. 
6. Resources and Authority of the Committee 
The committee has the authority, in its sole discretion, to retain and oversee the work of such outside 
advisors, including legal counsel, financial advisors or other experts, as it deems appropriate; to approve the 
fees and expenses of such advisors with funding provided by the corporation; and to incur such other ordinary 
administrative expenses as are necessary or appropriate in carrying out its duties. 
201